TEST BANK for Abnormal Psychology Interactive Edition 3rd Edition by William J. Ray. ISBN 9781071807

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 1: An Overview of Psychopathology and Changing Conceptualizations of Mental Illness Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. The study of mental illness is called ______. a. pathophysiology b. psychopathology c. pathology d. physiology Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Defining Psychopathology and Understanding Its Components Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Dr. Alfonso investigates the cause of psychological disorders. Dr. Alfonso's field of specialization is known as ______ psychology. a. abnormal b. developmental c. medical d. pathological Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Defining Psychopathology and Understanding Its Components Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Dr. Badeaux describes her specialization as abnormal psychology. Dr. Carruthers states that her field is psychopathology. Based on information provided in the text, it is MOST likely that Drs. Badeaux and Carruthers specialize in ______ field(s). a. different b. the same c. unrelated d. opposing Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Defining Psychopathology and Understanding Its Components Difficulty Level: Medium 4. During any given year, approximately ______ of the American population experiences a diagnosable mental illness. a. 6% b. 11% c. 18% d. 24% Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Impact of Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Which term is used to refer to the negative attitudes and beliefs that sometimes cause the general public to avoid those with mental illness? a. stigma b. charisma c. crenate d. achate Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Compared to the loss of productivity and quality of life caused by such physical diseases as cancer, the loss of productivity and quality of life caused by mental illnesses such as major depression is ______. a. somewhat less b. about the same c. greater d. much greater Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Difficult 7. According to the MacArthur Foundation, which phrase BEST describes the proportion of those hospitalized with mental illness who go on to commit violence with a gun? a. very few (less than 10%)

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. some (10% to 20%) c. about half (around 50%) d. most (over 55%) Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 8. George believes that people are generally caring and sympathetic toward people with mental illness. However, he also believes that people with depression should just be able to think positive and snap out of it. This is BEST seen as an example of the ______. a. focus of the biopsychosocial approach to psychopathology b. adaptive value of traits related to psychopathology c. relationship between culture and psychopathology d. tension in American attitudes toward mental illness Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 9. Based on the textbook’s discussion, Americans’ attitudes toward those with mental illness are BEST described as ______. a. contradictory b. hostile c. indifferent d. sympathetic Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 10. Stigma can be manifested through all of the following EXCEPT this: a. no longer treating an individual as a person but only as part of a group that is different b. believing that as a general rule, most individuals with mental illness show more violence than that seen in the general population c. understanding that a behavior that might be acceptable in one culture could be seen as “crazy” in another d. believing that a person can recover from a mental illness by willpower and spending less money setting up clinics and training professionals

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Difficult 11. People suffering from mental illness often report such symptoms as feeling sad or anxious. Because everyone has a different baseline for feelings, these symptoms are BEST described as ______. a. subjective b. invective c. objective d. inferred Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Three Major Themes of This Book Difficulty Level: Medium 12. If they can be measured, the signs of mental illness are BEST described as ______. a. dichotomous b. subjective c. concrete d. objective Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Three Major Themes of This Book Difficulty Level: Easy 13. The ______ perspective examines psychopathological experience from the standpoint of the structure and function of the brain. a. behavioral and experiential b. neuroscience c. evolutionary d. psychodynamic Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Three Major Themes of This Book Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The ______ perspective examines psychological disorders with respect the adaptive value of particular traits or characteristics. a. behavioral and experiential

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. neuroscience c. evolutionary d. psychodynamic Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Three Major Themes of This Book Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Abnormal psychology can be investigated from several levels of analysis. The text mentions all of the following levels of analysis EXCEPT the ______ level. a. cultural b. philosophical c. neurological d. physiological Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Levels of Analysis Difficulty Level: Difficult 16. Which term identifies the broadest approach to understanding mental illness? a. biopsychosocial approach b. behavioral and experiential perspective c. neuroscience perspective d. evolutionary perspective Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Biopsychosocial Approach Difficulty Level: Medium 17. The ______ perspective focuses on information that people acquire from others through teaching, imitation, and other forms of social transmission. a. neuroscience b. behavioral c. cultural d. evolutionary Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Which catchphrase BEST captures psychopathologists’ current understanding of the

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 origins of mental illness? a. nature, not nurture b. nurture, not nature c. nature or nurture d. nature and nurture Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Difficult 19. In round figures, approximately ______ of white Americans are lactose intolerant, meaning they cannot digest milk products. a. 5% b. 10% c. 20% d. 25% Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 20. The fact that foods with milk are found in European diets and not Asian diets might suggest that ______. a. culture and evolution are closely linked, as more Europeans are lactose tolerant b. culture is socially driven, as there are no biological explanations for this behavior c. culture and environment are linked, as more milk products were available in Europe d. culture and family are closely linked, as the diets are often transgenerational Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Difficult 21. Keiko is Japanese and lives in Kyoto. Kristin is Danish and lives in Copenhagen.

Which statement is MOST accurate with respect to whether these women carry the serotonin-related gene 5-HTT, which makes people more prone to depression? a. Keiko is more likely to carry the gene. b. Kristin probably carries the gene. c. Kristin is more likely to carry the gene. d. Keiko does not carry the gene.

Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Difficult 22. Many studies have demonstrated that many forms of mental illness, such as schizophrenia, might be more related to nature than nurture because they are found ______. a. mostly in Western cultures b. at an ever increasing rate around the world c. at similar rates around the world d. mostly in industrialized countries Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Genetic studies have shown that a higher percentage of Japanese people have a gene related to serotonin that results I higher levels of anxiety and depression.

Approximately how much more likely it is for Japanese people to have this gene than Europeans? a. 80% b. 10% c. 5% d. 30% Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 24. In the 1970s, psychopathology was seen as a myth created by Western societies.

How did Jane Murphy disprove this idea? a. Her research showed that all people have the same idea of what is normal. b. She studied Inuit and Nigerian people and found they define abnormal in similar terms. c. Murphy was the first to study psychopathology in non-white populations. d. She proved that culture has no influence on what people see as normal behavior.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Is Psychopathology Universal?

Difficulty Level: Medium 25. The notion that psychopathology is socially constructed is consistent with each of the following statements EXCEPT this one: a. A number of languages lack words for anxiety, depression, and schizophrenia. b. Anxiety disorders and major depression are the most common mental disorders in every nation for which data exist. c. Mental illness is expressed in very different ways in different parts of the world. d. The types of mental illnesses seen and their rates of occurrence vary greatly from one historical period to another.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Is Psychopathology Universal?

Difficulty Level: Difficult 26. A medical anthropologist is examining the words used to describe mental illness in a variety of cultures, including an array of traditional, non-Western societies. The anthropologist is MOST likely to find ______. a. words for anxiety and depression in most cultures b. few, if any, words for disorders in some cultures c. a word for schizophrenia only in Western cultures d. that there is no consistency of disorders found across cultures Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Is Psychopathology Universal?

Difficulty Level: Medium 27. Traditionally, psychologists have used the term neurosis to refer to ______. a. schizophrenia b. anxiety c. bipolar disorder d. antisocial personality disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Is Psychopathology Universal?

Difficulty Level: Medium 28. A scholar is writing a book titled The History of Psychopathology. Which of the following potential subtitles is NOT appropriate in light of the textbook’s discussion of

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 changing views of mental illness? a. From Dopamine to Demons b. From Exorcism to Rx c. From Magic to Molecules d. From Simple to Complex Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Historical Considerations in Understanding Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Writers now routinely use people-first language when describing people with mental illnesses. For example, schizophrenics are now described as people with schizophrenia, and drug addicts are described as people living with drug addiction. The use of peoplefirst language MOST directly reflects the contemporary understanding that ______. a. mental illness is complex and may be described on many levels b. people with mental illness are whole people, with both abilities and disabilities c. mental illness is best understood using the scientific method d. the brain is the structure most involved in mental illness Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Historical Considerations in Understanding Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 30. In the sixth century BCE, the philosopher ______ set the stage for understanding human behavior and experience as related to internal processes and natural causes.

He is also known for his theorem regarding the sides of a right triangle. a. Hippocrates b. Plato c. Aristotle d. Pythagoras Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Ancient Greek and Roman Influences—Mental Illness Involves the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 31. With respect to psychopathology, Pythagoras’s two MOST important contributions were ______. a. his theorem regarding the sides of a right triangle and the invention of the word philosophy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. the belief that behavior reflects natural and internal causes and the invention of the word philosophy c. his theorem regarding the sides of a right triangle and the idea that the brain is the seat of intellect and mental illness d. the belief that behavior reflects natural and internal causes and the idea that the brain is the seat of intellect and mental illness Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Ancient Greek and Roman Influences—Mental Illness Involves the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 32. Often considered to be the father of modern medicine, the philosopher ______ emphasized careful observation and the idea that the causes of all disorders, both mental and physical, should be sought within the patient. a. Hippocrates b. Galen c. Aristotle d. Pythagoras Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Ancient Greek and Roman Influences—Mental Illness Involves the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 33. In the Renaissance, a group of philosophers known as the British Empiricists argued that all knowledge comes from the senses. The British Empiricists’ ideas were foreshadowed by those of the Roman physician ______. a. Hippocrates b. Galen c. Galileo d. Pythagoras Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Ancient Greek and Roman Influences—Mental Illness Involves the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 34. With respect to Galen’s notion of spirits, the brain is to ______ spirits as the ______ is to natural spirits.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. vital; heart b. vital; liver c. animal; liver d. animal; heart Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Ancient Greek and Roman Influences—Mental Illness Involves the Brain Difficulty Level: Hard 35. What was one reason given in the text to explain why Western science and medicine remained fairly stagnant during the Middle Ages? a. Very few people received a formal education. b. The was little or no communication between groups of peoples. c. Sickness and death were rampant. d. The church was able to determine the standard of truth.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychopathology in the Middle Ages Difficulty Level: Easy 36. The French philosopher ______ argued that the reflexes and involuntary actions of organisms were based on mechanical principles similar to those in machines. a. Jean-Marc Ferry b. Antoine Arnauld c. Edmond Fleg d. René Descartes Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: From the Renaissance to the 1700s—The Beginning of Modern Science Difficulty Level: Easy 37. In explaining why humans are not completely mechanical, Descartes has become associated with the ______ distinction. a. mind–body b. voluntary–involuntary c. heart–brain d. material–immaterial Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: From the Renaissance to the 1700s—The Beginning of Modern Science Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Descartes suggested that the rational soul was able to control the mechanical body by having both functions come together in a structure of the brain called the ______. a. brain stem b. cerebellum c. pineal gland d. occipital lobe Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: From the Renaissance to the 1700s—The Beginning of Modern Science Difficulty Level: Medium 39. In learning theory, classical conditioning applies to involuntary responses, whereas operant conditioning applies to voluntary actions. This distinction ultimately reflects the intellectual legacy of ______. a. Galen b. Newton c. Galileo d. Descartes Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: From the Renaissance to the 1700s—The Beginning of Modern Science Difficulty Level: Medium 40. This physicist, mathematician, engineer, astronomer, and philosopher who invented the telescope and led a movement that would eventually replace authority with experimentation is ______. a. Newton b. Galileo c. Descartes d. Galen Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: From the Renaissance to the 1700s—The Beginning of Modern Science Difficulty Level: Easy 41. Thomas Willis suggested that lower brain structures were responsible for ______, whereas structures located higher in the brain were involved in ______. a. basic functions of life; advanced processes b. advanced processes; fine motor movements c. fine motor movements; basic functions of life d. basic functions of life; fine motor movements Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Discovering the Function of the Brain in Behavior and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 42. The white matter of the brain is involved in ______. a. storing information b. transferring information c. basic functions of life d. advanced processes Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Discovering the Function of the Brain in Behavior and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 43. Myelin is made up of fats and proteins and wraps around axons to ______. a. store information b. increase the speed of information transmission c. protect the nerve d. provide support and stability for the nerve Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Discovering the Function of the Brain in Behavior and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 44. One contribution that helped scientists to understand how the nervous system

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 developed and worked was the realization that the body created and used ______. a. specific nerve cells called glial cells b. an intricate system of sensory nerve endings c. the primary motor cortex to control motor movement d. electrical activity in its basic processes Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Medium 45. At the level of the spinal cord, sensory information is conveyed by the ______ root, whereas motor information is conveyed by the ______ root. a. lateral; dorsal b. ventral; lateral c. dorsal; lateral d. dorsal; ventral Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Medium 46. In the 1850s, Hermann von Helmholtz measured the speed of the nerve impulse at about ______ feet per second. a. 30 b. 60 c. 90 d. 120 Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Moderate 47. Although Joseph Gall’s ideas regarding phrenology were inaccurate, one important idea that he suggested was that ______. a. functions were localized in the brain b. the brain was capable of processing and integrating sensory information almost instantaneously c. the brain was divided into hemispheres that are distinct and connected through the corpus callosum d. the brain was malleable, and specific regions could be adapted to perform a variety of

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 functions Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Easy 48. ______’s area is located in the brain’s left frontal lobe and is related to language production. a. Broca b. Wernicke c. Bouillaud d. Jackson Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Medium 49. After a stroke, Mr. Larkin’s ability to produce fluent speech remains intact. However, he seems unable to understand speech. Because he cannot understand his own words as he speaks them, his speech tends to be nonsensical and often includes made-up words. The stroke appears to have damaged ______’s area in the left ______ lobe. a. Broca; frontal b. Broca; temporal c. Wernicke; frontal d. Wernicke; temporal Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Medium 50. The principle of ______ states that the levels of the brain interact with each other and that interactions from the higher levels of the brain restrict or inhibit the lower levels of the brain. a. encephalization b. evolutionary functioning c. hierarchical integration d. natural selection Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Medium 51. According to Darwin’s idea of ______, if an individual has even a slight variation that helps it to compete for survival, then over time, the species will be made up more of more members with this variation. a. hierarchical integration b. encephalization c. sexual selection d. natural selection Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Growing Understanding of the Role of Evolution Difficulty Level: Medium 52. Sam complains of muscular tension and a constant, nagging sense of worry or apprehension. These complaints reflect ______ of generalized anxiety disorder. a. symptoms b. signs c. self-reports d. selfies Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: A Search for Organization Difficulty Level: Medium 53. A clinician notes that a patient seems emotionless and remains immobile for long periods. These features reflect ______ of schizophrenia. a. symptoms b. signs c. self-reports d. syndromes Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: A Search for Organization Difficulty Level: Medium 54. Together, signs and symptoms constitute a ______. a. diagnosis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. disease c. disorder d. syndrome Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Search for Organization Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Jean-Martin Charcot showed that the human motor cortex is organized with the ______ hemisphere controlling the ______ side of the body and vice versa. a. dorsal; lateral b. left; right c. anterior; posterior d. superior; volar Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Search for Organization Difficulty Level: Medium 56. All of the following people were important to the “moral treatment of the insane,” EXCEPT this man: a. Benjamin Rush b. Phillipe Pinel c. Vincenzo Chiarugi d. James Norris Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 57. ______ is often considered to be the father of American psychiatry and saw mental illness as a problem of the mind. a. Benjamin Rush b. Phillipe Pinel c. Vincenzo Chiarugi d. James Norris Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 58. Who removed the chains from asylum inmates in Paris, abandoned bloodletting as a cure for mental illness, and developed a classification system of mental illness, published in 1789? a. Benjamin Rush b. Phillipe Pinel c. Vincenzo Chiarugi d. James Norris Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 59. Very roughly, the beginning of the movement toward the humane, or “moral,” treatment of those with mental disorders may be dated to approximately ______. a. 1700 b. 1800 c. 1900 d. 1950 Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Paul has been diagnosed with major depressive disorder. Had Paul lived in another century, Phillipe Pinel would MOST likely have diagnosed him with ______. a. melancholia b. idiocy c. dementia d. mania without delirium Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 61. The deinstitutionalization of the mentally ill in the United States is BEST described as a(n) ______. a. complete failure

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. mixed blessing c. unqualified success d. unrealized dream Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 62. According to the text, the discovery of psychotropic drugs allowed for those with mental illnesses to live more independently. Considering deinstitutionalization, the discovery of these drugs MOST likely occurred in the ______. a. 1930s b. 1950s c. 1970s d. 1980s Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: From the Past to the Present Difficulty Level: Medium 63. One example of a benzodiazepine is ______; it is used to treat ______. a. Thorazine; anxiety b. Thorazine; schizophrenia c. Valium; anxiety d. Valium; schizophrenia Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Biological Approaches to Treating Mental Illness Difficulty Level: Medium 64. Which drug is matched with the disorder it is used to treat? a. Prozac—bipolar disorder b. Thorazine—schizophrenia c. lithium—anxiety d. Valium—depression Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Biological Approaches to Treating Mental Illness

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 65. With respect to biological treatments for mental illness, invasive is to noninvasive as ______ is to ______. a. frontal lobotomy; deep brain stimulation b. electroconvulsive therapy; transcranial magnetic stimulation c. deep brain stimulation; frontal lobotomy d. deep brain stimulation; transcranial magnetic stimulation Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Biological Approaches to Treating Mental Illness Difficulty Level: Hard 66. Beginning in the 1950s and 1960s, there was a movement to determine the effectiveness of medical and psychological treatments in a scientific manner. In psychology, treatments that have scientific evidence that the treatment is effective are called ______. a. empirically based treatments b. systematically supported treatments c. research-based treatments d. evidence-based treatments Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychological Treatment Perspectives in the 20th Century Difficulty Level: Medium 67. Empirically based treatments in psychology are BEST seen as ______ to evidencebased medicine. a. unrelated b. dissimilar c. analogous d. identical Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychological Treatment Perspectives in the 20th Century Difficulty Level: Hard 68. Psychoanalysis was developed by Freud and based on ______. a. the search for ideas and emotions that are in conflict on an unconscious level b. the search for self-actualization

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. the need for individuals to receive unconditional positive regard d. the notion that dreams are the window into the unconscious Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 69. Which perspective is based on the notion that psychological problems are the result of unresolved inner conflicts?

A. behavioral B. humanist C. existential D. psychodynamic Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 70. In Freud’s concept of repression, higher cortical areas inhibit the experience of lower ones. Repression MOST directly reflects ______’s concept of ______. a. Darwin; hierarchical integration b. Darwin; natural selection c. Hughlings Jackson; hierarchical integration d. Hughlings Jackson; natural selection Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 71. Dynamic psychotherapy is an effective treatment for ______. a. personality disorders b. major depression c. schizophrenia d. phobias Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 72. Which idea BEST matches the principles of a psychodynamic approach? a. Behaviors are the result of input from the environment, not a process in the mind. b. Experiencing is the basis of thought, feeling, and action. c. Behaviors and experiences may be influenced by processes that are outside of our awareness. d. Negative thought patterns are the basis of disorders like depression.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Treatment Difficulty Level: Hard 73. The ______ approach to psychotherapy focuses on the experience of the person in the moment and the manner in which he or she interprets these experiences. a. psychodynamic b. existential-humanistic c. behavioral d. cognitive Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 74. ______ was the creator of client-centered therapy. a. Carl Rogers b. Leslie Greenburg c. Abraham Maslow d. Carl Jung Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Which of the following is NOT a key characteristic of client-centered therapy? a. the need to meet lower-level needs before attaining higher-level needs b. empathic understanding c. unconditional positive regard d. genuineness and congruence Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 76. Emotion-focused therapy is one example of a(n) ______ therapy. a. existential-humanistic b. psychodynamic c. biological d. cognitive behavioral Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 77. ______ is NOT a key characteristic of Rogers’s client-centered therapy. a. Empathic understanding b. Unconditional positive regard c. Genuineness and congruence d. Challenging cognitive distortions Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Hard 78. ______ is a technique that involves a focused, purposeful awareness of the present moment in an accepting, nonjudgmental manner. a. Presentism b. Person-centered experience c. Relativism d. Mindfulness Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 79. The final phase in emotion-focused therapy is ______. a. transformation and generation of alternatives b. evocation and exploration c. mindfulness and meditation

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. bonding and awareness Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 80. Nobel Prize winner ______ demonstrated that a sensory stimulus, such as a sound, would produce salivation when it was paired with food. a. Ivan Pavlov b. John Watson c. B. F. Skinner d. Aaron Beck Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Easy 81. Every time somebody flushes a toilet in the house, the shower becomes very cold and causes the person to jump back. Over time, the person begins to jump back automatically after hearing the flush, before the water temperature changes. This is an example of ______. a. operant conditioning b. classical conditioning c. positive reinforcement d. response cost Ans: B Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Hard 82. For a behaviorist like John Watson, ______ is the only important aspect in understanding human behavior. a. observable behavior b. an internal conflict in the subconscious mind c. the striving toward wholeness d. a hierarchy of needs Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 83. Every time John gets in his car and begins to drive without a seatbelt, an annoying red flashing light blinks. John is less likely to drive the car without his seatbelt in the future. This is an example of ______. a. operant conditioning b. classical conditioning c. positive reinforcement d. extinction Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Hard 84. Who developed a cognitive therapy for depression in which the client must become aware of thinking patterns that tend to lead to self-blame and negative interpretations of events? a. John Watson b. B. F. Skinner c. Aaron Beck d. Albert Bandura Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 85. Beck’s cognitive triad does NOT include negative views about ______. a. the world b. the future c. oneself d. the past Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Hard 86. A therapist asks a client to record his thoughts, along with how these thoughts make him feel, for a week. When they next meet, they review this list and discuss different ways that these thoughts might be illogical. This description BEST characterizes a

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 session of what kind of therapy? a. dynamic psychotherapy b. emotion-focused therapy c. cognitive-behavioral therapy d. client-centered therapy Ans: C Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 87. The thought that “Nothing will ever be any good ever again” is an example of ______. a. dichotomous thinking b. overgeneralization c. personalization d. catastrophizing Ans: D Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 88. An example of the “new way” of CBT is ______ therapy. a. acceptance and commitment b. emotion-focused c. client-centered d. process-experiential Ans: A Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Depression contributes to more loss of productivity than cancer does.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Defining Psychopathology and Understanding Its Components

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 2. In recent years, the stigma surrounding mental illness in the United States has grown more negative.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The term signs refers to the features of a disorder that are observed and reported by the patient.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Three Major Themes of this Book Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Research suggests that psychopathology is socially constructed.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Is Psychopathology Universal?

Difficulty Level: Medium 5. In Roman times, Galen was a champion of empiricism.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Ancient Greek and Roman Influences—Mental Illness Involves the Brain Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Galileo led the movement that would eventually lead to authority being replaced by experimentation.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: From the Renaissance to the 1700s—The Beginning of Modern Science Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 7. The textbook credits 17th-century doctor Thomas Willis with being the first to use the word psychology in English.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Discovering the Function of the Brain in Behavior and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Gray matter is responsible for transmitting information throughout the brain.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Discovering the Function of the Brain in Behavior and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Luigi Galvani and Emil Du Bois-Reymond were among the first to demonstrate that electrical stimulation would cause a frog’s leg to twitch.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The number of individuals in mental hospitals in the United States has decreased substantially since the 1950s.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 11. There is no empirical support for the effectiveness of humanistic-experiential therapies.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 12. In extinction, a conditioned stimulus will no longer produce the response when it is presented in the absence of the unconditioned stimulus.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 13. John Watson suggested that the proper study of psychology is both behavior and the mind.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 14. One limitation of behaviorism is that it ignores internal processes.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 15. From the cognitive behavioral perspective, dysfunctional thinking is common to all psychological disturbances.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. ______ is the study of psychological dysfunctions that a person experiences in terms of distress or impairment in functioning.

Ans: Abnormal psychology Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Defining Psychopathology and Understanding Its Components Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 2. The term ______ refers to the negative attitudes that might cause people to avoid those with a mental illness.

Ans: stigma Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The behavior and ______ perspective on psychopathology is MOST likely to emphasize signs and symptoms.

Ans: experiential Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Three Major Themes of This Book Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Abnormal psychology has been enriched not only by the evolutionary perspective but also by the ______ perspective, which emphasizes the importance of the information, skills, values, and attitudes that one acquires from other people.

Ans: cultural Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Relation of Evolution and Culture to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 5. When neuroscientists investigate how mental processes arise from the brain, their work reflects a problem highlighted by the French philosopher ______ at the beginning of the Renaissance.

Ans: Descartes, Rene Descartes Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: From the Renaissance to the 1700s—The Beginning of Modern Science Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The idea that the prefrontal cortex may inhibit the impulses of such limbic system structures as the amygdala reflects Hughlings Jackson’s principle of ______.

Ans: hierarchical integration Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Benjamin ______ signed the Declaration of Independence and is considered the “father of American psychiatry.”

Ans: Rush Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Disorders as diverse as major depression, generalized anxiety disorder, and schizophrenia may be treated with drugs called ______ medications.

Ans: psychotropic Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Biological Approaches to Treating Mental Illness Difficulty Level: Easy 9. One example of an existential-humanistic therapy is Greenberg’s ______-focused therapy, also called process-experiential therapy.

Ans: emotion Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Define stigma, and discuss how it may influence how people with psychological disorders are perceived and treated.

Ans: Stigma refers to the negative attitudes that may cause people to avoid those with psychological disorders. One example of this stigma is the belief that people with psychological disorders are violent; in fact, only a small percentage of mentally ill persons are ever involved with gun violence. Fear of stigma and possible embarrassment lead to low numbers of mentally ill people seeking treatment. It is estimated that only 20% of mentally ill people seek treatment. Because mental illness is seen as a personal failing, society is reluctant to allocate sufficient funds to the hospitals, clinics, programs, and so on that might treat the mentally ill.

Learning Objective: 1.1: Describe the components and key considerations of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Stigma and Mental Disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 2. List the three perspectives that form the themes of the textbook. Suggest how each perspective may enrich our understanding of anxiety or depression.

Ans: Behavioral and experiential perspective, neuroscience perspective, and evolutionary perspective. The behavioral and experiential perspective might emphasize the subjective symptoms of anxiety or depression, such as worry or sadness, as well as such objective signs as inhibited emotional expression or changes in sleeping patterns.

The neuroscience perspective focuses on the brain bases of disorders and contributes to the development of antianxiety or antidepressant medication. Finally, the evolutionary perspective considers the adaptive value of such disorders as anxiety or depression; anxiety may inhibit one from taking unnecessary risks, for example. The evolutionary perspective also examines the extent to which disorders are universal across cultures.

Learning Objective: 1.2: Discuss the major themes of this book.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Three Major Themes of this Book.

Difficulty Level: Difficult 3. What is meant by the notion that mental illness is a social construction? How does cross-cultural research suggest that psychopathology is universal rather than a social construction?

Ans: The view that mental illness is a social construction suggests that thought or behavior may be abnormal only in relation to social norms; mental illness may be defined very differently from one society or historical period to another. Cross-cultural research by Jane Murphy discredits this view by showing that similar disorders are found at similar rates in very different cultures, including non-Western groups. Diverse cultures have words to refer to neurosis, psychosis, and normalcy.

Learning Objective: 1.3: Explain how evolution and culture are relevant to psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Is Psychopathology Universal?

Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Explain how the insights of (a) Pythagoras, (b) Hippocrates, and (c) Galen are reflected in the present-day sciences of normal and abnormal behavior.

Ans: (a) Pythagoras sought to identify the scientific principles underlying behavior; argued that the causes of behavior are not supernatural but are natural and internal to the individual; saw the brain as the organ involved in intellect and mental disorders. (b) Hippocrates emphasized knowledge through observation and discussed the role of the brain at length. (c) Galen described the brain, the cranial nerves, and the sympathetic nervous system; theory of spirits in the blood foreshadowed our modern understanding of the endocrine system.

Learning Objective: 1.4: Summarize the historical influences on modern conceptions of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Ancient Greek and Roman Influences—Mental Illness Involves the

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Name three people who were important proponents of the idea of localization of function in the brain. Describe their contributions. Why was localization of function an important discovery in the history of psychology?

Ans: Any three of the following will do: Joseph Gall, Paul Broca, Carl Wernicke, or John Hughlings Jackson. Gall correctly described some of the functions of the frontal lobe; Broca and Wernicke identified brain areas involved in speech production and comprehension; and Hughlings Jackson described the hierarchical organization of the brain. Understanding that specific locations in the brain were responsible for specific functions set the foundation for our current understanding of the brain.

Learning Objective: 1.5: Explain how discoveries about the brain contributed to an understanding of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The 1700s to the 1900s Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Identify the positive and negative consequences of the deinstitutionalization of the mentally ill that began in the 1950s. How might the negative consequences be mitigated? Suggest how stigma might hamper the mitigation of these consequences.

Ans: While deinstitutionalization allowed many people with mental illness to live independently, others ended up homeless or incarcerated. Community clinics and other support systems were not built or were inadequately funded, perhaps because mental illness is seen as a personal failing rather than a social problem.

Learning Objective: 1.6: Discuss past and present methods of care for those with mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Care for Those with Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 7. How were Sigmund Freud’s theories influenced by the neurologist John Hughlings Jackson?

Ans: Jackson suggested that there are levels of the brain, from more primitive to more evolved, and that higher levels restrict lower levels. As such, it was possible for the psyche to also be in conflict with itself and to have different layers representing different processes. Freud’s notion of repression is a direct development of Hughlings Jackson’s notions of hierarchical integration and inhibitory control.

Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Treatment Difficulty Level: Difficult 8. Suppose a friend is considering visiting a humanistic-experiential psychotherapist.

Briefly outline several themes of humanistic-experiential therapy you might describe

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 when she asks you what you think this type of therapy might be like.

Ans: The response should mention an emphasis on human growth and the need for positive psychology, the idea that psychological health is more than just an absence of pathology, the importance of finding meaning in life, and a focus on both the external world and the individual’s subjective experience.

Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Existential-Humanistic Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 9. A student struggling with depression visits the campus counseling center. In one session, the counselor asks the student to complete a cognitive triad by listing some negative thoughts under each of the three headings. Identify the headings that might appear on the sheet; for each, list a negative thought the student might write.

Ans: Heading should refer to the self, the world, and the future. Examples might include, “I am no good at all,” (Self) “Life is too difficult,” (World) and, “I’ll never graduate and find a job,” (Future).

Learning Objective: 1.7: Describe the major present-day empirical treatment perspectives.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Behavioral and Cognitive-Behavioral Perspectives Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 2: Neuroscience Approaches to Understanding Psychopathology Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Emotion is processed in the ______. a. brain only b. autonomic nervous system only c. spinal cord d. brain and autonomic nervous system Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Chapter Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. One purpose of the sympathetic nervous system is to ______. a. allow individuals to feel empathy toward other people b. calm a person down after being startled c. make us feel excited and move blood to our muscles d. transmit information regarding fine motor movements to the muscles Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Chapter Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The chapter begins by introducing the case of David, a person with Capgras syndrome. The fact that David did not show any changes in electrodermal activity (EDA) when viewing pictures of people close to him suggests that ______. a. there was significant damage to his frontal lobe b. his emotions did not connect to his visual center c. he was likely a sociopath d. he had a dissociative disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Chapter Introduction

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Brain imaging techniques make it possible to ______. a. determine which parts of the brain are active during tasks b. diagnose a mental disorder that a person may have c. determine which mental disorder a person may have d. determine which treatment plan is best for an individual Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Growing Importance of Neuroscience, Genetics, and an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The brain is incredibly intricate, with neuroscientists estimating that there are approximately ______ different connections in the human brain! a. 500 billion b. 5 trillion c. 50 trillion d. 500 trillion Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Growing Importance of Neuroscience, Genetics, and an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy 6. ______ are the basic building element of the brain. a. Electrons b. Neurons c. Electrodes d. Neutrons Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain Anatomy, Neurons, and Neurotransmitters Difficulty Level: Easy 7. The structures closest to the midline dividing the brain’s left and right hemisphere are referred to as ______ structures. a. medial b. posterior c. dorsal

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. lateral Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Quick Review of Brain Anatomy and Function Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Mrs. Lennox suffers a stroke, damaging a portion of her parietal lobe. Mrs. Lennox will MOST likely experience difficulty in ______. a. speech comprehension b. spatial thinking c. object recognition d. goal-directed movement Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: A Quick Review of Brain Anatomy and Function Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Because the parietal lobe is located behind the ______, it is considered ______ to it. a. central sulcus; anterior b. central sulcus; posterior c. corpus callosum; anterior d. corpus callosum; posterior Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: A Quick Review of Brain Anatomy and Function Difficulty Level: Medium 10. A synapse is a ______ between neurons across which neurotransmitters move to pass signals. a. signal b. chemical c. gap d. joint Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurons and Neural Transmission Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 11. The ______ is an “all-or-none” electrical signal that travels down the axon. a. synapse b. action potential c. dendrite d. myelin sheath Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurons and Neural Transmission Difficulty Level: Easy 12. The ______ is an insulating material that covers the axon and allows the electrical signals to travel at greater speeds. a. synapse b. action potential c. dendrite d. myelin sheath Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurons and Neural Transmission Difficulty Level: Easy 13. This part of a neuron carry signals away to another neuron, and can vary in length between microscopic to four feet long. a. axon b. dendrite c. nucleus d. synapse Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurons and Neural Transmission Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Cocaine inhibits dopamine from being reclaimed by the neuron that sent it into the synapse. Cocaine therefore increases the amount of dopamine present in the synapse by inhibiting a process called ______. a. restoration b. reuptake c. recycling d. reuse Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: How Does the Neuron Pass Information?

Difficulty Level: Medium 15. After a neurotransmitter binds with a specific protein across the synapse, the signal will be either ______ to increase, or ______ to decrease the chance the next neuron will create an action potential. a. excitatory; inhibitory b. inhibitory; excitatory c. negative; positive d. potential; substantial Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: How Does the Neuron Pass Information?

Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Which of the following processes returns the synapse to a neutral state after a signal has passed through it? a. The neuron enters a remission period to rest between signaling. b. Extra neurotransmitter molecules are reabsorbed (reuptake). c. All the neurotransmitters bind with their specific proteins. d. All the neurotransmitters convert into glutamate and are absorbed.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: How Does the Neuron Pass Information?

Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Not all neurotransmitters have the same structure. As compared with smallmolecule neurotransmitters, larger ______ are involved in slower, ongoing neural activity. a. glutamate molecules b. neuropeptides c. serotonin d. GABA Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Major Neurotransmitters Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 18. Rapid firing of which major neurotransmitter can lead to seizures in the brain? a. dopamine b. serotonin c. GABA d. glutamate Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Major Neurotransmitters Difficulty Level: Easy 19. This major inhibitory neurotransmitter responds to alcohol and tranquilizers. a. dopamine b. serotonin c. glutamate d. GABA Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Major Neurotransmitters Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Gloria’s classmate whispers a comment to her during a lecture. The instructor loudly asks the classmates if there’s something she’d like to share with the class. Neurons in Gloria’s ______ lobe should fire more ______ during the instructor’s call-out than during the classmate’s comment. a. occipital; intensely b. occipital; rapidly c. temporal; intensely d. temporal; rapidly Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Encoding Information Difficulty Level: Hard 21. Which statement is FALSE regarding spike trains? a. The neurons connected to sensory systems all produce similar action potentials to external stimuli. b. Spike trains are only found in specific regions of the brain. c. The rate of spiking increases as the stimulus becomes larger. d. If a given stimulus is continued for a long period of time, the spiking will decrease.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Encoding Information Difficulty Level: Hard 22. In ______, brain activity is assessed by recording electrical activity at the scalp. a. electroencephalography (EEG) b. magnetoencephalography (MEG) c. functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) d. positron emission tomography (PET) Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: How Do We Observe the Brain at Work?

Difficulty Level: Easy 23. In ______, brain activity is assessed by measuring small magnetic field gradients entering and exiting and entering the scalp. a. positron emission tomography (PET) b. electroencephalography (EEG) c. diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) d. magnetoencephalography (MEG) Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: How Do We Observe the Brain at Work?

Difficulty Level: Easy 24. In a method called ______, researchers use an MRI magnet to track the pattern of cortical connections in the brain. a. magnetoencephalography (MEG) b. positron emission tomography (PET) c. electroencephalography (EEG) d. diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Do We Observe the Brain at Work?

Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 25. Brent is taking part in an experiment in a cognitive neuroscience lab on campus.

Silently, he reads rapid sequences of words flashed on a computer screen. The electrical activity of his brain is simultaneously recorded through skull electrodes. The brain-scanning technique used in this study is ______. a. diffusion tension imaging (DTI) b. electroencephalography (EEG) c. positron emission tomography (PET) d. functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Electroencephalography Difficulty Level: Medium 26. The ______ pattern of electrical activity in the brain is associated not only with memory performance but also with coordinating emotional information between the limbic areas and the frontal areas of the brain. a. alpha b. beta c. theta d. delta Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Electroencephalography Difficulty Level: Easy 27. Gemma drifts from alert wakefulness to a drowsy state as she finishes studying. An electroencephalogram would reveal a change from a(n) ______ pattern of brain activity to a(n) ______ pattern. a. beta; alpha b. alpha; beta c. theta; delta d. delta; theta Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Electroencephalography Difficulty Level: Hard 28. Jackie is dealing with a death in her family. Which kind of brain waves would an EEG indicate she is using to communicate between the limbic system and frontal lobes? a. alpha

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. beta c. theta d. delta Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Electroencephalography Difficulty Level: Hard 29. In the brain, the ______ pattern of electrical activity is associated with the inhibition of the activity of other brain areas. a. alpha b. beta c. theta d. delta Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Electroencephalography Difficulty Level: Difficult 30. EEG activity related to a particular event, such as the presentation of a picture or sound, is called ______. a. classical conditioning b. event-related potentials (ERPs) c. a spike train d. diffusion tension imaging (DTI) Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Evoked Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 31. The EEG pattern detected during REM sleep are most similar to which other state of consciousness? a. drowsy b. stage 3 sleep c. awake d. sleep spindles Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Evoked Potentials Difficulty Level: Medium 32. The main advantage of magnetoencephalography (MEG) over electroencephalography (EEG) is that MEG ______. a. does not expose the individual to radiation b. is less costly and time consuming c. better localizes the spatial origin of the signal d. is less invasive to the individual Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Magnetoencephalography Difficulty Level: Medium 33. Dr. Munakata is using a strong magnet to track blood oxygen changes in participants’ brains as they complete decision-making tasks. Dr. Munakata is using ______ to examine the brain’s activity. a. diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) b. positron emission tomography (PET) c. electroencephalography (EEG) d. functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Difficulty Level: Medium 34. Individuals with schizophrenia display (1) decreased brain volume and (2) a loss of white matter in the brain. Findings 1 and 2 MOST likely reflect the results of brain imaging research using ______ and ______ respectively. a. DTI; fMRI b. fMRI; EEG c. fMRI; DTI d. EEG; DTI Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diffusion Tensor Imaging Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 35. A researcher plots the amount of white matter in the brain as a function of participants’ age, from childhood through old age. Higher values on the y-axis indicate more white matter. The graph’s function should resemble a(n) ______. a. straight, negatively sloped line b. inverted U c. U-shaped curve d. horizontal line Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diffusion Tensor Imaging Difficulty Level: Hard 36. Which brain imaging method has the LEAST precise temporal resolution? a. positron emission tomography (PET) b. electroencephalography (EEG) c. functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) d. magnetoencephalography (MEG) Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Spatial and Temporal Resolution Difficulty Level: Medium 37. ______ is a field of ethical inquiry that is asking how brain processes are involved in making moral decisions, as well as who should have access to your internal processes. a. Behavioral ethics b. Neuroethics c. Human ethics d. Decision ethics Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroethics Difficulty Level: Easy 38. According to the text, “With the increased sophistication of brain imaging technology came the increased ability to view the manner in which various areas of the brain work together.” The focus on connections between brain areas implied in this statement MOST immediately brings to mind the brain imaging technique called ______. a. diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) b. positron emission tomography (PET) c. electroencephalography (EEG)

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Networks of the Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 39. White matter allows for long-range connections between neurons, facilitating networking. Roughly ______ of the brain is white matter. a. 10% b. 90% c. 44% d. 25% Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurons Connect in a Network Difficulty Level: Easy 40. Shannon is studying in her room, concentrating on a passage in her chemistry textbook and solving a few practice problems. Suddenly, she notices how chilly the room is. In Shannon’s brain, activity of the ______ network has momentarily interrupted processing in the ______ network. a. central executive; salience b. salience; central executive c. default; central executive d. salience; default Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurons Connect in a Network Difficulty Level: Hard 41. The ______ network is the neural network that is active during internal processes. a. central executive b. default c. salience d. sensory Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is the Brain’s Default (Intrinsic) Network?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 42. The default network is also called the ______ network. a. central executive b. dorsal attention c. salience d. intrinsic Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is the Brain’s Default (Intrinsic) Network?

Difficulty Level: Medium 43. William James’s notion of the stream of consciousness BEST describes activity in the ______ network. a. central executive b. dorsal attention c. default d. salience Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is the Brain’s Default (Intrinsic) Network?

Difficulty Level: Medium 44. According to the textbook, people with schizophrenia have difficulty inhibiting the ______ network. a. default b. central executive c. salience d. sensory Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is the Brain’s Default (Intrinsic) Network?

Difficulty Level: Easy 45. Manny is staring absentmindedly out of the window of the city bus on his way home from work. He is not looking at anything in particular and letting his mind wander.

Manny’s ______ network is MOST likely active in his brain. a. central executive b. salience c. default

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. dorsal attention Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is the Brain’s Default (Intrinsic) Network?

Difficulty Level: Medium 46. The concept of ______ describes how specific areas of the brain are dedicated to certain types of processes. a. connectivity b. modularity c. functionality d. specificity Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Different Networks Are Involved in Different Tasks Difficulty Level: Easy 47. Billy is out walking his dog at twilight and he hears a high-pitched sound and notices movement in the periphery of his left eye. He is able to swat the mosquito due to different parts of his brain working together, also known as ______. a. inhibition b. connectivity c. modularity d. excitation Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Different Networks Are Involved in Different Tasks Difficulty Level: Easy 48. “For example, Broca’s area in the left frontal lobe is dedicated to speech production, whereas the fusiform face area is specialized for processing faces,” lectures a psychology instructor. The instructor is MOST likely describing the concept of ______. a. inhibition b. connectivity c. excitation d. modularity Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Different Networks Are Involved in Different Tasks Difficulty Level: Hard 49. ______ refers to the idea that different areas of the brain work together in specific circumstances. a. Connectivity b. Modularity c. Functionality d. Specificity Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Different Networks Are Involved in Different Tasks Difficulty Level: Easy 50. Keeping in mind the small-world framework, modularity and connectivity are BEST described as ______ concepts. a. unrelated b. complementary c. similar d. synonymous Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Different Networks Are Involved in Different Tasks Difficulty Level: Hard 51. The study of environmental factors that turn genes on and off and are passed to the next generation is referred to as ______. a. epigenetics b. Mendel’s first law of segregation c. Mendel’s second law of assortment d. the Genome Project Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genetics and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Moderate 52. A friend tells you she is fascinated by the way the environment affects the expression of genetic potential. You suggest she explore the field of ______. a. replication b. epigenetics

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. lifespan development d. genetics Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Genetics and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Moderate 53. He studied how peas and other plants pass on specific traits, launching the study of genetics. a. Gregor Mendel b. Heinrich Hertz c. Thomas Young d. Albert Michelson Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 54. Mendel’s law of ______ states that both nondominant elements must be present for a recessive trait to appear. a. independent assortment b. conservation c. segregation d. attraction Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Study of Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 55. Mendel’s law of ______ states that the inheritance of the gene of one trait is not affected by the inheritance of the gene for another trait. a. independent assortment b. conservation c. segregation d. attraction Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Genetics

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 56. A single deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) molecule, along with the proteins attached to it, is called a(n) ______. a. helix b. histone c. allele d. chromosome Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Study of Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 57. When a person has two copies of the same allele, she or he is said to be ______ for that allele. a. homozygous b. unizygous c. heterozygous d. monozygous Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Medium 58. If the allele of a particular gene from the father differs from the allele of the same gene from the mother, the person is ______ for that gene. a. phenotypic b. heterozygous c. polymorphic d. homozygous Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Easy 59. Maddie receives the brown-eyed allele of the eye color gene from her mother but the blue-eyed allele of the eye color gene from her father. Maddie is ______ for the eye color gene. a. heterozygous b. phenotypic

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. polymorphic d. homozygous Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Medium 60. When a person has two different alleles for a particular gene, he or she is said to be ______ for those alleles. a. homozygous b. multizygous c. heterozygous d. dizygous Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Moderate 61. The job of a gene is to lay out the process by which a particular protein is made, or to ______ a protein. a. decode b. encode c. process d. direct Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Easy 62. A ______ is the blueprint that provides instructions to the body, whereas the person’s ______ is the trait that is expressed on the outside. a. protein; genotype b. phenotype; DNA c. phenotype; genotype d. genotype; phenotype Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Do Genes Do?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Even identical twins with the same ______ can display different ______ if their environmental conditions differ during their development. a. genotype; phenotypes b. predispositions; growth patterns c. phenotype; genotypes d. alleles; behaviors Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Medium 64. Gavin has brown hair and green eyes. These traits are part of his ______. a. genotype b. karyotype c. phenotype d. archetype Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Medium 65. George and Henry are identical twins. George was raised by his mother and Henry was raised by his father. Based on this information, one can conclude that the boys’ ______. a. phenotypes will be the same because their genotypes are exactly the same b. phenotypes will be different even though their genotypes are exactly the same c. genotypes will be different because their phenotypes are different d. genotypes will be the same because their phenotypes are the same Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Hard 66. In order for an individual’s genetic material to be manifest in the individual’s observable characteristics, the information in the DNA must first do what? a. be encoded in ribonucleic acid (RNA) b. determine the sequence of amino acids c. go to the part of the cell capable of proteins

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. produce proteins by producing amino acids Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DNA Difficulty Level: Medium 67. Strands of DNA consist of four types of nucleotides that are identical except for the base. Which of the following is NOT one of the four bases? a. adenine b. guanine c. cryosine d. thymine Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: DNA Difficulty Level: Hard 68. Whether a segment of DNA is relaxed or condensed—and therefore able or unable to be activated—is influenced by epigenetic ______. a. histones b. inheritances c. alleles d. marks or tags Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Epigenetic Processes Difficulty Level: Medium 69. In ______ inheritance, the environment and experiences of your ancestors may have marked their genes such that the total copy you receive is different from the copy they started with. a. Mendelian b. epigenetic c. mitochondrial d. biological Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Epigenetic Processes

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 70. In ______ inheritance, DNA is inherited only from the mother, in clear violation of the classical Mendelian view. a. Mendelian b. epigenetic c. mitochondrial d. biological Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Mitochondria and Mitochondrial Inheritance Difficulty Level: Easy 71. Which is NOT true about the mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA)? a. MtDNA is stable and mutates very slowly. b. MtDNA is separate from the DNA found in the cell’s nucleus. c. MtDNA is inherited only from the father. d. The dysfunction of the mtDNA is likely involved in specific mental disorders.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Mitochondria and Mitochondrial Inheritance Difficulty Level: Medium 72. Which insight BEST reflects a contribution of the evolutionary perspective to our understanding of psychopathology? a. Psychopathology may reflect unconscious conflicts. b. Psychopathology may reflect behaviors and traits that might be especially functional in some contexts. c. Psychopathology may reflect negative or distorted thinking patterns. d. Psychopathology may reflect the difficulty some people have in finding meaning or satisfaction in life.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 73. Harpending and Sobus (1987) suggest that some personality disorders can represent behaviors that were once adaptations to increase reproductive success.

Which personality disorder, mostly seen in men, makes it easier to manipulate women into becoming mates?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. psychopathic b. schizoid c. narcissistic d. histrionic Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 74. Which personality trait is shared by those with psychopathic personality disorder and those with histrionic personality disorder? a. cold b. emotional c. manipulative d. callous Ans: C Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Psychopathic personality disorder is to histrionic personality disorder as ______ is to ______. a. dishonesty; callousness b. sexuality; dominance c. female; male d. callousness; emotional behavior Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 76. Larissa is often described as “dramatic” or “theatrical.” She is always “on” and always wants to be the center of attention. She is extremely emotional and often exaggerates the things that happen to her. Larissa’s example BEST illustrates ______ personality disorder. a. histrionic b. psychopathic c. avoidant d. narcissistic Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 77. John lies, cheats, and steals. He doesn’t care how he hurts others. Based solely on this information, John’s case BEST illustrates ______ personality disorder. a. histrionic b. psychopathic c. avoidant d. narcissistic Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 78. From an evolutionary perspective, both psychopathic and histrionic personality disorder reflect adaptive strategies related to ______. a. dominance b. sexuality c. creativity d. safety Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy 79. Which of these animals’ sleep is characterized by putting one half of the brain to sleep while the other half remains awake? a. elephants b. primates c. lizards d. dolphins Ans: D Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 80. When studying psychopathology through the evolutionary perspective, which question would determine if the experience could be explained in terms of evolution? a. Is this mental illness universal across cultures? b. Is there an adaptive value to this experience? c. Do other animals also experience a version of this? d. Has this experience only recently emerged?

Ans: A Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Hard 81. Matthew believes that one of his cats exhibits a potential feline analogue of autism spectrum disorder. This hypothesis is MOST likely suggested by the ______ perspective on psychopathology. a. psychodynamic b. evolutionary c. cognitive d. existential-humanistic Ans: B Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Emotions are only processed in the brain.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Chapter Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Currently, there is no neuroscience technique that can definitively diagnose a given individual with a particular mental disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Growing Importance of Neuroscience, Genetics, and an Evolutionary Perspective

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Dendrites detect signals from other neurons, while axons send signals away to other neurons.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurons and Neural Transmission Difficulty Level: Medium 4. There are more than 100 different neurotransmitters in the brain.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Major Neurotransmitters Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Brain waves are slow and steady during REM sleep.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Electroencephalography Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) measures the ratio of hemoglobin with and without oxygen to map changes in cortical blood and infer neuronal activity.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Nearly 75% of the brain is made up of white matter.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurons Connect in a Network Difficulty Level: Easy 8. The intrinsic network is the brain’s default network.

Ans: T

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is the Brain’s Default (Intrinsic) Network?

Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Two different brain areas that are active during a particular task are probably part of the same network.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Different Networks Are Involved in Different Tasks Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The environment can influence the activation of genes through epigenetic marks or tags.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Epigenetic Processes Difficulty Level: Medium 11. How a mother takes care of her offspring can make epigenetic changes.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Epigenetic Processes Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Mitochondrial DNA comes from both an organism’s father and his mother.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Mitochondria and Mitochondrial Inheritance Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Dolphins sleep with one half of their brain awake.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychopathology From an Evolutionary Perspective

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Only humans show deficits in response to lack of sleep.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychopathology From an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. The almond shaped structure on each side of the brain that is connected emotions and to other structures in the limbic system is called the ______.

Ans: amygdala Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Chapter Introduction Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Chemicals that transmit signals from one neuron to another are called ______.

Ans: neurotransmitters Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Major Neurotransmitters Difficulty Level: Easy 3. ______ potentials is another phrase for event-related potentials.

Ans: Evoked Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Evoked Potentials Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Of the neuroscientific research methods described in the textbook, ______ and electroencephalography have the MOST precise temporal resolution.

Ans: magnetoencephalography Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Spatial and Temporal Resolution Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 5. The ______ network is the neural network involved in monitoring and noting important changes in biological and cognitive systems.

Ans: salience Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurons Connect in a Network Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Cognitive tasks involved in planning, understanding new situations, and cognitive flexibility are called ______ functions.

Ans: executive Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Different Networks Are Involved in Different Tasks Difficulty Level: Medium 7. A recessive trait may be inherited only if a gene’s recessive allele is inherited from both parents. This is Mendel’s first law, the law of ______.

Ans: segregation Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Study of Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 8. ______ are made up of amino chains from DNA and do the body’s work.

Ans: Proteins Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Do Genes Do? Difficulty Level: Easy 9. ______ are processes intervening between a gene—the genotype—and its outward appearance—the phenotype.

Ans: Endophenotypes Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Are Endophenotypes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Individuals with ______ personality disorder may be described as “highmaintenance drama queens.”

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: histrionic Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychopathology From an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Discuss how scientists in the 19th and early 20th pursued the neuroscience approach to normal and disordered mental function. Make explicit reference to at least two of the following individuals: Broca, Wundt, and Jung. How might these scientists’ work be seen as limited in comparison to contemporary neuroscientific research?

Ans: Scientists in the 19th and early 20th century attempted to make inferences about the brain activity underlying thought by studying animals and people who had suffered brain damage. Broca studied the brains of his patients who had died. In addition, psychologists such as Jung and Wundt sought a window into cognition in the form of simple behaviors like word associations and reaction time. Finally, Jung tried to relate thought to the body’s physiological responses by measuring the electrical conductivity of the skin. These techniques are limited because they are indirect; they do not image brain activity directly, as current techniques do.

Learning Objective: 2.1: Explain why neuroscience, genetics, and an evolutionary perspective are increasingly important in understanding psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Growing Importance of Neuroscience, Genetics, and an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Outline, in order, the six steps involved in passing information from one neuron to another.

Ans: (1) Neurotransmitters are created and stored; (2) an action potential travels down the axon to the terminal; (3) a neurotransmitter is released into the synapse; (4) the neurotransmitter binds with specific proteins in the next neuron; (5) this either increases or decreases the possibility the next neuron will create an action potential; and (6) the synapse is made neutral again.

Learning Objective: 2.2: Describe how information is communicated within the human brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: How Does the Neuron Pass Information?

Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Provide an example of a research question for which it is critical that a brain imaging technique has good spatial resolution. Provide an example of a research question for which it is critical that a brain imaging technique has good temporal resolution. For each

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 question, identify and briefly describe a specific neuroimaging technique that would be appropriate.

Ans: Spatial research question: You are interested in differences in hippocampal volume in individuals with and without schizophrenia. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) would provide an image of the brain structure in question. MRI uses a large magnet to measure blood oxygen levels in the brain. Temporal research question: Differences in processing time in spoken versus written text in individuals with autism.

Electroencephalography (EEG) would be appropriate—EEG records the electrical activity of the brain through electrodes placed on the scalp.

Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Spatial and Temporal Resolution Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Several ethical questions have been raised with regard to who should have access to one’s internal processes and implications for genetic discoveries. Describe one of these issues and the evidence to support both sides.

Ans: This could be a description of issues related to eugenics, sharing one’s own genetic information with other third parties, or sharing incidental findings with individuals. Be sure the test taker describes both sides of the ethical argument. For example, sharing information that an individual might have the potential to experience schizophrenia with an insurance company might lead to a system that charges higher premiums up front to then offset the potential cost of treatment later. However, it is possible that the person never will experience schizophrenia throughout his or her life.

Learning Objective: 2.3: Describe the major techniques used to view the human brain at work and their related ethical implications.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroethics Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Describe the small-world framework. Explain how the framework offers a metaphor for the organization of neurons in the brain. Illustrate your answer with an example drawn from your own social connections or network.

Ans: Just as the contact of any two random individuals in the world can be accomplished with a limited number of connections, any two nodes in the brain can be represented by only a limited number of connections. Neurons have many shortdistance local connections, just as an individual has many friends in their local community. These connections form a hub. Each hub may be connected by a few longdistance connections to another hub, just as an individual’s network of local friends may be connected to a social network in a distant city by the friendships of one or two people. For example, I have many friends in my hometown of Lafayette, LA—my hub.

This network is connected to a network in Athens, GA, by my friendship with a woman in that city.

Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurons Connect in a Network Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Name and describe three of the brain’s networks. For each network, describe a specific instance of a situation from the past day or two in which the network may have been especially active in your brain.

Ans: Default or intrinsic network. Involved in internal processing that does not require sensory input. Example situation: Allowing one’s mind to wander on a city bus or commuter train; allowing one’s thoughts to drift when one first goes to bed.

Salience network: Monitors and notes important changes in biological and cognitive systems. Example situation: Suddenly realizing one is hungry at 1:30 in the afternoon; one’s thoughts turn to food and where to get it.

Central executive network: Involved in planning, goal setting, directing attention, and inhibiting impulses. Example situation: Writing a to-do list for the day, planning to set a goal of reading half a chapter of a textbook between the end of a work shift and the beginning of an evening class.

Learning Objective: 2.4: Explain what brain networks are and how they influence human behavior.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurons Connect in a Network Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Suppose that blue eyes and curly hair are recessive traits. Use this information to define and illustrate Mendel’s first and second laws.

Ans: First law—the law of segregation. For a recessive trait to appear, an organism must have inherited the trait from both its parents. A blue-eyed child must have inherited the blue-eye allele of the eye color gene from both its mother and its father.

Second law—law of independent assortment. The inheritance of one trait does not influence the inheritance of another. A blue-eyed child may be curly haired or not. The recessive blue-eyed trait is completely independent of the recessive curly haired trait.

Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Epigenetic Processes Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Briefly describe the epigenetic process and how might relate to mental illnesses.

Ans: The environment can influence the epigenetic marks or tags, which then can influence the coding of genes. It may be that specific aspects of a woman’s environment triggered the coding of a gene that later resulted in the experience of a mental illness in her children.

Learning Objective: 2.5: Explain the function of genes, epigenetics, and endophenotypes.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Epigenetic Processes

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 9. Discuss two ways that an evolutionary perspective expands our understanding of psychopathology.

Ans: The evolutionary perspective expands our understanding of mental illness by directing us to ask whether particular disorders are universal across cultures and persistent through historical time. In this way, we might learn how and when disorders originated in the human population. The evolutionary perspective also directs us to consider how disorders may be related to traits that might be adaptive.

Learning Objective: 2.6: Ask critical questions about psychopathology from an evolutionary perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychopathology from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 3: Research Methods Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. According to your text, scientific knowledge is BEST defined as ______. a. general conclusions drawn from observations b. the known facts about a particular subject derived from the scientific method c. the approach by which a claim is shown to be wrong d. the acceptance of sensory information as valid Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Based on the textbook’s discussion, whether a discipline is considered a science depends on the ______. a. methods it uses to acquire knowledge. b. expertise of the scholars and teachers who work in the discipline c. technological sophistication of the equipment it uses d. complexity of its subject matter Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Helena proposes that the more impulsive a student is, the more likely he or she will be to change answers on a multiple-choice test. This statement is an example of a(n) ______. a. experiment b. variable c. hypothesis d. operational definition Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 4. “Opposites attract.” “Birds of a feather flock together.” These aphorisms make predictions and are therefore ______. a. hypotheses

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. variables c. confounds d. operational definitions Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Dr. Jones is doing research and experiments to determine whether shoe size can be used to determine the likelihood of success as a professional athlete. Jim questions whether these two things are causally related or correlated. Jim is displaying which of the following? a. doubt b. classification c. falsification d. redaction Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Easy 6. “One can never be proved right but always proved wrong.” This statement MOST closely reflects the scientific process of ______. a. reflection b. falsification c. inference d. correlation Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Taylor is an empiricist, which means she ______. a. accepts general conclusions drawn from rational debate. b. believes knowledge can come from thought experiments. c. has faith in things she cannot see or experience. d. relies on observation and experimentation for knowledge.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 8. The scientific process first begins with a(n) ______. a. expectation b. inference c. experiment d. conclusion Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Which sequence BEST reflects the order of the stages in the general process of science, as it is outlined at the beginning of the chapter on research methods in your textbook? a. experimentation → expectation → inference b. experimentation → inference → expectation c. expectation → inference → experimentation d. expectation → experimentation → inference Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 10. When a rod passed through Phineas Gage’s head, which area of the brain was damaged? a. occipital lobe b. temporal lobe c. prefrontal cortex d. hippocampus Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Case Study Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Dr. Gigliotti is conducting a detailed examination of a patient with dissociative identity disorder. Dr. Gigliotti is undertaking ______. a. correlational research b. naturalistic observation c. a case study d. an experiment Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Case Study Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Sigmund Freud based much of his theory on intensive analyses of individual patients. The psychodynamic perspective, therefore, is built on a foundation of ______. a. case studies b. correlational research c. experiments d. observational work Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Case Study Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Which of the following researchers is conducting a case study? a. Dr. Henriette, who is investigating the effect of word imageability on list memory b. Dr. Innis, who is examining the tactile perception of a blind woman reading Braille c. Dr. Kulik, who is asking a sample of college students questions on their political attitudes d. Dr. Jefferson, who is observing children on a playground unobtrusively Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Case Study Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Which statement reveals a limitation of naturalistic observation? a. It is most useful for understanding the “big picture.” b. It emphasizes invariant patterns in the environment. c. It entails observation without interference. d. It is most useful in describing behavior, not explaining it Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Naturalistic Observation: Just Looking Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Naturalistic observation is a method that requires noninterference and looks for ______ of behavior and big picture connections between them. a. microaggressions b. consequences

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. causes d. patterns Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Naturalistic Observation: Just Looking Difficulty Level: Medium 16. DeAndre is recording instances of physical aggression among children in a schoolyard at recess. He is undertaking ______. a. naturalistic observation b. an experiment c. correlational research d. a case study Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Naturalistic Observation: Just Looking Difficulty Level: Hard 17. Valentina is engaged in naturalistic observation. In which of these projects is she MOST likely engaged? a. asking a sample of college students questions about their tendency toward anger in different situations b. studying the social behaviors of an autistic boy under controlled circumstances in the clinic c. observing interactions between subordinates and their supervisors in a large corporate office d. examining crime statistics to see if the rate of property crimes is related to the rate of violent crimes Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Naturalistic Observation: Just Looking Difficulty Level: Hard 18. Paul records data that indicate that the number of hot chocolates sold at a concession stand increases as temperature outside decreases. (For example, more hot chocolates are purchased during late fall than late spring.) Which statement is the MOST accurate depiction of this finding? a. There is a correlation between the two variables. b. There is a high, positive correlation between the two variables. c. There is a low, positive correlation between the two variables.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. There is a negative correlation between the two variables.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Hard 19. Which choice reflects a perfect positive correlation? a. 1.00 b. 0.99 c. 0.00 d. −1.00 Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Easy 20. Which of the following is a high negative correlation? a. 0.00 b. −0.99 c. 1.00 d. −.01 Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Easy 21. Barb is researching a possible correlation between eye color and the color of a person’s car. If she finds no correlation, which value is she most likely to report? a. 1.00 b. −1.00 c. −.50 d. 0.00 Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Medium 22. Irving has noticed a pattern: The more alcohol people drink, the more aggressive

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 they seem to be. Which research method would aim at verifying the relationship between these two variables? a. naturalistic observation b. case study c. correlational research d. experimental method Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Brian insists that eating ice cream can lead to drowning because he has statistics that show that ice cream sales and drownings both increase at the same time of year.

Julie reminds Brian that just because two phenomena increase at the same time does not prove ______. a. causation b. correlation c. dependence d. orientation Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Medium 24. What is the relationship of correlational studies to experimental research? a. Low correlational coefficients can discern slight causative relationships. b. High correlational coefficients can indicate areas for further study. c. Positive correlations indicate that researchers are on the right track. d. Negative correlations indicate that experiments are not necessary.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Easy 25. Between which pair of values is one MOST likely to find a positive correlation? a. alcohol consumption and GPA b. GPA and height c. GPA and amount of studying d. GPA and depression Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Medium 26. In a study of white-collar workers, Velma found that there was a positive correlation between sick days taken and self-reported alcohol and drug use. A graph of her results would show a ______. a. diagonal line from the bottom left to the top right b. diagonal line from the top left to the bottom right c. horizontal line d. U-shaped curve Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Hard 27. Students who take exams very quickly often make more mistakes than students who take their time are more accurate. This illustrates which kind of correlation? a. A negative correlation between speed and accuracy b. A positive correlation between speed and accuracy c. No correlation between speed and accuracy d. Perfect correlation between speed and accuracy Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Medium 28. In the survey project she is working on, Dr. Miyake finds a correlation of .60 between attachment security and the likelihood with which participants say they would engage in various prosocial behaviors at work. This could mean any of the following EXCEPT this: a. Attachment security leads people to behave prosocially at work. b. A trait such as extraversion is related to both prosocial behavior and attachment security. c. Attachment security and prosocial behavior are unrelated. d. Prosocial behavior causes attachment security.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Hard 29. Using a sample of young adolescents, Dr. Nguyen finds a correlation of .55 between scores on a measure of neglectful or uninvolved parenting and scores on a measure of delinquent behavior. Based on this correlation alone, Dr. Nguyen can legitimately conclude that ______. a. the two variables are unrelated since the correlation is too low b. low income and bad parenting cause the juvenile delinquency of the children c. uninvolved parenting alone causes juvenile delinquency in the children d. uninvolved parenting is related to increased delinquent behavior in the children Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Of all the research designs, only ______ can tell us about cause and effect. a. naturalistic observation b. case studies c. correlational techniques d. experiments Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Experimental Method: Making It Happen Difficulty Level: Medium 31. A(n) ______ defines events or constructs in terms of how they are measured, thus giving them concrete meaning. a. operational definition b. construct hypothesis c. experimental definition d. experimental event Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy 32. When asked to define popularity, Brianna offers, “It’s when everyone likes you.”

Chrissy suggests, “It’s basically the number of friends you have.” How do the two girls’ definitions differ?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. They don’t, really. b. Brianna’s is an operational definition; Chrissy’s is not. c. Brianna’s is a procedural definition; Chrissy’s is not. d. Chrissy’s is an operational definition; Brianna’s is not.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Hard 33. Which of the following is NOT an operational definition of happiness? a. a self-reported feeling of joy or contentment b. the number of times an individual smiles in an hour c. an individual’s self-rating on a 10-point happiness scale d. the ratio of positive to negative emotion words a person uses Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Hard 34. Experimental group is to control group as ______ variable is to ______ variable. a. independent; no independent b. no independent; dependent c. dependent; no dependent d. no dependent; dependent Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 35. In an industrial psychology experiment, one group of participants is exposed to confinement while another group is not. All participants then perform a manual dexterity task, and their performance is examined. What is the independent variable? a. gender b. confinement c. dexterity d. anxiety Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 36. In a social psychology experiment, one group of participants is reminded of a social stereotype they are likely to hold; another is not reminded. All participants then interact with a member of the stereotyped group, and the nature of their interactions is recorded.

Which statement is true? a. The reminded group receives the independent variable and is the control group. b. The reminded group receives the independent variable and is the experimental group. c. The non-reminded group receives the independent variable and is the control group. d. The non-reminded group receives the independent variable and is the experimental group.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Hard 37. Dr. Brundle was trying to perfect his transporter invention, but a fly got into the device during a test, and its DNA got mixed with Dr. Brundle’s DNA. The fly is an example of which kind of variable? a. independent b. dependent c. confounding d. experimental Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy 38. In an experiment, the dependent variable is ______. a. applied to the treatment group b. randomized across groups c. influenced by another variable d. deliberately manipulated by the researcher Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 39. In an experiment, the independent variable is ______. a. randomized across groups b. applied to the control group c. measured by the researcher d. deliberately manipulated by the researcher Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 40. A researcher gives the experimental group ginkgo biloba and the control group a placebo. In this example, what the experimental group receives is the ______ variable. a. sample b. independent c. dependent d. experimental Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 41. At Folger University, Drs. Chase and Sanborn are conducting an experiment on the effects of caffeine on memory. Participants are randomly assigned to a caffeine or a nocaffeine group; later, they recall items on a word list and are assessed by how many they correctly recall. In which answer does the pair correctly identify a variable in this experiment? a. caffeine—dependent variable b. word recall—experimental variable c. caffeine—independent variable d. word recall—independent variable Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Hard 42. In an experimental test of the effects of Vitamin B-12 on problem-solving performance, ______ is the independent variable, and ______ is the dependent variable. a. problem-solving performance; the vitamin b. problem-solving performance; a placebo

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. the vitamin; problem-solving performance d. a placebo; the vitamin Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Hard 43. Wood and colleagues (2009) examined the value of self-affirmation. In a typical study, participants either engaged or did not engage in self-affirmations. Later, their current self-esteem was assessed. Which of the following answers correctly names and identifies the variables in this study? a. independent variable—self-affirmations; dependent variable—self-esteem scores b. independent variable—self-esteem scores; dependent variable—self-affirmations c. experimental variable—self-affirmations; control variable—self-esteem scores d. experimental variable—self-esteem scores; control variable—self-affirmations Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Hard 44. Amy is interested in the effect of caffeine on memory recall. She is testing two groups. One group receives coffee, and the other drinks water. Participant’s previous use of caffeine and tolerance of it would be what kind of variable in this experiment? a. dependent b. confounding c. independent d. experimental Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Chris is interested in how multitasking influences performance on a memory test.

One group of participants takes only the memory test. The second group performs the memory test while simultaneously sorting cards or listening to music. In Chris’s experiment, the dependent variable is ______. a. performance on the distractor task b. multitasking c. distractor task d. performance on the memory test

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 46. According to the textbook, ______ variables change along with the independent variable, making it difficult to pinpoint actual causes. a. correlative b. blind c. dependent d. confounding Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy 47. Untended variables that operate in conjunction with the independent variable making the experimental effect harder to find are referred to as ______ variables. a. external b. subject c. confounding d. dependent Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy 48. ______ is the process by which scientists look at the available evidence and then use reasoning to reach a conclusion. a. Logic b. Inference c. Observation d. Belief Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 49. Generalizability is a synonym for ______. a. external validity but not internal validity b. internal validity but not external validity c. either internal or external validity d. neither internal nor external validity Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Validity Difficulty Level: Medium 50. The ability to make valid inferences regarding the effect of the independent on the dependent variable depends on ______ validity. a. external b. internal c. sample d. inferential Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Validity Difficulty Level: Easy 51. Drew is running a study on the effects of alcohol on memory recall. He has two groups: one that receives alcohol and one that receives water. He checks in on the progress of the alcohol group more frequently and may have given that group more instructions. The MOST obvious weakness of Drew’s study is ______. a. placebo effects b. experimenter effects c. internal validity d. generalizability Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Do I Expect to Happen?

Difficulty Level: Medium 52. A placebo is given to members of the ______ group. a. control b. dependent c. experimental d. independent Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Do I Expect to Happen?

Difficulty Level: Hard 53. A pharmaceutical company wishes to test the efficacy of a new antidepressant with a double-blind procedure. Which answer correctly describes the procedure the company would use? a. The research assistants would know which participants were receiving the new drug and which were receiving an inert pill. Each participant would also know which type of pill he or she was taking. b. The research assistants would know which participants were receiving the new drug and which were receiving an inert pill. Each participant, though, would not know which type of pill he or she was taking. c. The research assistants would not know which participants were receiving the new drug and which were receiving an inert pill. Each participant, though, would know which type of pill he or she was taking. d. The research assistants would not know which participants were receiving the new drug and which were receiving an inert pill. Also, each participant would not know which type of pill he or she was taking.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Do I Expect to Happen?

Difficulty Level: Hard 54. Which of the following is an effective control for placebo effects? a. blind controls b. random assignment c. counterbalancing d. demand characteristics Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Do I Expect to Happen?

Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Which of these is NOT among the four factors critical to sound inference? a. Participant selection b. Design of experiment c. Statistic selection d. Participant assignment Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Designing an Experimental Study Difficulty Level: Medium 56. A population is BEST described as the ______. a. participants included in a research study at a university b. participant group that does not receive the independent variable c. participant group that is exposed to the independent variable d. larger group of individuals to which the results can be generalized Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Participants in the Study Difficulty Level: Easy 57. A ______ attempts to limit potential problems which could arise from both known and unknown confounding variables by ensuring that groups are equal before the experiment begins. a. randomized control trial b. double-blind experiment c. match subjects design d. longitudinal study Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Putting Participants in Groups Difficulty Level: Easy 58. The purpose of a randomized control trial is to ______. a. determine how likely it is that the results of a treatment were due to chance b. ensure that sample results generalize to the population c. ensure that participant characteristics are equivalent in all groups d. determine whether two variables are related Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Putting Participants in Groups Difficulty Level: Medium 59. A psychopathologist wishes to compare the prevalence of suicidal ideation among a sample of people with major depressive disorder to the prevalence of such ideation among a sample of those without the disorder. It is critical that the two groups be as similar as possible with regard to factors unrelated to the research question. This concern is BEST addressed using a ______. a. double-blind study

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. longitudinal study c. match subjects design d. randomized control trial Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Putting Participants in Groups Difficulty Level: Medium 60. A study of identical twins may be considered an ideal example of a ______. a. double-blind study b. match subjects design c. linkage analysis d. randomized control trial Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Putting Participants in Groups Difficulty Level: Easy 61. The ______ is a statistical hypothesis that is tested to determine if there is a difference between the experimental and control groups. a. research b. control c. null d. confound Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Is the Dependent Variable Related to the Independent Variable?

Difficulty Level: Easy 62. Of the three types of hypotheses described in the text, which type is used to question whether the results happened by chance? a. research hypothesis b. confound hypothesis c. confound and research hypotheses d. null hypothesis Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Is the Dependent Variable Related to the Independent Variable?

Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Addie is wondering whether the memory scores of her participants may have reflected not the difference in retention interval between the experimental and control

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 conditions in her experiment but rather a difference in participants’ ages between the two conditions. Addie’s question concerns the ______ hypothesis. a. confound b. research c. null d. inferential Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Is the Dependent Variable Related to the Independent Variable?

Difficulty Level: Hard 64. The confound hypothesis is BEST defined as a ______. a. statistical hypothesis that is tested to determine if there is a difference between the experimental and control groups b. statistical test to determine whether a result differed from what would be expected by chance c. formal statement of the manner in which the dependent variable is related to the independent variable d. conceptual question that asks if the result could reflect a factor other than the independent variable Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Is the Dependent Variable Related to the Independent Variable?

Difficulty Level: Easy 65. As part of her master’s thesis work, Amy is conducting a survey of dating attitudes and behaviors among young adults. She first distributes questionnaires to 200 randomly selected students enrolled in introductory psychology courses at her university. The 200 students constitute Amy's ______. The people to whom she assumes her results will generalize are termed the ______. a. control group; sample b. experimental group; population c. population; sample d. sample; population Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Null Hypothesis and Inferential Statistics Difficulty Level: Hard 66. At a DUI checkpoint, some cars are stopped at random, but many others are not stopped. Using the terminology of psychological research, the cars that are stopped may be considered a ______ of all of the cars that pass by the checkpoint. a. sample

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. subset c. cohort d. population Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Null Hypothesis and Inferential Statistics Difficulty Level: Medium 67. Which of the following statements BEST expresses the relationship between a sample and a population? a. A sample includes a population. b. A population is similar to a sample. c. A population includes a sample. d. A sample is separate from a population.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Null Hypothesis and Inferential Statistics Difficulty Level: Medium 68. ______ statistics are computed to assess the relationship between the characteristics of the sample and those of the population. a. Operational b. Null c. Inferential d. Experimental Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Null Hypothesis and Inferential Statistics Difficulty Level: Easy 69. In ______ sampling, each member of the population is equally likely to be included in the sample. a. linkage b. random c. matched d. blind Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Null Hypothesis and Inferential Statistics Difficulty Level: Medium 70. A randomly selected sample increases the likelihood that experimental results will

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 generalize to the population. In other words, a random sample increases ______ validity. a. external b. conceptual c. internal d. longitudinal Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Null Hypothesis and Inferential Statistics Difficulty Level: Medium 71. A ______ is also known as a small-N design, and uses data without averaging it. a. single-subject design b. match subjects design c. longitudinal study d. linkage analysis Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Single-Subject Designs Difficulty Level: Easy 72. With respect to single-subject designs, treatment is to baseline as ______ is to ______. a. external validity; internal validity b. dependent variable; independent variable c. control condition; experimental condition d. experimental condition; control condition Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Single-Subject Designs Difficulty Level: Hard 73. If a researcher checks in on sets of identical twins as they age from infancy to middle adulthood, which method is being used? a. cross-sectional research b. longitudinal research c. naturalistic observation d. epidemiological research Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Longitudinal Research Difficulty Level: Easy 74. The study of the distribution and determinants of the frequency of a disorder in humans is known as ______. a. pathology b. symptomology c. etiology d. epidemiology Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Epidemiological Research Difficulty Level: Easy 75. Prevalence is BEST defined as ______. a. the proportion of individuals who have a particular disorder at a particular time period b. the percentage of a specific population that had the disorder at some point in their life c. the number of new cases of a disorder that develop during a certain period of time d. a way of thinking about the number of new cases of a disorder that develop annually Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Epidemiological Research Difficulty Level: Easy 76. The number of new cases of a disorder that develop during a certain period of time is called ______. a. risk b. significance c. incidence d. prevalence Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Epidemiological Research Difficulty Level: Easy 77. During any given year, approximately 19% of the American population experiences a diagnosable mental illness. This is a statement of the ______ of mental illness. a. risk b. significance

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. incidence d. prevalence Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Epidemiological Research Difficulty Level: Medium 78. The director of a community health organization reads that about 1,300 new cases of HIV infection are expected in her city in the coming year. This statement illustrates an epidemiological statistic called ______. a. risk b. incidence c. significance d. prevalence Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Epidemiological Research Difficulty Level: Hard 79. ______ twins arise from the situation in which two different eggs are fertilized by two different spermatozoa. a. Heterozygotic b. Homozygotic c. Monozygotic d. Dizygotic Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 80. Reba and Reni are twins. They developed from a single fertilized egg dividing shortly after conception. Reba and Reni are ______ twins, more colloquially called ______ twins. a. dizygotic; fraternal b. dizygotic; identical c. monozygotic; fraternal d. monozygotic; identical Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Behavioral Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 81. In a(n) ______, twins who have been raised apart are investigated to disentangle the genetic and environmental influences on development. a. adoption study b. longitudinal design c. nature and nurture study d. linkage analysis Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Behavioral Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 82. A(n) ______ entails examining families across multiple generations to find the association between particular DNA marker alleles and particular traits. a. significance test b. linkage analysis c. meta-analysis d. longitudinal study Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 83. A statistically significant result is one that is ______. a. surprising to the researcher b. important in a practical sense c. large in magnitude d. unlikely to have occurred by chance Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Clinical and Statistical Significance Difficulty Level: Medium 84. ______ refers to the measured magnitude of the independent variable’s influence on the dependent variable. a. Clinical significance b. Statistical significance

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. Effect size d. Prevalence Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Clinical and Statistical Significance Difficulty Level: Easy 85. Iyesha reads a journal article reporting a study in which a small sample of women undertook tests of spatial ability at two points during their menstrual cycle. She decides to conduct a similar study using a larger sample of women. Iyesha is performing a ______. a. significance test b. replication c. linkage analysis d. double-blind study Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Replication and Meta-Analysis Difficulty Level: Medium 86. ______ is a statistical technique for combining the results of several studies to improve the reliability of the results. a. A significance test b. Replication c. Meta-analysis d. Linkage analysis Ans: C Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Replication and Meta-Analysis Difficulty Level: Easy 87. Dr. DiLorenzo is performing statistical analyses to combine the results of a number of studies investigating the relationship between day care quality and developmental outcomes among children aged 2 to 4. Dr. DiLorenzo is conducting a ______. a. meta-analysis b. significance test c. replication d. linkage analysis Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Replication and Meta-Analysis Difficulty Level: Hard 88. Which of the following is NOT one of the guidelines for ethical research established by the Belmont Report? a. respect for persons b. anonymity c. justice d. beneficence Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Ethics and the Scientific Experiment Difficulty Level: Medium 89. Dr. O'Connor is ensuring that his participants understand what taking part in the study will entail. Dr. O'Connor is ______. a. assuring confidentiality b. obtaining informed consent c. undertaking institutional review d. performing random assignment Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Informed Consent Difficulty Level: Medium 90. The principle of informed consent MOST directly reflects the Belmont Report’s principle of ______. a. beneficence b. justice c. respect for persons d. right to privacy Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Informed Consent Difficulty Level: Medium 91. The principle of ______ requires that the scientist does not release data of personal nature to other scientists or groups without the participant’s consent.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. benevolence b. fidelity c. transparency d. confidentiality Ans: D Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Rights of the Research Participant and the Responsibilities of the Experimenter Difficulty Level: Medium 92. The principle of ______ requires that the personal identity of a given participant be kept separate from his or her data. a. anonymity b. fidelity c. benevolence d. transparency Ans: A Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Rights of the Research Participant and the Responsibilities of the Experimenter Difficulty Level: Easy 93. In order to protect patient rights, researchers use the principle of ______ to separate names from results, and the principle of ______ to avoid releasing results without consent. a. Confidentiality; anonymity b. Anonymity; confidentiality c. Informed consent; voluntary participation d. Private personality; right to privacy Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Institutional Review Board Difficulty Level: Easy 94. Which of the following describes a committee of individuals who determine whether participants are adequately protected in terms of welfare and rights and who determine when a risk is unreasonable? a. academic safety committee b. institutional review board c. committee for oversight and safety

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. academic review board Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Institutional Review Board Difficulty Level: Easy 95. In practice, institutional review board members are often guided by the consideration that the benefits of participation in a study should justify such costs to the participant, from the time they invest in taking part to any negative experiences that might result, such as answering intensely personal questions on a survey. This consideration MOST directly reflects the Belmont Report’s principle of ______. a. beneficence b. justice c. respect for persons d. right to privacy Ans: B Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Institutional Review Board Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Ignaz Semmelweis realized the connection between better hygiene for doctors and improved survival rates after surgery.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Doubt or skepticism has no place in science.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 3. In reality, the case study is very rarely used to study individual participants.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Case Study Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Phineas Gage’s injury helped indicate some of the functions of the prefrontal cortex.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Case Study Difficulty Level: Medium 5. In correlational studies, the researcher is interested in discovering a relationship between two variables.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes with What Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Alcohol is MOST likely an independent variable in an experimental study of the effects of alcohol and aggression.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Internal validity refers to the generalizability of experimental results.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Validity Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Having participants who do not know whether they are in the experimental group or the control group is a threat to the validity of a study.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Do I Expect to Happen?

Difficulty Level: Moderate

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 9. In a match subjects design, the closer a scientist can match individuals in the individual and control groups, the stronger the logic of the design.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Putting Participants in Groups Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The null hypothesis states that there are significant differences between the experimental and control groups.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Is the Dependent Variable Related to the Independent Variable?

Difficulty Level: Medium 11. The sample refers to the participants who are actually included in a study.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Null Hypothesis and Inferential Statistics Difficulty Level: Easy 12. The epidemiological measure called incidence refers to the number of new cases of a disorder that emerge at a particular time.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Epidemiological Research Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Dizygotic twins are also known as identical twins.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Statistically significant results are also considered clinically significant.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Clinical and Statistical Significance Difficulty Level: Easy 15. A researcher does NOT need to seek informed consent from the participant if doing so will decrease the internal validity of the experiment.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Informed Consent Difficulty Level: Medium 16. The main task of the IRB is to determine whether the participants are adequately protected in terms of welfare and rights.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Institutional Review Board Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. Learning about the world through observation and experimentation is the essence of a process called ______.

Ans: empiricism Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Psychodynamic descriptions of Anna O. reflect a method called the ______ study.

Ans: case Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Case Study Difficulty Level: Easy 3. A(n) ______ describes events or constructs in terms of how they are measured, thus giving them concrete meaning.

Ans: operational definition Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy 4. In an experiment, the ______ group is exposed to the independent variable.

Ans: experimental Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Easy 5. ______ variables operate in conjunction with the independent variable, making the experimental effect more difficult.

Ans: Confounding Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The ______ hypothesis is used to determine if the results of an experiment could have been produced by unanticipated factors.

Ans: confound Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Is the Dependent Variable Related to the Independent Variable?

Difficulty Level: Easy 7. In a ______ design, a group of participants is followed for an extended period of time.

Ans: longitudinal Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Longitudinal Research Difficulty Level: Easy 8. ______ is the study of the genetic and environmental contributions to an organism’s behavior.

Ans: Behavior genetics Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Behavioral Genetics Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The ______ means that information given to a researcher by a participant should not

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 be made public.

Ans: right to privacy Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Rights of the Research Participant and the Responsibilities of the Experimenter Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The ______ is a guideline for experimental ethics, established after World War II in response to human experimentation performed by the Nazis.

Ans: Nuremberg Code Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Experiment as an Ethical Problem Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. What is a hypothesis? Provide an original example of a hypothesis a psychologist might test. Be sure to operationally define the variables in your hypothesis.

Ans: A hypothesis is a statement that allows a prediction to be tested.

Ideally, the example hypothesis should include some notion of both an independent and a dependent variable, such as, "Partying is related to lower grades."

Both the independent and dependent variables should be operationalized or stated in quantifiable terms. Examples: partying = hours per week spent consuming alcohol or other psychoactive substances in the company of one or more other people; grades = GPA. Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Define (a) hypothesis, (b) empiricism, and (c) inference. Relate these three concepts to the three general stages of the scientific approach.

Ans: A hypothesis is a formally stated expectation. This idea or expectation forms the first general stage of the scientific process. Empiricism is the process of acquiring knowledge through observation or experimentation. Empiricism is the basis of the second broad stage of the scientific process, when a scientist finds or observes a situation that will allow her or him to evaluate her or his expectation or hypothesis.

Inference is the process of evaluating evidence using logic and arriving at a conclusion, the final stage of the general process of scientific inquiry.

Learning Objective: 3.1: Describe the characteristics of the scientific approach.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: What Is Science?

Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Provide an example of two variables that you think might be positively correlated and two variables that you think might be negatively correlated. For each pair of variables, draw a scatterplot showing hypothetical data points.

Ans: Many answers are possible. As one example, a positive correlation may be found in number of Facebook friends and scores on a measure on which high scores indicate extraversion. A scatterplot should show a swarm of dots through which a best-fitting straight line would be positively sloped. Hours spent exercising each week and number of days spent sick in the past year might be negatively correlated; a scatterplot should show a downward-trending group of dots.

Learning Objective: 3.2: Describe the characteristics of the nonexperimental methods of psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Correlational Approach: What Goes With What Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Select two of the following aphorisms: (1) “Birds of a feather flock together”; (2) “Opposites attract”; (3) “The more the merrier”; (4) “Two heads are better than one”; (5) “Two’s company; three’s a crowd.” Translate each aphorism that you select into a testable hypothesis. Provide operational definitions of each of the variables in each hypothesis.

Ans: The answer should include examples similar to the following: • “Birds of a feather flock together.” Hypothesis: The more similar two people are, the more likely they are to be attracted to each other. Operational definitions: Similarity—(high) correlation between two people's scores on personality and intelligence measures. Interpersonal attraction—attraction ratings completed by the members of the couple; pupil dilation; whether a follow-up phone call takes place.

• “Opposites attract.” Hypothesis: The more dissimilar two people are, the more likely they are to be attracted to each other. Operational definitions: Dissimilar— (low or negative) correlation between two people's scores on personality and intelligence measures. Interpersonal attraction—attraction ratings completed by the members of the couple; pupil dilation; whether a follow-up phone call takes place.

• “The more the merrier.” Hypothesis: As more people participate in a social event, each individual’s enjoyment of the event increases. Operational definitions: More people—the number of people attending an event. Enjoyment—enjoyment ratings; whether a subsequent get-together is endorsed.

• “Two heads are better than one.” Hypothesis: Problems are solved more rapidly when two individuals collaborate than when one individual attempts to solve the problems alone. Operational definitions: Rapidly—the time it takes to solve the problem. Collaboration—a second problem solver contributes to the solution.

• “Two’s company; three’s a crowd.” Hypothesis: Interpersonal attraction between members of a potential couple is higher when they meet alone than when they

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 meet in the presence of a third individual. Operational definitions: Interpersonal attraction—attraction ratings completed by the members of the couple; pupil dilation; whether a follow-up phone call takes place. Third individual—a confederate is either present or absent.

Learning Objective: 3.3: Explain why the experimental research method is generally considered more reliable than nonexperimental methods.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Definitions in the Experimental Method Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Distinguish between statistical and clinical significance. Provide a hypothetical example of an effect that is statistically but not clinically significant or vice versa.

Ans: Statistical significance refers to the probability that an effect was observed by chance. Clinical significance refers to the applicability or practicality of a study outcome.

Example: A researcher may find that 5 hours of daily exercise leads to a measureable and statistically significant reduction in depression symptoms. However, this result is not clinically significant because it is unlikely that anyone can exercise that much on a daily basis.

Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Clinical and Statistical Significance Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Participant selection and assignment is vital to experimental design. Define random selection, and explain how it increases the external validity of the research design.

Distinguish between a randomized control trial and a match subjects design; explain how both designs increase a study’s internal validity.

Ans: In random selection, each member of the population has an equal chance of being included in the sample of participants for the study. This procedure increases the likelihood that the results obtained with the sample will generalize to the population, strengthening the study’s external validity. In a randomized control trial, participants are randomly assigned to the experimental and control conditions, equalizing participant characteristics across the groups. This decreases the likelihood that a confounding rather than the independent variable is responsible for any differences in the dependent variable between the experimental and control groups. A match subjects design is used when the independent variable is a participant characteristic, such as the presence of particular disorder. All participant characteristics except the participant variable of interest are held constant across the groups. Like a randomized control trial, this procedure minimizes the likelihood that the results reflect the operation of a confounding variable.

Learning Objective: 3.4: Identify the steps in designing an experimental study.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Putting Participants in Groups Difficulty Level: Hard 7. Describe twin studies and adoption studies. Explain how each type of study

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 contributes to our understanding of the genetic and environmental foundations of behavior.

Ans: Twin studies typically compare monozygotic and dizygotic twins to determine the genetic contribution of traits, such as intelligence and personality. Twins raised in the same environment that share some or all of their genetic material are a powerful participant group because when twins differ, it is easier to determine the source of the difference. Adoption studies are similar, except they assess twins that have been reared apart. This provides an opportunity to assess the influence of environmental factors on the development of various traits like personality, IQ, and possible pathology. A study of ~100 sets of twins reared apart demonstrated that 70% of the variance in IQ can be attributed to genetic factors.

Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Behavioral Genetics Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Distinguish between the processes of replication and meta-analysis. Explain how these processes contribute to the progress of psychological science.

Ans: Replication—repeating a study with a different sample and/or with other modifications to the procedures; helps ensure that initial findings are reliable and not the result of some characteristic or bias of the initial study.

Meta-analysis—statistical technique to combine the results of a number of studies on the same topic to yield an overall effect size. Improves the reliability of scientific results.

Learning Objective: 3.5: Identify other types of research and considerations in studying psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Replication and Meta-Analysis Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Several years ago, the social media platform was criticized for manipulating the emotional content of the news feeds of nearly 700,000 users without their knowledge.

Facebook claimed that its actions were consistent with the data use policy to which users agree when they become members. Does Facebook’s response allay any concern you may have with respect to their manipulation of news feeds? Why, or why not?

Ans: Answers should at least mention that a general data use policy may not constitute effective informed consent for the specific manipulation of news feeds. In addition, there is no indication that users could opt out of the manipulation at any point—participation was not voluntary. Answers should also mention that exposing users to negative emotional content constitutes harm and violates the Belmont principle of beneficence.

No measures were taken to mitigate this harm.

Learning Objective: 3.6: Discuss the ethical considerations that must be observed in performing psychological research.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Informed Consent

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 4: Assessment and Classification of Psychological Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Dr. Voorhies is interviewing a client so that he may gather the information necessary make a clinical decision regarding the client’s symptoms. Dr. Voorhies is BEST described as engaged in ______. a. diagnosis b. treatment c. prevention d. assessment Ans: Df Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Clinical Interview Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Major area of consideration in a clinical interview do NOT include ______. a. genetic and physiological risk factors b. the current areas of distress and their history c. any past mental health problems d. social history including social support Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Clinical Interview Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The mental status exam is BEST described as a(n) ______. a. medical triage b. systematic clinical interview c. inquiry into familial history d. personality questionnaire Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Easy 4. The first major category of assessment in the mental status exam is ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. speech quality b. mood and affect c. appearance and behavior d. thought processes Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Easy 5. In the mental status exam, rapid, abrupt movements are MOST likely to suggest a diagnosis of ______. a. major depression b. schizophrenia c. antisocial personality disorder d. bipolar disorder Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The term affect is MOST nearly synonymous with ______. a. emotion b. personality c. motivation d. cognition Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium 7. A client’s responses in the mental status exam seem to revolve around the idea that the client is being monitored and even pursued by several government agencies. The clinician would MOST likely note that the client displays ______. a. exaggerated affects b. a flight of ideas c. hallucinations d. delusional thinking Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 8. A pattern of repetitive, uncontrollable thoughts is called a(n) ______. a. compulsion b. flight of ideas c. obsession d. delusion Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium 9. During a mental status exam, a clinician notes that the client “lacks insight.” This means that the client ______. a. is largely unresponsive during the exam b. fails to understand her or his current distress c. has repeated, uncontrollable thoughts d. shows little emotion Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium 10. How clients see themselves in ethnic, racial, or cultural terms is the essence of the Cultural Formulation Interview (CFI) domain called ______. a. cultural identity of the individual b. psychosocial stressors and cultural features of vulnerability c. overall cultural assessment d. cultural conceptualizations of distress Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Assessing Cultural Dimensions Difficulty Level: Easy 11. In some cultures, an important value is familism: the needs of the family are more important than the needs of any of its members. Familism is probably MOST relevant to the Cultural Formulation Interview (CFI) domain called ______. a. cultural features of the relationship between the individual and the clinician b. psychosocial stressors and cultural features of vulnerability c. overall cultural assessment d. cultural conceptualizations of distress Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Assessing Cultural Dimensions Difficulty Level: Hard 12. Which of these is NOT a domain used in the Cultural Formulation Interview (CFI)? a. social history including social support b. cultural conceptualizations of distress c. cultural identity of the individual d. stressors and cultural features of vulnerability Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Assessing Cultural Dimensions Difficulty Level: Medium 13. With respect to key measurement issues, reliability is to validity as ______ is to ______. a. complexity; accuracy b. consistency; complexity c. consistency; accuracy d. accuracy; consistency Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Reliability and Validity in Relation to Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 14. An instrument’s internal reliability is enhanced when ______. a. data collected using the instrument have been considered beyond the local context b. when the different questions asked on an instrument relate to one another c. when data collected on two measurement opportunities result in similar scores d. when an instrument shows similar results as other established measures of the construct Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Reliability Difficulty Level: Medium 15. “It gives me a different profile every time I complete it!” Paul exclaims, turning away from the online personality test he has just finished. If Paul’s complaint is accurate, the test lacks ______ reliability. a. internal

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. inter-rater c. test–retest d. alternate-form Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Reliability Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Valerie and Latoya are using a checklist to assess the aggressive behaviors of children at a playground. On a child-by-child basis, Valerie’s scores largely agree with Latoya’s, suggesting that the checklist has high ______ reliability. a. internal b. inter-rater c. test–retest d. alternate-form Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Reliability Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Devon is running an experiment in which children are observed interacting with simple toys, and their behavior is coded based on different categories. Devon has two experimenters observing and coding the behavior. Devon computes a correlation coefficient to see if the two experimenters produce similar scores. Which of the following describes how Devon is attempting to verify his observational method? a. content validity b. concurrent validity c. test–retest reliability d. inter-rater reliability Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Reliability Difficulty Level: Hard 18. Nick took a several online personality tests, and each one described his personality accurately. Nick’s results show which kind of validity? a. concurrent b. predictive c. construct d. ecological

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Assessment Validity Difficulty Level: Hard 19. Content validity is enhanced when an instrument ______. a. shows similar results as other established measures of the construct b measures all aspects of the phenomenon c. has been supported beyond the local context d. measures what it was designed to measure Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Assessment Validity Difficulty Level: Medium 20. The SAT scores of the incoming freshmen at a particular university are highly correlated with the same students’ cumulative GPA at the end of their freshman year. In this example, the SAT has high ______ validity. a. content b. construct c. predictive d. ecological Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Assessment Validity Difficulty Level: Medium 21. Using an assessment instrument in different cultures provides information that is MOST relevant to the evaluation of the instrument’s ______ validity. a. content b. construct c. predictive d. ecological Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Assessment Validity Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 22. Which choice correctly matches an instrument with the type of assessment it represents? a. Beck Depression Inventory—symptom subtest b. Rorschach Inkblot test—personality inventory c. Thematic Apperception Test—personality inventory d. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory—projective technique Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Models of Assessment Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Symptom subtest is to ______ as ______ is to Thematic Apperception Test. a. Beck Depression Inventory; personality inventory b. Beck Depression Inventory; projective technique c. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; personality inventory d. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; projective technique Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Models of Assessment Difficulty Level: Hard 24. Lara has been feeling sad for nearly a month now. She has lost interest in seeing her friends and in other activities she once enjoyed. Her clinician asks her to complete a 21-item ______ called the ______. a. personality inventory; Beck Depression Inventory b. personality inventory; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory c. symptom subtest; Beck Depression Inventory d. symptom subtest; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Symptom Questionnaires Difficulty Level: Medium 25. The ______ has a large number of simple true-or-false questions and was developed to differentiate between those with a mental illness and those without a mental illness. a. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-2 (MMPI2) b. Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) c. Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) d. Continuous Performance Test (CPT)

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Easy 26. What is one advantage of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-2 test? a. It is too long (567 questions!) for someone to fake their responses. b. It was developed by comparing the results from people with specific disorders. c. It effectively determines the risk of depression based on responses to a set of questions. d. A person’s pattern of interpreting ambiguous inkblots leads to insight on their personality.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: East 27. Individuals who endorse the ______ items on the MMPI-2’s clinical scale tend to show an excessive concern with bodily symptoms. a. psychasthenia b. hypomania c. hypochondriasis d. paranoia Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Clark has had trouble sleeping lately. He has lost his appetite. He feels sad most of the time and has even thought of suicide. Clark is MOST likely to endorse the ______ items on the MMPI-2’s clinical scale. a. hypochondriasis b. hysteria c. paranoia d. depression Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Nell is a “drama queen” who experiences the world in an extremely emotional manner. Nell is MOST likely to endorse the ______ items on the MMPI-2’s clinical scale. a. hysteria b. paranoia c. hypomania d. hypochondriasis Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Which category of the MMPI’s clinical scale is correctly matched with a description of individuals likely to endorse items in the category? a. schizophrenia—excessive anxiety, compulsive behavior b. psychopathic deviate—antisocial, remorseless, in conflict with the world c. hypomania—suspicious, distrustful d. paranoia—high-states associated with impulsivity and poor judgment Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Easy 31. Which of the following is NOT an item category on the MMPI-2’s clinical scale? a. hypomania b. cognition c. paranoia d. psychasthenia e. depression Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Medium 32. By applying validity scales to the MMPI-2, a clinician can potentially determine if a patient is ______. a. young or old b. male or female

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. exaggerating or minimizing symptoms d. depressed or anxious Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Medium 33. The validity scales built into the MMPI-2 do NOT include a(n) ______. a. L scale: lie scale b. F scale: infrequency scale c. M scale: malingering scale d. K scale: defensiveness scale Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Moderate 34. An individual who is faking good, or trying to appear non-disordered, is likely to score highly on the MMPI’s ______ scale. a. L b. F c. M d. K Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Easy 35. Despite her family’s concerns, Kiran does not believe that she has a mental illness.

She agrees to visit a therapist to prove that she is “fine.” Kiran may well score highly on the MMPI-2’s ______ scale, also called the ______ scale. a. F; defensiveness b. F; infrequency c. K; defensiveness d. K; infrequency Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Ricky has given up looking for work he enjoys. He now wishes only to collect a disability check each month. When he visits a psychologist for a state-mandated evaluation, he may fake bad and score highly on the MMPI-2’s ______ scale, also called the ______ scale. a. F; defensiveness b. F; infrequency c. K; defensiveness d. K; infrequency Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Projective instruments are composed of ______ stimuli. a. unambiguous b. culturally sensitive c. ambiguous d. unique Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Projective Tests Difficulty Level: Easy 38. The work of which of the following psychologists had a significant influence on the development of projective tests? a. Jung b. Piaget c. Wundt d. Freud Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Projective Tests Difficulty Level: Easy 39. Making an analogy between Freudian theory and the brain networks described in an earlier chapter in the text, primary process thinking is to secondary process thinking as the ______ network is to the ______ network. a. default; central executive

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. central executive; default c. default; salience d. salience; central executive Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Projective Tests Difficulty Level: Hard 40. Which of these is a challenge associated with using the Rorschach Inkblot test? a. The number of images is too large to be given comfortably. b. Some of the images may trigger phobic reactions in clients. c. Each practitioner makes their own set of inkblots. d. There has been no agreed upon standard way to score the test.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Rorschach Inkblots Difficulty Level: Easy 41. The ______ Assessment System is a scoring system for the Rorschach Inkblot made in order to respond to the problems of the Exner scoring system. a. Rorschach Aptitude b. Exner II c. Exner-Rorschach d. Rorschach Performance Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Rorschach Inkblots Difficulty Level: Medium 42. What is the goal of the Thematic Apperception Test? a. To gain insight into a client’s thoughts, emotions, and conflicts b. To determine if someone is faking bad to appear mentally ill c. To decide whether a prisoner should be returned to society d. To find out if a person is faking good to conceal a disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 43. While taking the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT), Ben’s stories frequently described someone ending a relationship. His therapist is most likely to ask follow-up questions about which issue? a. paranoia b. abandonment c. schizophrenia d. parenting Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Difficulty Level: Medium 44. Vicki is telling a story about a black-and-white illustration of an old woman and a young man. Vicki is most likely taking the ______. a. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI-2) b. Rorschach Inkblot Test c. Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) d. Continuous Performance Test (CPT) Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Inkblots compose the ______, whereas pictures compose the ______. a. Rorschach test; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) b. Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Rorschach test c. Rorschach test; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI-2) d. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI-2); Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Difficulty Level: Medium 46. Which of these is NOT an advantage of projective tests? a. They add to the overall assessment picture. b. They are good ways to build rapport. c. They are subjective and may add confusion. d. They have a long and rich tradition of use.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Individuals with ______ damage have difficulty responding to changing demands in the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test. a. occipital lobe b. cerebellum c. frontal lobe d. hippocampus Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuropsychological Testing Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Which neuropsychological test is particularly difficult for individuals with schizophrenia? a. Continuous Performance Test b. Wisconsin Card Sorting Test c. Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale d. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuropsychological Testing Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Which test is BEST suited for measuring an individual’s attentional characteristics? a. Continuous Performance Test b. Wisconsin Card Sorting Test c. Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale d. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuropsychological Testing Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 50. Soon after Phineas Gage removes the tamping rod from his own head, a space-time anomaly finds him outside a clinical neuropsychologist’s office in the present day.

Although the neuropsychologist suspects frontal lobe deficits based on the hole in Phineas’s forehead, she decides to administer the ______ to confirm her suspicion. a. Continuous Performance Test b. Wisconsin Card Sorting Test c. Thematic Apperception Test d. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neuropsychological Testing Difficulty Level: Medium 51. A college student visits a clinician and states that he experiences several of the symptoms of ADHD. Because the medication typically prescribed to treat ADHD is highly controlled, the clinician must support the diagnosis with reliable, valid assessment. She is MOST likely to administer the ______ to the student. a. Continuous Performance Test b. Wisconsin Card Sorting Test c. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory d. Thematic Apperception Test Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neuropsychological Testing Difficulty Level: Medium 52. By showing that the test scores of the Genain sisters over their lifetime had not changed, researchers were able to show that ______ not part of schizophrenia. a. relationship issues are b. personality changes are c. physical decline is d. cognitive decline is Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuropsychological Tests and Mental Illness Difficulty Level: Medium 53. The fact that all the Genain sisters were eventually diagnosed with schizophrenia indicates that the disorder is at least partly ______. a. environmental

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. genetic c. random d. monozygotic Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuropsychological Tests and Mental Illness Difficulty Level: Medium 54. A hallucination is a distorted ______, while a delusion is a distorted ______. a. audio stimulus; visual stimulus b. sensation; perception c. perception; sensation d. visual stimulus; audio stimulus Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Using Neuroscience Techniques to Identify Mental Illness Difficulty Level: Easy 55. Genetic research suggests that schizophrenia and ______ disorder may share underlying mechanisms. a. post-traumatic stress b. major depressive c. bipolar d. generalized anxiety Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Using Neuroscience Techniques to Identify Mental Illness Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The text states that the emphasis in diagnosis in the past 50 years has been on “reliability of diagnosis such that mental health professionals in one location would diagnose the same individual in the same manner as professionals in another location.”

With respect to the type of reliability discussed in the textbook, this passage refers MOST closely to ______ reliability. a. internal b. inter-rater c. test–retest d. alternate-form Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diagnostic Considerations in Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 57. What is the purpose of both the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) and the International Classification of Diseases (ICD)? a. To make it easier to prescribe medications b. To force new disorders into existing categories c. To verify the dimensionality of diagnoses only d. To standardize diagnoses from location to location Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Diagnostic Considerations in Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 58. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual and the International Classification of Diseases are both a. organized with respect to signs and symptoms b. published by the World Health Organization c. published by the American Psychiatric Association d. used around the world Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diagnostic Considerations in Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 59. Dimensional assessment is designed to determine the ______ of a disorder, whereas categorical assessment determines the ______ of a disorder. a. presence or absence; severity b. type; classification c. classification; type d. severity; presence or absence Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Categorical Versus Dimensional Approaches Difficulty Level: Medium 60. What is the benefit of considering disorders both categorically and dimensionally?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. It may help to prevent comorbidity of disorders between clusters. b. It could increase the number of psychoactive medications prescribed. c. It may be possible to find new relationships between disorders. d. It may help isolate the contributions of nature and nurture to disorders.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Categorical Versus Dimensional Approaches Difficulty Level: Hard 61. ______ refers to the occurrence of two or more psychological disorders at the same time. a. Etiology b. Prevalence c. Incidence d. Comorbidity Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 62. Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder is sometimes diagnosed alongside substance use disorder in the same individual. This is an example of ______. a. incidence b. prevalence c. comorbidity d. prognosis Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Among individuals diagnosed with comorbid mental disorders, the severity of any one of their disorders is ______ correlated with the number of other disorders with which they are diagnosed. This is ______ with a dimensional approach to diagnosis. a. not; consistent b. not; inconsistent c. positively; consistent d. positively; inconsistent Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 64. Klaus has been diagnosed not only with major depressive disorder, but also generalized anxiety disorder. Klaus's case illustrates ______. a. comorbidity b. prevalence c. etiology d. incidence Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 65. Internalizing disorders are to externalizing disorders as ______ is to ______. a. conduct disorder; depression b. depression; substance use disorder c. conduct disorder; substance use disorder d. depression; anxiety Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 66. Which of these is NOT an externalizing disorder? a. ADHD b. narcissism c. antisocial personality d. generalized anxiety Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 67. Which individual is experiencing an internalizing disorder? a. Troy, who has been diagnosed with substance use disorder b. Warren, who suffers from major depressive disorder

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. Adam, who has been diagnosed with antisocial personality disorder d. Wayne, who displays attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 68. According to the textbook, ______ addictive drugs stimulate neurotransmitter release in a brain structure called the nucleus accumbens. a. a few b. some c. many d. all Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Utilizing Neuroscience Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 69. The brain’s reward system relies on the release of the neurotransmitter ______ in structures such as the nucleus accumbens. a. acetylcholine b. dopamine c. serotonin d. glutamate Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Utilizing Neuroscience Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 70. Part of the reason addictive drugs are so powerful is that they activate part of the nucleus accumbens associated with increasing which of the following? a. sex drive b. craving c. thirst d. inhibition Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Utilizing Neuroscience Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 71. The reward system is a series of brain structures that are influenced by the release of dopamine, including the ______ and ______. a. nucleus accumbens; ventral striatum b. thalamus; hypothalamus c. amygdala; Broca’s area d. pons, medula oblongata Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Utilizing Neuroscience Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 72. Top-down treatment is to bottom-up treatment as ______ is to ______. a. limbic system; higher cortex b. cognitive therapy; medication c. medication; cognitive therapy d. the amygdala; the frontal lobe Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Utilizing Neuroscience Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 73. One purpose of classification is that of nomenclature, because it allows ______. a. people who are not professionals to search for information about disorders b. mental health professionals to describe and discuss the clients they see c. people to use a classification system to understand the disorder d. people to know the potential course of the disorder if it is untreated Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Classification Systems for Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 74. Individuals who may not be professionals can search for information concerning mental disorders. This BEST reflects a purpose of classification that may be labeled ______. a. basis for theory b. nomenclature c. basis for information d. description

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Classification Systems for Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 75. The diagnostic label bipolar disorder suggests the extremes of mood characteristic of the disorder. This example highlights that one purpose of classifying mental disorders is ______. a. to offer a basis for theory b. nomenclature c. to facilitate information retrieval d. description Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Classification Systems for Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 76. One purpose of a system for classifying mental disorders is prediction. This means that ______. a. a disorder’s classification allows one to know the course of the disorder if it is untreated and the particular treatments that may be effective b. one can search rather easily for information concerning mental disorders even if one is not a professional c. a disorder’s classification allows one to understand the disorder in relation to possible comorbid disorders d. the name of a disorder summarizes the behaviors, thoughts, and emotions of individuals with the disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Classification Systems for Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 77. Traditional psychopathology is defined in terms of signs and ______. a. symptoms b. genetic markers c. behavioral tendencies d. physical characteristics Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Classification Systems for Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 78. The ICD-11 uses ______ to describe conditions. a. short narratives b. specific criteria c. brief checklists d. detailed case studies Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems Difficulty Level: Easy 79. The ICD-11 is used by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), instead of the DCM-5 because it includes ______ along with classifications of mental disorders. a. possible treatments b. medical disorders c. cultural factors d. cost comparisons Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 80. According to the textbook, one factor spurring the development of the DSM during World War II was the realization that combat-related stress was related to the appearance of mental disorders. In a sense, then the DSM owes its existence, in part, to the disorder now called ______ disorder. a. generalized anxiety b. battle fatigue c. major depressive d. post-traumatic stress Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Origins of the DSM Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 81. The textbook suggests that the DSM was developed, in part, to help professionals differentiate between soldiers who could be treated and redeployed, on the one hand, and soldiers who probably needed longer-term care, on the other. The example BEST illustrates a function of classification labeled ______. a. prediction b. nomenclature c. information retrieval d. basis for theory Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Origins of the DSM Difficulty Level: Medium 82. With each new edition, the DSM and ICD are becoming more ______. a. unique b. similar c. incompatible d. incomprehensible Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Early Versions of the DSM and the Eventual Focus on Diagnostic Criteria Difficulty Level: Easy 83. The DSM-5 replaced Asperger’s syndrome with which of the following terms? a. major depressive disorder b. autism spectrum disorder c. obsessive-compulsive disorder d. general anxiety syndrome Ans: B Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Early Versions of the DSM and the Eventual Focus on Diagnostic Criteria Difficulty Level: Easy 84. Which of these is a major change from the DSM-IV to the DSM-5? a. Adding personality disorders b. Dropping length of treatment c. Adding suggested medications d. Dropping the axis system

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Easy 85. Which of the following describes a large overall change between the DSM-IV and DSM-5? a. the removal of homosexuality as a disorder b. the development of new criteria for depression c. increased consistency with ICD-10 d. the introduction of dimensional assessment Ans: D Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Medium 86. One overall change in the DSM-5 is the use of dimensional assessments and the related use of ______. a. a biopsychosocial model b. genetic specifications c. disorder spectra d. sharper disorder categories Ans: C Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Medium 87. The DSM-5 suggests that every case begins with a careful ______. a. clinical history b. physical history c. mental history d. family history Ans: A Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 True/False 1. Psychological assessment is the process of gathering information about an individual.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Initial Assessment and the Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The mental status exam may be seen as a standardized clinical interview.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Initial Assessment and the Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Depression and anxiety are largely limited to Western cultures.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Assessing Cultural Dimensions Difficulty Level: Moderate 4. Reliability concerns the degree to which an instrument is accurate.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Reliability Difficulty Level: Moderate 5. Individuals who endorse items on the MMPI’s hysteria scale display trouble sleeping, loss of appetite, feeling sad, suicidal thoughts, and loss of interest in positive events.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The current scoring system for the Rorschach test is the R-PAS. Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Rorschach Inkblots Difficulty Level: Easy 7. The TAT is a projective test.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The Wisconsin Card Sorting Task (WCST) is a commonly used neuropsychological assessment of working memory.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuropsychological Testing Difficulty Level: Medium 9. One advantage of neuroscience techniques is that they may reveal the mechanisms underlying psychological disorders.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Advances in neuroscience encourage a dimensional approach to psychopathology.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Categorical Versus Dimensional Approaches Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Substance use disorder is one example of an internalizing disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 12. The DSM-5 provides criteria lists for each disorder, whereas the ICD-10 employs narrative descriptions of each disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems Difficulty Level: Medium 13. The DSM-I divided disorders into two categories.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Early Versions of the DSM and the Eventual Focus on Diagnostic Criteria Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The DSM-5 specifies preferred treatments for each of the disorders it describes.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Easy 15. The RDoC emphasizes continuity between normal functioning and psychopathology.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. The organized clinical interview that is given worldwide is called the ______ exam.

Ans: mental status Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 2. A ______ interview is systematic, asking the same set of questions for each client.

Ans: structured Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Structured Interviews and Assessment Considerations Difficulty Level: Medium 3. A hallmark of a(n) ______ interview is its consistency.

Ans: reliable Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Reliability Difficulty Level: Medium 4. The ______ Inventory is a 21-item instrument used in clinical and research settings to assess symptoms of depression.

Ans: Beck Depression Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Symptom Questionnaires Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Ambiguous stimuli are the essence of ______ tests of psychological disorders.

Ans: projective Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Projective Tests Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Verbal and performance intelligence is often assessed using the ______ Adult Intelligence Scale.

Ans: Wechsler Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Remembering Answer Location: Neuropsychological Testing Difficulty Level: Easy 7. In psychopathology, a ______ approach is used when the presence or absence of particular symptoms determines whether or not an individual is diagnosed with a particular disorder.

Ans: categorical

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 8. When two or more disorders are present at the same time, the disorders are referred to as ______.

Ans: comorbid Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The brain’s reward system uses relies on the neurotransmitter called ______.

Ans: dopamine Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Utilizing Neuroscience Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The National Institute of Mental Health is developing an alternative diagnostic tool called the ______ Criteria.

Ans: Research Domain Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Define the mental status exam. Imagine a hypothetical client visiting a clinician. The client is distressed by feelings of anxiety or depression. Highlight some of the things the clinician might note with respect to the first three categories of the mental status exam, as they are described in the textbook. Do not worry about exactly how accurately your descriptions reflect specific DSM-5 disorders—just imagine a client who is either anxious or depressed, and create plausible notes that accurately reflect the first three categories on the exam.

Ans: The mental status exam is a clinical interview organized into standard categories.

It is used all over the world.

The first category entails an assessment of appearance and overall behavior.

“The client appears neatly dressed and meticulously groomed. Posture is good. Motor

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 behavior seems mostly normal, but the client does seem to fidget and move around in her seat quite a bit.”

The second category is mood and affect. “The client’s affect is mostly positive.

The client appears somewhat tense, however. The client describes feeling tense and worried quite often over the past few weeks. She describes being unable to simply relax and enjoy the moment, even during situations usually considered happy or joyous.”

The next category is speech. “Speech is normal—perhaps a little rapid.”

Learning Objective: 4.1: Explain what the mental status exam is and how it is used.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Several of Kay’s friends have completed a short quiz titled “How Friendly Are You . . .

Really?” on a popular social media platform. Although Kay knows the quiz is intended for entertainment value only, she is curious as to how sound it really it is. Suggest two ways that Kay might establish the quiz’s reliability and two ways that she might establish its validity. Make explicit reference to the types of reliability and types of validity described in the textbook.

Ans: Reliability refers to the consistency with which an instrument assesses a construct.

Kay might assess the quiz’s test—retest reliability by having a sample of participants take the quiz twice, with a week or two intervening between each completion. If the quiz has good test—retest reliability, an individual should receive very similar scores on the two attempts. Kay might also examine the quiz’s internal reliability—the questions should generally seem to relate to each other. With respect to validity, Kay could establish the concurrent validity of the quiz by finding a positive correlation between friendliness scores on the quiz and other plausible measures of friendliness—people with higher scores on the quiz should have more Facebook friends, for instance. Kay can check the quiz’s content validity by ensuring that the questions cover different aspects of friendship—a quiz that focused only on, say, whether the respondent helps other people may have limited content validity.

Learning Objective: 4.2: Identify cultural and other considerations used in the assessment of psychological disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Mental Status Exam Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Identify several ways that the MMPI-2 differs from the MMPI. Ans: First, whereas the MMPI allows just “true” and “false” responses, the MMPI-2 has three response categories “true,” “false,” and “can’t say.” Second, the MMPI-2 has more items than the MMPI: 567, as compared to 500. Third, as compared to the MMPI, the MMPI-2 was normed on a more representative sample: The new norms represent a more diverse sample. Fourth, the methods used to develop the MMPI-2 were more empirically sound than those used to develop the MMPI. For example, in the development of the MMPI-2, a matched subjects design was used. Finally, it is possible to determine how extreme an individual’s responses are within a particular category on the MMPI-2 but not on the MMPI.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Identify several advantages of projective tests. For each advantage that you list, suggest a corresponding disadvantage.

Ans: Advantage: less structured, allowing for flexibility in administration. Corresponding disadvantage: questionable reliability. Advantage: allows for assessment of motivations and desires. Corresponding disadvantage: questionable validity. Advantage: provides thorough understanding of person’s thoughts. Corresponding disadvantage: understanding a phenomenon does not necessarily lead to accurate predictions of future progress or behavior. Advantage: generates many hypotheses regarding a person’s function. Corresponding disadvantage: so many ideas and hypotheses may lead to erroneous testing avenues. Advantage: nonthreatening, builds rapport.

Corresponding disadvantage: detracts from objective analysis. Advantage: has long, rich clinical tradition. Corresponding disadvantage: projective tests are not based on evolving knowledge.

Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) Difficulty Level: Medium 5. “Brain imaging techniques—EEG, fMRI, and the like—promise to not only deepen psychopathologists’ understanding of particular disorders but also spur a reconsideration of the relationships among disorders and a reconceptualization of the schemes by which they are organized in such systems as the DSM-5.” Support this statement by drawing on the textbook’s discussion of using neuroscience techniques to identify mental illness.

Ans: People diagnosed with the same disorder often experience quite different symptoms. For example, some people with schizophrenia experience auditory hallucinations, whereas others experience visual ones. These differences may correspond to quite different brain mechanisms, suggesting that traditional diagnoses such as schizophrenia may actually subsume different disorders. Somewhat conversely, neuroscience research may also suggest similarities between disorders traditionally thought quite different. For example, genetic research suggests commonalities between bipolar disorder—long aligned in the DSM with depression as mood disorder—and schizophrenia, historically considered a psychotic disorder. Such traditional broad categories as neurosis, psychosis, and the like may need to be reconsidered, perhaps provoking a realignment of various disorders.

Learning Objective: 4.3: Identify the tests and techniques used in assessing mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Using Neuroscience Techniques to Identify Mental Illness

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 6. Define comorbidity. Distinguish between internalizing and externalizing disorders.

Illustrate your answers by describing, in one sentence, a hypothetical client with either comorbid internalizing or comorbid externalizing disorders.

Ans: Comorbidity refers to the presence of two or more disorders in the same person at the same time. In internalizing disorders, such as depression, the focus is on the individual’s inner world. In externalizing disorders, by contrast, the focus is on the external environment. Conduct disorder is one example. These concepts are illustrated

by John, diagnosed with both antisocial personality disorder and cocaine use disorder.

Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Comorbidity, Internalizing Disorders, and Externalizing Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Explain how what is known about the brain bases of memory and reward enhance psychopathologists’ understanding of mental illness. How do these neuroscientific insights encourage a dimensional approach to psychopathology, rather than the traditional categorical one?

Ans: Neuroscientists have identified the hippocampus as a brain area critical in the consolidation of new memories. Scientists have also identified the neurotransmitters and biochemical changes involved in memory. These findings may shed light on the underpinnings of conditions as diverse as amnesia, age-related dementia, and delusional thinking. With respect to the reward system, scientists have pointed to the importance of dopamine release in an area called the nucleus accumbens. These brain mechanisms are similar in the rewarding experiences found in everyday life, such as enjoying a celebratory meal with a group of friends, and in more pathological experiences, such as abusing addictive drugs. These examples suggest that, more generally, neuroscience encourages a dimensional approach by suggesting more underlying similarity among disorders traditionally thought quite different and by showing the continuity between normal and disordered experiences.

Learning Objective: 4.4: Discuss diagnostic considerations in approaching psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Utilizing Neuroscience Methods in Diagnosis and Treatment Difficulty Level: Hard 8. Describe four of the five key purposes of classification systems such as the DSM-5.

Illustrate at least two of the purposes you describe using concrete examples.

Ans: Four of the following five purposes should be described. Examples will vary but should resemble those provided below. Only two examples are required because the information is fairly abstract, and students may not be familiar with many disorders at this point.

1. Nomenclature—Giving a name to a disorder gives professionals a way to describe their clients. For example, the label schizophrenia offers a convenient

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 way to discuss a cluster of behaviors including hallucinations, delusions, and disorganized thinking.

2. Information retrieval—Classifying disorders allow nonprofessionals to search for information regarding disorders. For example, a parent or teacher can Google the term attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder.

3. Descriptive system—A disorder’s name summarizes the symptoms and signs of the disorder. For example, the term bipolar disorder suggests moods that cycle from one extreme to the other.

4. Predictive system—A classification system helps one to know the course of the disorder and the types of treatments that might be effective. For example, a diagnosis of depression is associated with a particular time course, a variety of medications, and therapeutic techniques based on the cognitive-behavioral perspective.

5. Basis of theory—Classification systems offer a way to begin understanding a disorder. For example, the discussion of obsessive compulsive disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder alongside anxiety disorders suggests that these disorders share common mechanisms.

Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Classification Systems for Mental Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 9. Describe a few of the major changes made to the DSM from the 1980s to the present—from the DSM-III through the DSM-5. Which of these changes do you think is most significant, and why?

Ans: The DSM-IV strengthened the scientific evidence underlying the diagnoses it contained. Additionally, the DSM-IV was better articulated with the ICD-10 than was the DSM-III. The DSM-5 dropped the multiaxial system featured in DSM-III and DSM-IV and organized disorders in terms of underlying vulnerabilities rather than merely outward signs and symptoms. The DSM-5 also began reflecting a dimensional approach to assessment. For example, some disorders are described as lying along spectra rather than as discrete categories. The incorporation of a dimensional element is probably the most significant recent change to the DSM because it aligns with growing neuroscientific evidence and reflects the underpinnings rather than merely the symptoms of disorders.

Learning Objective: 4.5: Explain the significance of the DSM-5 and RDoC in the classification of mental disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: DSM-5: The Current Version Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 5: Disorders of Childhood Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. ______ disorders is a diverse category of childhood disorders that includes autism spectrum disorder, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder, disorders of learning, and motor disorders. a. Trauma- and stressor-related b. Neurodevelopmental c. Disruptive, impulse control, and conduct d. Specific learning Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Disorders of Childhood (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. One example of a neurodevelopmental disorder in childhood is ______ disorder. a. conduct b. reactive attachment c. autism spectrum d. oppositional defiant Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Disorders of Childhood (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 3. ______ and ______ are categorized as childhood trauma- and stressor-related disorders in the DSM-5. a. Reactive attachment disorder; ADHD b. Conduct disorder; reactive attachment disorder c. Disinhibited social engagement disorder; ADHD d. Reactive attachment disorder; disinhibited social engagement disorder Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Disorders of Childhood (Chapter Introduction)

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Eight-year-old Cade has been diagnosed with oppositional defiant disorder. Cade’s disorder is an example of a(n) ______ disorder in the DSM-5. a. disruptive, impulse control, and conduct b. attachment c. trauma and stressor-related d. neurodevelopmental Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Disorders of Childhood (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Jared is a fetus. Gemma is 7 and in the second grade. Cole is 15. Which of these individuals is undergoing a critical period of brain development? a. Only Jared is undergoing a critical period of brain development. b. Only Cole is undergoing a critical period of brain development. c. Both Jared and Cole are undergoing critical periods of brain development. d. All three individuals are undergoing critical periods of brain development.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Important Aspects of Normal Childhood Development Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The state’s office protective services has opened a file on 6-year-old Mark’s parents after several visits by the police to their residence. Mark is not alone: Nearly ______ children come to the attention of child protective services. a. 15% b. 23% c. 41% d. 33% Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Effects of Early Life Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Marisol’s family was homeless for nearly a year when she was 9. Nearly ______ of adolescents report having experienced adversity at some point during their lives. a. 25% b. 40%

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. 60% d. 75% Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Effects of Early Life Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 8. According to the DSM, experiencing adversity in childhood leads to a ______ higher chance of developing a behavior disorder. a. 58% b. 22% c. 15% d. 40% Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Effects of Early Life Stress Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Childhood stress can lead to learning difficulties, as evidenced by smaller brain structures such as the ______. a. thalamus b. hippocampus c. amygdala d. pineal gland Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Effects of Early Life Stress Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Which emotion-related brain structure can be affected by childhood stress, making it harder for a person to process and control their emotions? a. hippocampus b. amygdala c. hypothalamus d. thalamus Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Effects of Early Life Stress

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 11. The first psychologist to refer to the infant–mother relationship as attachment was ______. a. John Bowlby b. Erik Erikson c. Jean Piaget d. John Watson Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Attachment Difficulty Level: Medium 12. In the rooting reflex, infants ______. a. will suck when their cheek is touched b. will startle if their neck and back are not supported c. will make a stepping motion if their feet touch the ground d. are born with the ability to swim Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theories of Attachment Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Which is the MOST likely reason that Bowlby used the term attachment rather than the traditional term object relations? a. Bowlby did not want to limit his work to the psychodynamic theoretical perspective. b. Bowlby wanted to ground his work firmly in the psychodynamic perspective. c. Bowlby’s work was relevant to social relationships rather than object perception. d. Bowlby’s work concerned infant development rather than adult relationships.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theories of Attachment Difficulty Level: Hard 14. The textbook states that Harry Harlow’s findings with infant monkeys contradicted learning theory. This means that his results were inconsistent with the ______ approach in psychology. a. behaviorist b. humanistic c. psychodynamic

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. evolutionary Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Harry Harlow’s Experiments with Infant Monkeys Difficulty Level: Medium 15. What did Harry Harlow discover about the nature of the relationship between monkeys and their mothers in his experiments? a. As they grew, the monkeys preferred contact comfort over food. b. Infant monkeys always chose food over contact comfort. c. The monkeys showed no preference for either food or comfort. d. Infant monkeys do not need any comfort at all, as long as they have food.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Harry Harlow’s Experiments with Infant Monkeys Difficulty Level: Medium 16. What did Bowlby conclude about the absence of emotional caregivers in the lives of children? a. Attachment is less important than genetics for child development. b. It leads to a loss of separation anxiety and a focus on food. c. It could lead to severe anxiety and psychopathic personality. d. It can be mediated by emotional support later in life.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: John Bowlby’s Research on Attachment Difficulty Level: Medium 17. In ______ attachment, an infant in the strange situation shows (1) more interest in the toys than its mother, (2) little distress when its mother leaves, and (3) little positive emotion when its mother returns. a. anxious/ambivalent b. secure c. avoidant d. disorganized/controlling Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Mary Ainsworth’s Work and Styles of Attachment

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 18. In ______ attachment, an infant in the strange situation appears preoccupied with having access to its mother and shows protest on separation. When its mother returns, the infant may show anger or ambivalence toward her. a. disorganized/controlling b. secure c. avoidant d. anxious/ambivalent Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Mary Ainsworth’s Work and Styles of Attachment Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Baby Aaron is always excited to explore his environment. He gets upset if his mother leaves the room but seems happy when she returns. Which of Ainsworth’s attachment styles BEST fits this description of baby Aaron? a. disorganized/controlling b. secure c. avoidant d. anxious/ambivalent Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Mary Ainsworth’s Work and Styles of Attachment Difficulty Level: Medium 21. ______ attachment is NOT one of the three patterns of attachment originally described by Ainsworth. a. Anxious/ambivalent b. Avoidant c. Disorganized/controlling d. Secure Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Mary Ainsworth’s Work and Styles of Attachment Difficulty Level: Medium 22. Jacob is 32 and has never had a serious romantic relationship. He was considered an aggressive boy in middle school and does not have a strong bond with his mother.

When Jacob was young, he could not have cared less if his mother left him with a

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 babysitter. On her return, Jacob was usually emotionless. Jacob’s attachment style can be characterized as ______. a. disorganized/controlling b. secure c. avoidant d. anxious/ambivalent Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Long-Term Consequences of Early Attachment Patterns Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Katie is in a healthy relationship with her significant other and has strong bonds formed with both of her parents. Katie does not experience anxiety, discomfort, or indecisive behavior with others. Katie MOST likely has a(n) ______ attachment style. a. anxious/ambivalent b. secure c. disorganized/controlling d. relational Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Long-Term Consequences of Early Attachment Patterns Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Judy falls into relationships very quickly and is very clingy. When her partner is absent, she worries that he is cheating on her. Judy is demonstrating a(n) ______ attachment style. a. anxious/ambivalent b. secure c. disorganized/controlling d. relational Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Long-Term Consequences of Early Attachment Patterns Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Joe is watching is son Daniel play baseball. As Daniel moves to make a play, the neurons firing in his brain are the same as the neurons firing in Joe’s brain. Joe is living vicariously through the action of ______. a. imitation learning b. mirror neurons

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. secure attachment d. relational attachment Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Imitation Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 26. What are the mirror neurons in an observer doing while a person is in the process of imitation learning? a. turning a visual image into a motor plan b. living vicariously through another c. compensating for the loss of homeostasis d. planning to intervene in the action Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Imitation Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 27. Mirror neurons not only help people understand how a task is done, but may also be involved in understanding why an action is taken, also known as ______. a. imitation learning b. empathy c. compensation d. ambivalence Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Imitation Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 28. Understanding other people by inferring what they desire or what they believe is defined as which of the following? a. metacognition b. false beliefs c. belief-desire reasoning d. theory of mind Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theory of Mind

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 29. Baron-Cohen’s (2005) model of the development of a theory of mind does NOT include the development of a(n) ______. a. intentionality detector b. eye direction detector c. shared attentional mechanism d. lie-detecting mechanism Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Theory of Mind Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Baron-Cohen has recently revised his model of the development of a theory of mind by adding an ______ and a(n) ______. a. emotion detector; empathy system b. empathy system; lie detector c. emotion detector; lie detector d. eye direction detector; empathy system Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Theory of Mind Difficulty Level: Easy 31. Risk taking or impulsivity in adolescence involves distinct brain networks that are related to the ability to inhibit behavior. These networks may form a(n) ______ related to psychopathology. a. syndrome b. endophenotype c. symptom d. genotype Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Adolescence Difficulty Level: Medium 32. Data from the National Comorbidity Survey replication study show that impulse control disorders, phobias, and separation disorders start around the age of ______. a. 2 b. 5

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. 13 d. 16 Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Adolescence Difficulty Level: Easy 33. The change during adolescence in the association between gender and the prevalence of anxiety and depression is thought to reflect ______ changes during puberty. a. intellectual b. physical c. social d. hormonal Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Adolescence Difficulty Level: Easy 34. Overall, ______ areas in the brain mature earlier than ______ areas. a. subcortical; cortical b. cortical; subcortical c. midcortical; subcortical d. cortical; midcortical Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Adolescence Difficulty Level: Easy 35. As compared with both childhood and adolescence, adolescence is a period of ______ sensitivity to ______. a. decreased; both rewards and punishment b. decreased; rewards but not punishment c. increased; both rewards and punishment d. increased; rewards but not punishment Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Brain in Adolescence

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Studies using fMRI indicate which areas of the brain show greater activation when an adolescent is with peers? a. Wernike’s area b. Prefrontal cortex c. Broca’s area d. Visual center Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Risk Taking in Adolescence Difficulty Level: Easy 37. Chein et al. (2011) found that as compared with the other age groups in the study, ______ are ______ likely to engage in risky decisions when in the presence of peers. a. adolescents; least b. adolescents; most c. young adults; most d. middle-aged adults; most Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Risk Taking in Adolescence Difficulty Level: Hard 38. Following a small stroke, Lily has trouble knowing when someone is lying to her.

The stroke MOST likely damaged Lily’s ______. a. superior temporal sulcus b. fusiform face area c. anterior temporal cortex d. prefrontal cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Importance of the Prefrontal Cortex Difficulty Level: Hard 39. Preference for human faces begins ______. a. shortly after birth b. during childhood c. in adolescence d. in early adulthood

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Recent Neuroscience Research Highlighting Brain Processes Difficulty Level: Easy 40. The ability to distinguish among different facial expressions of emotion depends mainly on a brain area called the ______. a. nucleus accumbens b. hypothalamus c. amygdala d. hippocampus Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Recent Neuroscience Research Highlighting Brain Processes Difficulty Level: Easy 41. Which childhood disorders are reclassified as personality disorders in adulthood? a. Reactive attachment disorder b. Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorders c. Autism spectrum disorders such as Asperger’s d. Conduct disorder and oppositional defiant disorder Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Attachment Disorders, Conduct Disorder, and Oppositional Defiant Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Amy is 4 years old and, when upset, does not seek comfort from her mother. She also does not accept comfort from her mother when it is offered. In addition, Amy is often emotionally unresponsive and has generally only negative feelings toward her mother. Amy’s case BEST illustrates ______ disorder. a. attention deficit/hyperactivity b. disinhibited social engagement c. oppositional defiant d. reactive attachment Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Attachment Disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 43. A child who is extremely worried about losing an attachment figure is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______ disorder, which is classified as an ______ disorder. a. reactive attachment; anxiety b. reactive attachment; attachment c. separation anxiety; anxiety d. separation anxiety; attachment Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Attachment Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 44. Charlotte is 7 and is left in after school care late until very late in the afternoon every day, with dirty clothes and an unhealthy lunch from “Mom.” Mom shows no excitement, love, or emotion when she arrives to pick up Charlotte. Charlotte is withdrawn and doesn’t seek help from others when distressed. Charlotte is showing signs of ______ disorder. a. reactive attachment b. disinhibited social engagement c. oppositional defiant d. attention deficit/hyperactivity Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Attachment Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 45. ______ disorder occurs when a child is poorly cared for and does not seek comfort or support from an attachment figure. a. Disinhibited social engagement b. Reactive attachment c. Oppositional defiant d. Attention deficit/hyperactivity Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Attachment Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 46. Kylie is 8 and is willing to accept anyone as a parental figure. She is overly familiar with strangers and was not cared for well by her biological parents. Kylie has been in over five different foster homes. Kylie is showing characteristics of ______. a. secure attachment b. a personality disorder c. disinhibited social engagement disorder d. reactive attachment disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Attachment Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Which attachment disorder may lead a child to seek comfort and food from a stranger? a. attention deficit/hyperactivity b. oppositional defiant c. conduct d. disinhibited social engagement Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Attachment Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 48. What proportion of children and adolescents have persistent oppositional, disruptive, or aggressive behavior problems? a. 1%–2% b. 2%–5% c. 5%–10% d. 10%–15% Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Conduct Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 49. Billy violates the rights of others, is aggressive, and vandalizes the desks at his elementary school. Billy has been caught stealing candy, then lying about it to his mother. Billy breaks the rules in school repetitively. Billy’s actions MOST closely reflect ______ disorder. a. oppositional defiant b. conduct

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. reactive attachment d. social engagement Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Conduct Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 50. Jaime is uncooperative and annoying in school in her fourth-grade class. Jamie shows defiance and anger but does not act on her feelings. She is not aggressive toward others, and she does not damage others’ belongings. Jaime’s case BEST reflects ______ disorder. a. oppositional defiant b. conduct c. reactive attachment d. social engagement Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Oppositional Defiant Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Aggressive and destructive behavior is seen in _______. a. oppositional defiant disorder but not conduct disorder b. conduct disorder but not oppositional defiant disorder c. both oppositional defiant and conduct disorder d. neither oppositional defiant nor conduct disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Oppositional Defiant Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 52. Conduct disorder, hyperactivity, impulsivity, and substance use tend to cluster together and may be called ______ disorders. a. internalizing b. inattentional c. externalizing d. trauma-related Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Oppositional Defiant Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 53. Autism was first described by ______ in 1943 as an innate disorder in which children do not show normal development in emotional contact with others. a. Leo Kanner b. William Ray c. Temple Grandin d. Simon Baron-Cohen Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 54. Cindy has difficulty in connections and communication with others. She displays odd behavior and has abnormal emotional contact with the other students in her third-grade class. Cindy MOST likely will be diagnosed with ______. a. intellectual developmental disorder b. Asperger’s syndrome c. specific learning disorder d. autism spectrum disorder Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Individuals with autism have difficulty in three primary areas. These areas do NOT include ______. a. social interactions b. imagination and creative processes c. communication d. behavioral processes Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 56. Approximately what percentage of those diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder may also show other complications, such as seizures? a. 80% b. 10% c. 30% d. 50%

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 57. Hannah was diagnosed with DSM-5’s autism spectrum disorder. Because her intellectual and social functioning is relatively high, Hannah would MOST likely have been diagnosed with ______ using the DSM-IV. a. Rett syndrome b. pervasive developmental disorder c. childhood disintegrative disorder d. Asperger’s syndrome Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 58. According to your text, Temple Grandin used the ability to think in images to help a. make more precise maps of national parks b. build better car engines c. design humane animal livestock facilities d. plan more efficient office environments Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 59. Developmentally, symptoms of autism first appear in ______. a. infancy b. adolescence c. early adulthood d. late adulthood Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 60. Research has found that ______ mothers have a ______ risk for having children with autism. a. younger; lower b. younger and older; lower c. younger; higher

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. younger and older; higher Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 61. Current neuroscience studies show that by the time of full brain development, a person with autism shows deficits in the areas that make up the ______. a. reward circuit b. social brain c. limbic system d. brain stem Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain Contributions to Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 62. When people with autism spectrum disorder view emotional faces, mirror neuron activity is ______ correlated with the severity of ASD symptoms. a. negatively b. not c. positively d. perfectly Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Brain Contributions to Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 63. According to Baron-Cohen’s (e.g., Baron-Cohen, 2009) empathizing-systemizing theory, individuals with autism spectrum disorder are _______. a. advantaged in empathizing but impaired in systemizing b. advantaged in both empathizing and systemizing c. advantaged in systemizing but impaired in empathizing d. impaired in both empathizing and systemizing Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Ability to Systemize in Autism Difficulty Level: Medium 64. The text suggests that, as compared with other individuals, individuals with autism spectrum disorder show ______ volume and ______ activity in brain areas related to facial processing.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. decreased; decreased b. decreased; increased c. increased; decreased d. increased; increased Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Ability to Systemize in Autism Difficulty Level: Medium 65. It is estimated that about ______ of individuals with autism spectrum disorder have special abilities in terms of music, art, calculation, or memory. a. 1% b. 3% c. 10% d. 15% Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Special Talents Difficulty Level: Easy 66. Which is the term used for people with autism spectrum disorder who also display special abilities in music, art, calculation, or memory? a. fragile X syndrome b. autism creativity c. savant syndrome d. Down syndrome Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Special Talents Difficulty Level: Medium 67. The first empirically supported treatment for autism was _______. a. free association for autism spectrum disorders b. the Grandin treatment program c. the Lovass treatment program d. There are no empirically supported treatments for autism.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 68. Which phrase BEST expresses the proportion of young children with autism spectrum disorder who might expect to “recover” in a treatment program modeled on the UCLA Young Autism Project? a. a minority b. about half c. most d. nearly all Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 69. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic associated with successful treatment outcomes for autism? a. began treatment before the age of 4 b. higher IQ c. better communication skills d. began treatment in adolescence Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 70. When 9-year-old Rachel is in class, she is constantly moving and talking out of turn.

She cannot start and finish a task without interruptions. Rachel is displaying characteristics of ______ disorder. a. autism spectrum b. attention deficit/hyperactivity c. impulse control d. conduct Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: ADHD Difficulty Level: Medium 71. The two main dimensions of ADHD are labeled ______. a. disinhibition and impulsivity b. disinhibition and reactivity c. hyperactivity and reactivity d. hyperactivity and impulsivity Ans: D

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: ADHD Difficulty Level: Easy 72. Adults with ADHD show more symptoms related to ______ than to ______. a. inattention; hyperactivity/impulsivity b. inattention; conduct c. conduct; hyperactivity/impulsivity d. hyperactivity/impulsivity; inattention Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Prevalence and Characteristics of ADHD Difficulty Level: Medium 73. The textbook suggests that among children and adolescents, the disorder MOST often comorbid with ADHD is ______ disorder. a. reactive attachment b. panic c. conduct d. oppositional defiant Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Prevalence and Characteristics of ADHD Difficulty Level: Medium 74. According to the textbook, “Individuals with ADHD have a more difficult time switching from resting state conditions to those of active task management.” With respect to the brain networks described earlier in the textbook, ADHD MOST likely reflects difficulty in switching from ______ network activity to ______ network activity. a. default; central executive b. salience; central executive c. default; salience d. central executive; default Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of ADHD Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 75. The major treatment for ADHD is ______. a. emotion-focused therapy b. psychoanalysis c. a stimulant mechanism d. antidepressants Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for ADHD Difficulty Level: Easy 76. A child is MOST likely suffering from a(n) ______ if his or her achievement is lower than that expected from his or her scores on achievement or intelligence tests. a. attachment disorder b. stress-related disorder c. conduct disorder d. learning disability Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Learning Disabilities Difficulty Level: Medium 77. In a ______ disorder, a child experiences difficulty in one of the major school subjects. a. specific learning b. intellectual development c. mental retardation d. conduct Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Learning Disabilities Difficulty Level: Easy 78. Alexis cannot master arithmetic in third grade and has been held back twice already.

She is constantly having problems with division and multiplication. However, Alexis performs well when it comes to reading comprehension and vocabulary. Alexis would MOST likely be diagnosed with ______. a. fragile X syndrome b. autism spectrum disorder c. specific learning disorder d. intellectual developmental disorder

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Learning Disabilities Difficulty Level: Medium 79. ______ disorder is characterized by intellectual disabilities in which the person does not meet normal developmental milestones. a. Specific learning b. Intellectual developmental c. Autism spectrum d. Conduct disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Intellectual Developmental Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 80. ______ is a more current term for ______. a. Autism spectrum disorder; mental retardation b. Intellectual developmental disorder; autism c. Intellectual developmental disorder; mental retardation d. Mental retardation; intellectual developmental disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Intellectual Developmental Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 81. As compared with specific learning disorder, intellectual developmental disorder is MORE ______. a. treatable b. biological c. prevalent d. pervasive Ans: D Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Intellectual Developmental Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 82. In the DSM-IV, mental retardation was defined as an IQ below ______. This cutoff is ______ in the DSM-5. a. 70; abandoned b. 70; retained c. 85; abandoned d. 85; retained Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Levels of Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium 83. A type of intellectual developmental disorder called ______ is found in individuals with an extra copy of chromosome 21. a. specific learning disorder b. fragile X syndrome c. Down syndrome d. chromosome 21 disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: IDD Related to Chromosomes Difficulty Level: Easy 84. Laurie has small hands and feet. Her face seems flat, and her eyes slant upward.

Laurie MOST likely has an intellectual developmental disorder called ______ syndrome, and her IQ is MOST likely about ______. a. Down; 50 b. Down; 75 c. fragile X; 50 d. fragile X; 75 Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: IDD Related to Chromosomes Difficulty Level: Medium 85. Fragile X syndrome is _______. a. equally prevalent in males and females b. 1.5 to 2 times more common in males than in females c. 3 times more common in males than in females d. 1.5 to 2 times more common in males than in females Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: IDD Related to Chromosomes Difficulty Level: Medium 86. An intellectual developmental disorder called ______ occurs when a particular liver enzyme does not function correctly. a. phenylketonuria b. fragile X syndrome c. Down syndrome d. childhood metabolic syndrome Ans: A Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: IDD Related to Metabolism Difficulty Level: Easy 87. ______ is NOT one of the gestational factors associated with intellectual developmental disorder. a. Heavy use of alcohol by the mother b. Maternal malnutrition c. Use of folic acid supplements during pregnancy d. Iodine deficiency in the mother Ans: C Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: IDD Related to Gestation Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Attachment disorder is considered a neurodevelopmental disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Disorders of Childhood (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. The strange situation allows researchers to investigate attachment experimentally.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Mary Ainsworth’s Work and Styles of Attachment Difficulty Level: Easy 3. A child whose attachment style is anxious or ambivalent is at a greater risk than securely attached children to develop a mood disorder later in life.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Long-Term Consequences of Early Attachment Patterns Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Reactive attachment disorder is a newly described condition, first appearing in the DSM-5.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Attachment Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Hormonal changes during puberty may be responsible for gender differences in rates of anxiety and depression in older teens and adults.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Adolescence Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Cortical areas mature earlier in development than subcortical areas.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Adolescence Difficulty Level: Easy 7. The brain’s development from childhood through adulthood may be described as a process of differentiation.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Adolescence Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 8. Brain imaging studies have demonstrated that individuals with conduct disorder showed abnormal activation of the amygdala when viewing emotional human faces.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conduct Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Autism and Asperger’s syndrome are listed as separate disorders in the DSM-5.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 10. When people with autism are given the Raven’s Progressive Matrices, they score much lower than they do on traditional IQ tests.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 11. At a genetic level, there are connections between autism and both schizophrenia and ADHD. Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 12. As compared with individuals without the disorder, individuals with autism show more mirror neuron activation when looking at emotionally expressive faces.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain Contributions to Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 13. ADHD is reported to be the most common emotional-behavioral disorder treated in youth.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Prevalence and Characteristics of ADHD Difficulty Level: Easy 14. The heritability of ADHD is lower than 50%.

Ans: F

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of ADHD Difficulty Level: Medium 15. The term intellectual developmental disorder has replaced the older term mental retardation.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Intellectual Developmental Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. Suppose an infant is (1) excited to explore his environment, (2) upset when its mother leaves, and (3) happy when its mother returns. This infant’s behavior is BEST described as ______.

Ans: secure Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Mary Ainsworth’s Work and Styles of Attachment Difficulty Level: Easy 2. ______ neurons are the foundation of understanding others people’s intentions and emotions.

Ans: Mirror Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Imitation Learning Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Theory of ______ refers to the ability to understanding other people by inferring their desires or beliefs.

Ans: mind Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Theory of Mind Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Among children, ______ disorder is marked by anger, stubbornness, and disobedience but not aggressive or destructive behavior.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: oppositional defiant Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Oppositional Defiant Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 5. ______ disorder is characterized by difficulty in social interactions and communication, as well as the tendency to display stereotypical behaviors or repetitive behaviors.

Ans: Autism spectrum Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 6. People with autism spectrum disorder are often good at understanding the rules and patterns underlying the structure of objects and events; that is, they are good at an ability called ______.

Ans: systemizing Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Ability to Systemize in Autism Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The ______ syndrome refers to the fact that some people with autism spectrum disorder have special abilities in art, music, calculation, or memory.

Ans: savant Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Special Talents Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Most people with ADHD have a combination of the ______ subtype and the hyperactive-impulsive subtype.

Ans: inattentive Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Prevalence and Characteristics of ADHD Difficulty Level: Medium 9. A chromosomal abnormality called ______ syndrome is more severe and 1.5 to 2 times more prevalent among males than among females.

Ans: fragile X Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: IDD Related to Chromosomes Difficulty Level: Medium 10. ______ syndrome is the most common form of intellectual developmental disorder.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: Down Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: IDD Related to Chromosomes Difficulty Level: Easy Essay 1. Describe the steps involved in imitation learning.

Ans: Neurons called mirror neurons support imitation learning. Each time an individual sees an action done by another, the neurons that would be involved in that action are activated. This in turn creates a motor representation of the observed action. That is, we see an action and consider how we might make it ourselves, although we don’t do this consciously. In essence, the observer’s brain turns a visual image into a motor plan.

Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Imitation Learning Difficulty Level: Medium 2. What processes and brain structures are involved in the processing of social information, and what do these processes tell us about the role of social skills in our lives?

Ans: Brain structures involved in social interactions can be organized in terms of three processes. The first process involves processing sensory information in higher-level neocortical regions. This is how we know who we experience through vision, hearing, touch, and other sensory processes. Research suggests that when looking at a face, we process broad categorizations related to gender and to the emotion expressed before we complete the detailed construction of the entire face and determine who we are seeing. Second, our sensory system also helps us predict what people will do socially, based on their physical movements. As we see a social interaction, what happens on the level of the brain? What happens first involves the amygdala, striatum, and orbitofrontal cortex. The amygdala is involved in processing the emotional significance of an event. Overall, these areas help us know the emotional context of our perceptions and what we need to do about them. The third process involves the higher cortical regions of the neocortex. These are the regions that let us construct an inner model of our social world. Included in this model would be some social understanding of others, their relationship with us, and the meaning of our actions for the social group. It is these areas that are most likely associated with the theory of mind, our ability to attribute mental states to other people. Indeed, damage to the orbitofrontal cortex does reduce our ability to detect a faux pas in a given situation. The prefrontal cortex has also been shown to be activated during humor, social-norm transgressions resulting in embarrassment, and so-called moral emotions. The widely distributed network of areas involved in processing social information suggests that a sophisticated system evolved and that social information is important to human survival.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Brain Systems Involved in Social Relations Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Sandy, a middle-aged woman, recently posted this status update: “In 13 days, Ty turns 13: I will officially be a parent of a teenager!” Describe two broad trends in brain development during adolescence, and suggest how these changes may be reflected in Ty’s behavior.

Ans: While the popular notion of adolescence as a time of “storm and stress” may be exaggerated, few can deny that adolescence is marked by increased emotionality, sociality, and impulsivity. These characteristics reflect two broad trends in brain development during adolescence: (1) Subcortical structures, such as the limbic system, mature more quickly than does the cortex, and (2) brain networks become increasingly differentiated and specialized. Emotionality and impulsivity largely reflect the first trend.

In the limbic system, the amygdala is closely associated with emotional processing; in the cortex, the prefrontal cortex is associated with planning and restraint. That the amygdala matures years before the prefrontal cortex does means that adolescence is marked by increased responsivity to emotional cues and to signals for reward and punishment; the lagging development of the prefrontal cortex means that adolescents are prone to act on these cues. Ty might take risks or seek thrills—from more positive ones, such as those involved in such pursuits as demanding athletics, bungee jumping, riding roller coasters, and so on, to less positive ones, such as street racing or experimentation with drugs of abuse. The sociality of adolescents and the importance of peers reflect the differentiation of the brain’s networks and the emergence of the social brain. Ty might spend little time at home, preferring involvement with a large circle of friends.

Learning Objective: 5.1: Summarize the major brain and developmental changes in childhood and adolescence.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Brain Systems Involved in Social Relations Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Complete the table with brief phrases to identify Ainsworth’s attachment styles and to describe the behavior of each style in the different phases of the strange situation paradigm. The “secure” attachment style has been identified for you to orient you to the task.

Attachment Style

Secure

Behavior in the Environment

Behavior on Mother’s Departure

Behavior on Mother’s Return

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: Answers vary Attachment Style

Behavior in the Environment

Behavior on Mother’s Departure

Behavior on Mother’s Return

Secure

Active exploration

Upset

Happy

Anxious/ambivalent

Clingy; demands access to mother

Very distressed

Still distressed; inconsolable; anger or ambivalence

Avoidant

More interest in toys Indifferent than mother

Indifferent; little if any positive emotion

Learning Objective: 5.2: Discuss the theories of attachment and problematic attachment patterns.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Mary Ainsworth’s Work and Styles of Attachment Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Compare and contrast (1) reactive attachment disorder and (2) disinhibited social engagement disorder, then (1) conduct disorder and (2) oppositional defiant disorder.

Ans: Reactive attachment disorder and disinhibited social engagement disorder: Both disorders develop when an infant or young child is not well cared for. RAD is characterized by a lack of responsiveness or emotion. The child does not seek comfort from traditional attachment figures and may respond to caregivers with inappropriate negative emotions. In disinhibited social engagement disorder, by contrast, a child is too willing to seek closeness and comfort and is willing to attach to total strangers.

Conduct disorder and oppositional defiant disorder: Both disorders involve angry, disruptive behavior. In conduct disorder, however, the behavior includes aggression and may entail antisocial behavior, such as destroying property and breaking the law.

Learning Objective: 5.3: Distinguish among the attachment disorders, conduct disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Oppositional Defiant Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Briefly describe how the DSM-5 diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder differs from corresponding diagnoses in the DSM-IV. How does the revision of the DSM-IV diagnoses relate to the distinction between categorical and dimensional approaches to diagnosis?

Ans: The DSM-5 uses autism spectrum disorder as a single “umbrella” diagnosis, conceptualized as a continuum. By contrast, the DSM-IV specified three distinct disorders: autism, Asperger’s syndrome, and pervasive developmental disorder. The DSM-5’s notion of a spectrum is essentially an autism dimension or continuum, whereas the DSM-IV divides this continuum into three discrete categories.

Learning Objective: 5.4: Describe the characteristics of autism spectrum disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 7. It is widely recognized that people with autism spectrum disorder display deficits in communication and social behavior. It is perhaps less often noted that in some areas, their abilities may surpass those of people without autism spectrum disorder. Draw off what you have learned to support this statement. Very generally, how do the enhanced abilities of those with autism spectrum disorder lend credence to an evolutionary approach to psychopathology?

Ans: According to Baron-Cohen’s (e.g., Baron-Cohen, 2009) empathizing-systemizing theory, people with autism spectrum disorder may show deficits in empathizing but superior abilities to systemize—that is, to understand objects or events with respect to their underlying structures, rules, or patterns. Additionally, some 10% of individuals with ASD show special abilities in art, music, calculation, or memory. This is called savant syndrome. An evolutionary perspective on psychopathology encourages scientists to consider the adaptive advantage of mental disorders. The enhanced abilities of those with ASD might contribute to scientific and artistic achievement and advances. Perhaps the species’ survival is aided by the existence of some people who are less engaged and involved in everyday social concerns and more attuned to understanding the more abstract rules, patterns, regularities, and structures underlying the world around us.

These individuals may contribute disproportionately, for example, to the scientific progress that has more than doubled the human life expectancy.

Learning Objective: 5.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of autism spectrum disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Special Talents Difficulty Level: Hard 8. Jaden is in the fourth grade and has been diagnosed with ADHD. His parents would like to hear your thoughts on how Jaden might be treated. What would you tell them?

What specific things might you tell Jaden’s parents to try at home?

Ans: The most effective treatment is a combination of stimulant medication, such as methylphenidate or dextroamphetamine, and cognitive behavioral therapy. Stimulants reduce hyperactivity, improve focus, and improve coordination. They appear to be effective for about 70% of children with ADHD. Cognitive behavioral therapy can involve the whole family; parents can learn ways to manage the child’s behavior and to reduce the frequency of negative interactions within the family. Jaden’s parents can be consistent in establishing and enforcing a reward and time-out system in the home and can reinforce Jaden’s positive behaviors to avoid destructive escalations of negative interactions.

Learning Objective: 5.6: Define ADHD and discuss its prevalence, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment for ADHD Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Describe the possible causes of intellectual developmental disorder.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: Most types of intellectual developmental disorder can be traced to biological causes (see Mefford, Batshaw, & Hoffman, 2012, for an overview). However, the variation is huge. Examining genetic, chromosomal, and metabolic abnormalities has led researchers to identify more than 1,000 forms of impairment (Dykens & Hodapp, 2001). It has been suggested that mild disorders are more related to environmental influences. More severe forms are more related to biological factors (see Shapiro & Batshaw, 2011, for an overview). One way to organize these disorders is in terms of those directly related to chromosomes, those related to metabolism, and those related to events that take place in the womb, such as malnutrition or the mother taking drugs, such as alcohol or crack.

Learning Objective: 5.7: Describe the characteristics of intellectual development disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Causes of Intellectual Developmental Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 6: Mood Disorders and Suicide Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. For the past four weeks, Nan has been feeling lethargic and worthless. Her friends are worried because she no longer shows interest in her normal social activities. A clinician using the DSM-5 would MOST likely diagnose Nan as suffering from ______. a. mania b. unipolar depression c. bipolar disorder d. major depressive disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. These days, Adam is sleeping very little. He seems full of energy and enthusiasm.

His extreme optimism has led him to take foolish risks. He has lost a lot of money—for instance, betting on a horse that he was sure would win. Adam may be in a ______ state. a. depressive b. manic c. melancholic d. dissociative Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Bipolar disorder was formerly called ______. a. melancholia b. manic depression c. unipolar depression d. major depressive disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. What did ancient Greek physicians like Galen and Hippocrates call the condition we now classify as depression? a. melancholia b. bipolar disorder c. hysteria d. mania Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Everyone has good and bad days and changing moods. What is one way to distinguish a bad mood from depression? a. The mood improves after a major project at work has been completed. b. The mood alternates between feeling sad and feeling happy and energized. c. The mood increases daily hassles experienced, such as working more slowly. d. The mood interferes significantly with daily functioning over an extended time.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 6. What proportion of those who experience depression seek help within the first year of the disorder’s onset? a. one-fifth b. one-quarter c. one-third d. one-half Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Elaine feels that her life is empty. She has lost interest in her career and hobbies, and she wonders if she would be better off dead. She is MOST likely suffering from ______ disorder. a. major depressive b. generalized anxiety c. bipolar d. obsessive-compulsive Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Why does the DSM-5 state that a person must present five or more of the nine symptoms of major depressive disorder in order to be officially diagnosed with the condition? a. Pharmaceutical companies would make less profit if fewer people were diagnosed. b. Other things besides depression, such as bereavement, can share some symptoms. c. A person who feels worthless for a couple of days after being fired is not depressed. d. Significant weight loss by itself is not an indicator that a person is depressed.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics and Symptoms of Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. In order for a person to meet DSM-5 criteria for a major depressive episode, symptoms must be present for at least ______ uninterrupted week(s). a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics and Symptoms of Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Heather has been feeling depressed and listless lately. She has had no motivation and has lost interest in activities she once enjoyed. For Heather to be diagnosed with major depression, these symptoms must last for at least ______. a. 1 week b. 2 weeks c. 1 month d. 2 months Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Characteristics and Symptoms of Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 11. The symptoms of major depressive disorder do NOT include ______. a. loss of interest or pleasure b. feeling sad over the holidays c. difficulty concentrating d. psychomotor agitation Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics and Symptoms of Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Which statement is true regarding a person’s biological sex and depression? a. Over the course of a lifetime, males and females experience a major depressive disorder at approximately equal rates. b. Over the course of a lifetime, more females experience a major depressive disorder compared with males. c. Over the course of a lifetime, more males experience a major depressive disorder compared with females. d. Over the course of a lifetime, females are more likely to experience a major depressive disorder younger in life, whereas males are more likely to experience a major depressive disorder later in life.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics and Symptoms of Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Which statement is true regarding depressive episodes? a. Depressive episodes appear to be entirely triggered by environmental factors. b. The initial episode has a stronger relationship with environmental factors than later episodes. c. The initial episode has a stronger relationship with internal physiological changes than later episodes. d. The episodes appear to be entirely triggered by internal physiological changes.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 14. The association between major life stress and the development of depression is BEST described as ______. a. inverse

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. minimal c. moderate d. strong Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 15. In animals, chronic stress results in fewer synapses in the brain’s ______. a. prefrontal cortex and hippocampus b. amygdala and pituitary gland c. parietal lobe and cerebellum d. frontal lobe and occipital lobe Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Causes of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 16. The adrenal cortex releases a hormone called ______ in response to stress. a. vasopressin b. dopamine c. cortisol d. leptin Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Causes of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Rhonda is a 19-year-old college freshman. All else being equal, Rhonda’s risk of experiencing major depressive disorder at some point in her life is about ______ times that of her 19-year-old male classmates. a. 1.5 b. 2 c. 3 d. 3.5 Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Model of Depression

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 18. The ______ model suggests that individuals with depression display biases in the way they search for and process information. a. diathesis-stress b. cognitive c. macrophage d. confirmation bias Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cognitive Model of Depression Difficulty Level: Easy 19. ______ developed the cognitive model of depression. a. Aaron Beck b. Albert Bandura c. Jean Piaget d. Edward Lee Thorndike Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cognitive Model of Depression Difficulty Level: Easy 20. Which element is NOT an aspect of the negative cognitive triad? a. the self b. the personal world c. the past d. the future Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cognitive Model of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 21. Kenny is visiting a therapist to treat major depressive disorder. The therapist is concerned with the way Kenny tends to see himself, the world around him, and the future in negative terms. Based on this information, Kenny’s therapist MOST endorses the ______ model of depression. a. macrophage b. evolutionary c. familial

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. cognitive Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Model of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 22. The ______ theory suggests that cytokine malfunction may be involved in depression. a. diathesis-stress b. cognitive c. macrophage d. confirmation bias Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Are Depression and Inflammation Related?

Difficulty Level: Easy 23. Having one or more parents with major depressive disorder ______ one’s risk of developing the disorder by a factor of ______. a. decreases; 1 to 2 b. decreases; 3 to 5 c. increases; 1 to 2 d. increases; 3 to 5 Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Evidence That Depression Runs in Families Difficulty Level: Easy 24. Indira’s mother suffers from major depressive disorder. By contrast, major depressive disorder is unknown in her friend’s family. All else being equal, Indira’s risk of developing major depressive disorder is about ______ times greater than her friend’s. a. 1.5 b. 2 c. 4 d. 8 Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Evidence That Depression Runs in Families

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Which statement is NOT true regarding familial major depressive disorder (MDD), as compared with non-familial MDD? a. It tends to have an earlier onset. b. It tends to be more severe. c. It tends to be more recurrent. d. It tends to be more responsive to treatment.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Evidence That Depression Runs in Families Difficulty Level: Medium 26. The relationship between depression symptom severity and cortical thickness is BEST described as ______. a. a positive correlation b. a negative correlation c. negligible d. logarithmic Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Evidence That Depression Runs in Families Difficulty Level: Medium 27. One hypothesis regarding depression that can be drawn from an evolutionary perspective is that it results from a mismatch between ______ and ______. a. current demands of society; the brain and nervous system b. parenting style; child personality c. environment; genotype d. available resources; social competition Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Evolutionary Perspective Concerning Depression Difficulty Level: Hard 28. Which statement is evidence suggesting that depression is NOT the result of a novel reaction of the nervous system to the modern environment? a. The fundamental aspects of the modern environment differ significantly from prehistoric environments. b. Depression is more prevalent among females compared with males.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. Depression is seen in a variety of animals whose environments have not changed drastically in recent times. d. The nervous system continues to adapt to the changing environment.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Evolutionary Perspective Concerning Depression Difficulty Level: Hard 29. From an evolutionary perspective, what does it mean to say that depression is adaptive? a. Depression represents a heritable variation found in nature. b. Feeling depressed would make it more difficult for a human to survive and reproduce. c. Depression is seen in a variety of animals. d. Feeling depressed helps solve certain problems faced by humans from the earliest of times.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Evolutionary Perspective Concerning Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Depression in terms of ______ suggests that depressed mood protects the organism by reducing energy expenditure, thereby protecting itself and saving energy for use in the future. a. habituation b. resource conservation c. social competition d. attachment Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Resource Conservation Difficulty Level: Easy 31. Ricky’s friends believe that the major depressive disorder he experiences shields him from “putting himself out there”—that is, from social embarrassment or rejection.

The disorder also allows him to recruit his friends’ help in completing such activities of daily living as grocery shopping and house cleaning. Ricky’s friends seem to endorse the ______ approach to depression. a. macrophage b. evolutionary c. familial

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. cognitive Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Social Risk Hypothesis Difficulty Level: Hard 32. Which treatment for depression involves influencing neurotransmitters in the brain? a. deep brain stimulation b. antidepressant medication c. electroconvulsive therapy d. psychodynamic therapy Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Medications for Depression Difficulty Level: Easy 33. Prozac (fluoxetine) is an example of which type of antidepressant medication? a. monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor b. tricyclic medication c. selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) d. vagal nerve stimulant (VNS) Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Medications for Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 34. In ______, an electrical current is passed through the brain for a brief period as a treatment for depression. a. transcranial magnetic stimulation b. electroconvulsive therapy c. vagal nerve stimulation d. deep brain stimulation Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Electroconvulsive Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 35. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) has been shown to be particularly effective for

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 treating depression among ______. a. individuals for whom other treatments do not work b. individuals with a comorbid anxiety disorder c. children and adolescents d. individuals with mild depression Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Electroconvulsive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 36. What is one advantage of electroconvulsive therapy over medication? a. more rapid rate of improvement b. fewer side effects c. less invasive d. less expensive Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Electroconvulsive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 37. ______ is a procedure in which an electromagnetic coil is place on the scalp, which induces a small electrical current in the brain as a treatment for depression. a. Transcranial magnetic stimulation b. Electroconvulsive therapy c. Vagal nerve stimulation d. Deep brain stimulation Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation Difficulty Level: Medium 38. ______ therapy focuses on helping individuals with depression learn to evaluate the validity and utility of their thoughts. a. Psychodynamic b. Cognitive c. Emotion-focused d. Psychotropic Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cognitive Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 39. Paul has a job interview but decides to not go because he believes that nothing will work for him. This belief is primarily an example of ______. a. catastrophizing b. personalization c. overgeneralization d. dichotomous thinking Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Olivia enters a room, and a couple across the room starts laughing. She believes they are laughing at her. This belief that everything relates to her is primarily an example of ______. a. catastrophizing b. personalization c. overgeneralization d. dichotomous thinking Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 41. Maria had a bad experience with the police and believes that because she knows one corrupt cop, all cops must be corrupt. This automatic thought is primarily an example of ______. a. catastrophizing b. personalization c. overgeneralization d. dichotomous thinking Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Anna believes that if she can’t trust a person completely, then she can’t trust at all.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 This automatic thought is primarily an example of ______. a. catastrophizing b. personalization c. overgeneralization d. dichotomous thinking Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 43. ______ is NOT a treatment for depression involving direct manipulation of the brain’s electrical activity. a. Vagal nerve stimulation b. Electroconvulsive therapy c. New wave therapy d. Deep brain stimulation Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cognitive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 44. Which psychological treatment for depression helps the client experience their feelings without becoming overwhelmed by anxiety or sadness? a. psychodynamic b. cognitive therapy c. mindfulness therapy d. emotion-focused therapy Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emotion-Focused Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Which psychological treatment for depression focuses on past experiences and important relationships? a. psychodynamic b. cognitive therapy c. mindfulness therapy d. emotion-focused therapy Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 46. After 16 weeks, antidepressant medication has been shown to be an effective treatment for approximately ______ of individuals with major depressive disorder. a. 35% b. 50% c. 60% d. 80% Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 47. After 16 weeks, which treatment for major depressive disorder is more effective: antidepressant medication or cognitive behavioral therapy? a. cognitive behavioral therapy b. antidepressant medication c. Both types of therapy are equally effective. d. Neither type of therapy is at all effective.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Why does cognitive behavioral therapy seem to be better at preventing relapses of depression than antidepressant medication alone? a. The effects of medication wear off, but new ways of thinking linger. b. Cognitive behavior therapy has fewer side effects than medication. c. Ending antidepressant medication can cause withdrawal symptoms. d. Cognitive behavior therapy leads to needing medication less.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Antidepressant medication decreases activity in the brain’s ______. a. amygdala

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. prefrontal cortex c. pons d. cerebellum Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 50. It is hypothesized that cognitive therapy for depression increases function in the brain’s ______. a. amygdala b. prefrontal cortex c. pons d. cerebellum Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 51. Which disorder was considered part of manic depression until the early 1900s? a. schizophrenia b. double insanity c. circular disorder d. melancholia Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Types and Characteristics of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 52. Depressive symptoms must be present for a diagnosis of _______. a. bipolar I disorder but not bipolar II disorder b. bipolar II disorder but not bipolar I disorder c. both bipolar I disorder and bipolar II disorder d. neither bipolar I, nor bipolar II disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 53. ______ is characterized by the presence of a major depressive episode and at least

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 one hypomanic episode. a. Bipolar I disorder b. Bipolar II disorder c. Cyclothymia d. Major depressive disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 54. If a person demonstrates abnormal and persistently elevated mood, she or he must display ______ additional symptoms of mania to meet the DSM-5’s criteria for a manic episode. a. two b. three c. four d. five Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 55. As compared with a manic episode, a hypomanic episode is ______ in duration and ______ severe. a. longer; less b. longer; more c. shorter; less d. shorter; more Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The police brought Gabriella to the emergency room after she was seen running down the street in her underwear yelling, “I have the power!" Gabriella was also spending large amounts of money and was agitated and reckless during the past 5 days. In the emergency room, Gabriella would not be quiet long enough for the nurse to ask her questions. Gabriella is MOST likely suffering from ______. a. unipolar mania b. cyclothymia c. major depressive disorder d. bipolar disorder Ans: D

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 57. ______ is NOT a characteristic of mania. a. Inflated self-esteem or grandiosity b. A decrease in goal-directed activity c. A decreased need for sleep d. An excessive involvement in risky activities Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 58. Lizzie experiences swings between elevated and depressed moods that sometimes disrupt her social and occupational functioning. However, Lizzie does NOT meet the diagnostic criteria for either bipolar I disorder or bipolar II disorder. Lizzie is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______. a. mania b. dysthymia c. cyclothymia d. melancholia Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cyclothymic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 59. The lifetime prevalence rate of bipolar I is about 1 person in ______. a. 100 b. 200 c. 500 d. 1,000 Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Prevalence of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 60. A first-degree relative of someone with bipolar disorder has about ______ times the risk of having the disorder compared with a random person. a. 3 b. 5 c. 10

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. 30 Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Genetics of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 61. According to the textbook, “For bipolar disorders, heritability is about 5% to 10% for first-degree relatives and 40% to 70% for monozygotic twins compared with only 14% for fraternal twins.” This statement suggests that _______. a. there is little or no genetic component to bipolar disorders b. the environmental component to bipolar disorders is smaller than the genetic component c. genes and the environment contribute approximately equally to bipolar disorders d. the environmental component to bipolar disorders is larger than the genetic component Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genetics of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 62. Consider these statements: (1) Relatives of those with major depressive disorder are at increased risk for mania and (2) relatives of those with mania are at increased risk for depression. Which of these statements is true? a. Neither Statement 1, nor Statement 2 is true. b. Only Statement 1 is true. c. Only Statement 2 is true. d. Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genetics of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Olympia and Helena are identical twins. Olympia has been diagnosed with bipolar I disorder. Helena is at an increased risk not only for bipolar disorder but also ______. a. major depression b. generalized anxiety disorder c. dissociative identity disorder d. schizophrenia Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Genetics of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 64. Research by Johnson and her colleagues (Johnson, 2005; Johnson et al., 2012) and by Goodwin and Jamison (2007) suggests that the association between bipolar disorder and creativity is BEST described as ______. a. nonexistent b. indirect c. inverse d. direct Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Bipolar Disorder and Creativity Difficulty Level: Medium 65. Several studies have suggested that the brain processes underlying the symptoms seen in bipolar disorder involve the ______. a. anterior limbic network b. inferior frontal cortex c. orbitofrontal cortex d. precentral gyri Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain Imaging and Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 66. The anterior limbic network does NOT include the ______. a. thalamus b. basal ganglia c. amygdala d. striatum Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Brain Imaging and Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 67. As compared with healthy individuals, people with unmedicated bipolar disorder who are not currently experiencing any symptoms tend to perform cognitive tasks in a MORE ______ manner. a. logical b. haphazard c. emotional d. concrete Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Brain Imaging and Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 68. In bipolar diseases, there are ______ in prefrontal activation during the depressive phase and ______ in activation in the anterior limbic network during the manic phase. a. decreases; decreases b. decreases; increases c. increases; decreases d. increases; increases Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Brain Imaging and Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 69. The neurotransmitters closely associated with bipolar disorder do NOT include ______. a. acetylcholine b. dopamine c. norepinephrine d. serotonin Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Brain Imaging and Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 70. Paul and Patrick both experience bipolar disorder. Both are in remission, experiencing no symptoms of either mania or depression at present. Paul, however, has experienced a string of stressful events beginning with a natural disaster, followed by family dislocation, financial insecurity, and job change. Patrick’s life has been quiet.

Before 2 years elapse, Paul is ______ times more likely to experience a relapse of his disorder. a. 2.5 b. 4.5 c. 6 d. 10 Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Environmental Factors Difficulty Level: Medium 71. Research revealed that ______ of individuals with bipolar disorder who returned from a hospitalization to a negative emotional environment showed a relapse 9 months

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 later, compared with ______ of those without a negative emotional family situation. a. 73%; 51% b. 94%; 17% c. 57%; 24% d. 38%; 30% Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Environmental Factors Difficulty Level: Medium 72. Acceptable treatments for bipolar disorder ALWAYS include ______. a. psychotherapy b. vagal nerve stimulation c. psychotropic medication d. deep brain stimulation Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 73. Which psychotropic medication is MOST commonly used for the treatment of bipolar disorder? a. lithium b. anticonvulsants c. antipsychotics d. a combination of stimulants and antidepressants Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Medication for Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 74. Chris suffers from rapid-cycling bipolar disorder. He is ______ likely to be prescribed ______. a. LEAST; an anticonvulsant b. LEAST; lithium c. MOST; an antidepressant d. MOST; lithium Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Medication for Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 75. Persistent thoughts of committing suicide are called suicidal ______. a. contemplation b. ideation c. rumination d. cognition Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy 76. Lately, Irene is plagued by thoughts of suicide. Irene is experiencing ______. a. contemplation b. rumination c. ideation d. deliberation Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Medium 77. Since World War II, the historical trend in the suicide rate in the United States is BEST described as ______. a. rising b. erratic c. falling d. stable Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Medium 78. Why are men 3 or 4 times more likely to commit suicide than women? a. More men attempt suicide than women. b. Women are not as effective at using guns. c. Men choose more lethal methods, like guns. d. Women cope with stress more effectively.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy 79. Approximately ______ of the adults who commit suicide would meet diagnostic criteria for a mental disorder. a. 50% b. 65% c. 75% d. 90% Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy 80. Across the lifespan, the suicide rate is ______ correlated with age. a. negatively b. not c. positively d. perfectly Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Medium 81. Which statement is NOT true regarding suicide? a. The United States has the highest rate of suicide in the world. b. Suicide rates increase with age throughout adulthood. c. Males commit suicide more often than females do. d. Females attempt suicide more often than males do.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cultural and Gender Differences in Suicide Difficulty Level: Medium 82. Which statement is NOT true regarding suicide? a. Females attempt suicide more often than males. b. Males are more likely to die from suicide attempts than females. c. Males tend to use more lethal means of suicide. d. Poisonings and overdoses account for the majority of suicide deaths.

Ans: D

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cultural and Gender Differences in Suicide Difficulty Level: Medium 83. Jacquie has made several suicide attempts over the years. In each instance, she swallowed pills or a poisonous liquid. On each of these attempts, her chance of dying was approximately ______. a. 2% b. 5% c. 10% d. 20% Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cultural and Gender Differences in Suicide Difficulty Level: Hard 84. ______ a long-term factor for suicide. a. A family history of suicide is b. Recent life events are c. Current mental illness is d. Feelings of hopelessness are Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Long-Term and Short-Term Factors Related to Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy 85. ______ is NOT among the factors associated with suicide in the military. a. Longer combat experience b. Less education c. Being female d. Leaving the military quickly Ans: A Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Suicide in the Military Difficulty Level: Easy 86. ______ therapy appears to be the MOST effect intervention for military personnel who express suicidal ideation or who attempt suicide.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. Cognitive behavioral b. Dialectical behavior c. Emotion-focused d. Psychodynamic Ans: B Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Suicide in the Military Difficulty Level: Medium 87. Protective factors against suicide include ______. a. a lack of supportive relationships b. mental illness c. a family history of suicide d. moral objections to suicide Ans: D Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Preventing Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy 88. One risk factor for suicide is _______. a. having a reason for living b. the ready availability of mental health care c. a previous suicide attempt d. psychotropic medication treatment Ans: C Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Preventing Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. Major depressive disorder is one of the most economically costly disorders.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Major depressive disorder is one of the most commonly diagnosed mental disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 among adult Americans.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics and Symptoms of Major Depressive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Initial depressive episodes are not influenced by life stress; only the subsequent episodes have an environmental component.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Causes of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Gender differences in depression emerge in adolescents, with boys being more likely to be depressed than girls.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Depression Difficulty Level: Easy 5. In the 40 years since the cognitive model of depression was developed, brain imaging techniques have shown the model to be largely inaccurate.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Evolutionary Perspective Concerning Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Depression is unique to humans.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Evolutionary Perspective Concerning Depression Difficulty Level: Easy 7. A typical antidepressant begins to have an effect almost immediately after it has been metabolized.

Ans: F

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Medications for Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The overall effectiveness of antidepressant medication in adults is about 50%.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Medications for Depression Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is no longer used as a treatment for depression.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Electroconvulsive Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Antidepressant medication is more effective than cognitive behavioral therapy in the treatment of depression.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 11. For individuals with bipolar disorder, the depressive episodes typically last longer than the manic episodes do.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 12. There is a strong association between bipolar disorder and creativity.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Bipolar Disorder and Creativity Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 13. Lithium is not effective for individuals with rapid cycling bipolar disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Medications for Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Almost all adults who commit suicide would meet the criteria for a mental disorder, if they were they alive.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Suicide among armed forces personnel is positively associated with traumatic combat experiences.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Suicide in the Military Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. Former United States president ______ described his experiences with mood disorders.

Ans: Abraham Lincoln Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. The hormone ______ is released in the adrenal cortex in response to stress.

Ans: cortisol Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of Depression Difficulty Level: Easy 3. In Beck’s cognitive model of depression, negative beliefs about the self, the world, and the future constitute the negative ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: cognitive triad Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cognitive Model of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 4. People taking Prozac to treat depression are mainly enhancing the activity of the neurotransmitter ______ in their brains.

Ans: serotonin Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Medications for Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Leslie Greenberg and his colleagues developed an effective psychotherapy for depression called ______ therapy.

Ans: emotion-focused Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emotion-Focused Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 6. In bipolar disorder, a state of ______ is the opposite of the state of depression.

Ans: mania Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Types and Characteristics of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Neuroscience research is finding that bipolar disorder is associated with heightened activity in the ______ cortex.

Ans: anterior cingulate Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Brain Imaging and Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 8. ______ is the medication MOST often prescribed for bipolar disorder.

Ans: Lithium Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Medications for Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 9. A clinician would describe clients who think often of killing themselves as experiencing suicidal ______.

Ans: ideation Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Easy 10. According to the ______ theory, an individual must have the desire to die as well as the ability to kill themselves in order for suicide to occur.

Ans: interpersonal-psychological Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Suicide Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Compare the potential loss in economic productivity caused by major depressive disorder to that caused by medical disorders. Give two reasons for the economic loss represented by depression. Suggest one way to mitigate this loss.

Ans: Major depressive disorder is responsible for at least as many lost days of work as are more traditional medical disorders. In fact, major depressive disorder is second only to neck and back pain in number of work days lost. Two reasons for extent of the loss represented by major depression are (1) only one-third of those who experience the disorder seek help in the first year and 50% of those who delay wait 5 years or more to get help, and (2) the likelihood of a “relapse”—another episode—is high, even with treatment. An obvious way to mitigate this loss is to encourage people to seek help sooner. The cost of a public service or public health campaign with this objective may well be offset by the reduced losses in productivity that might result.

Learning Objective: 6.1: Discuss the prevalence of mood disorders worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Introducing Mood Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Briefly describe the cognitive model of depression, illustrating the components of the negative cognitive triad with specific thoughts a depressed person might have in response to a stressor.

Ans: The cognitive model is similar to a learning theory model. It suggests that adverse events that occur early in life can lead to the development of depressive schemas.

These depressive schemas are characterized by negative self-referential beliefs. When a new stressor appears, it can activate the prior negative schemas. Negative schemas

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 form a negative cognitive triad: negative views of self, the personal world, and the future. A depressed college student who receives a poor grade on an exam, for instance, might think, “I am just not very smart,” (self); “The professors don’t care,” (world); and “There’s no way I’ll ever graduate” (future).

Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Model of Depression Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Please describe the macrophage theory of depression. To what extent is the theory supported empirically?

Ans: There are similarities to the response of physical sickness and depression.

Cytokines acting on the brain produce the experience of sickness, leading to behaviors similar to those seen in depression. This has led to the theory that cytokine malfunction may be involved with depression. At present, the theory enjoys only mixed support; the evidence suggests that depression leads to rather than stems from depressed immune system responses.

Learning Objective: 6.2: Describe the characteristics and causes of major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Are Depression and Inflammation Related?

Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Succinctly distinguish among traditional cognitive therapy, “new wave” cognitive therapy, emotion-focused therapy, and psychodynamic therapy with respect to the aspects of the client’s experience that is thought to be most important in treating depression.

Ans: Traditional cognitive therapy focuses squarely on the client’s negative thoughts about the self, the world, and the future. It helps the client develop ways to dispute or remove these thoughts. “New wave” cognitive therapy acknowledges the importance of negative thoughts but focuses on helping accept and “be okay” with them. Emotionfocused therapy focuses on emotional experience, helping clients avoid becoming overwhelmed by anxiety or sadness. Finally, psychodynamic therapy emphasizes the importance of key relationships.

Learning Objective: 6.3: Discuss biological, neuroscience, and psychological treatments for major depressive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychodynamic Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Succinctly distinguish among cyclothymia, bipolar I disorder, and bipolar II with respect to the severity of depressive episodes, on the one hand, and severity of manic episodes, on the other.

Ans: Depressive episodes are necessary only for the bipolar II diagnosis. Whereas depressive episodes are often present in bipolar I disorder, they are not necessary for

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 diagnosis. Cyclothymia involves periods of depressed mood that do not rise to the diagnostic level of major depression. Manic episodes are required only for the bipolar I diagnosis. Bipolar II may involve hypomania, a less severe state similar to mania.

Cyclothymia entails periods of elevated mood that do not rise to the level of mania.

Learning Objective: 6.4: Identify the types and characteristics of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Diagnosis of Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Suggest how a biopsychosocial model may illuminate the causes of bipolar disorder.

Ans: The biopsychosocial model suggests that complex phenomena such as bipolar disorder are generally caused by a combination of factors at biological, psychological, and cultural levels.

At the biological level, there is a genetic predisposition to bipolar disorder. First-degree relatives of a person with bipolar disorder are at about 10 times the risk for developing the disorder themselves than they would be otherwise. Mitochondrial functioning appears unusual in those with bipolar disorder. Receptor sensitivity to dopamine, norepinephrine, and serotonin is unusual among those with bipolar disorder. At the psychological level, the popular notions of a link between “creativity and madness” and the seeming overrepresentation of people with bipolar disorder in the arts suggests that certain personality traits or combinations of traits may predispose one to bipolar disorder. It doesn’t seem far-fetched, for instance, that high levels of both openness and neuroticism may predispose one to artistic creativity and to bipolar disorder. At the social level, a family atmosphere of hostility, criticism, and emotional “drama” is associated with relapse among patients with bipolar disorder who have been released from hospitalization to their family’s care.

Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Environmental Factors Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Dr. Velez is a psychiatrist with a new patient, a college student who has been diagnosed recently with bipolar I disorder. When Dr. Velez begins describing treatment options, the client mentions that he has heard that people with bipolar disorder are often treated with lithium. What considerations might Dr. Velez advise her patient to keep in mind when deciding whether lithium is a treatment he’d like to try?

Ans: Lithium is best seen as a mood stabilizer. It is more effective at treating manic than depressive episodes. As a patient with bipolar I, Dr. Velez’s client may not even have depressive episodes; he should consider the extent of his experience with depressed mood in his assessment of the potential utility of lithium. The client should also consider how rapidly he cycles between manic and depressed episodes; lithium is less effective in cases of rapid-cycling bipolar disorder. Finally, although lithium is in widespread use for treating bipolar disorder, its effectiveness is lower than its long-time use might suggest. The client should compare its effectiveness with that of other medications, such as anticonvulsants like valproate.

Learning Objective: 6.5: Discuss the causes and treatment of bipolar disorder.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Medications for Bipolar Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The suicide rate in the armed forces has increased since 2008. Briefly summarize what is known about suicide in the military. Suggest at least two implications of this knowledge for preventing suicide among military personnel.

Ans: Somewhat counterintuitively, it does not seem that deployment itself or combat experience is related to suicide among armed forces personnel. Suicide attempts tend to happen most often early on in service and are related to leaving the military after less than 4 years of service. Females and those with less than a high school education are more likely to attempt suicide, as are those who leave without an honorable discharge.

These findings suggest that improving enlistees’ orientation to service and to the military culture may be more effective avenues of suicide prevention that limiting or spacing out deployments. Development of coping and problem-solving skills and techniques for finding and marshaling social support might be ingredients of this orientation, especially for female personnel and for those with less education.

Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Suicide in the Military Difficulty Level: Hard 9. The table below lists one risk factor for suicide and one protective factor against suicide. Complete the table by listing five additional risk and five additional protective factors.

Risk Factors

Protective Factors

Mental Illness

Coping and problem-solving skills

Ans: Risk Factors

Protective Factors

Mental illness

Coping and problem-solving skills

Substance abuse

Reasons for living

Previous suicide attempt(s)

Moral objections to suicide

Impulsivity or aggression

Connectedness to others

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 High-conflict or violent relationships

Safe and supportive community environment

Availability of lethal means of suicide

Restrictions on lethal means of suicide

Learning Objective: 6.6: Discuss the risk factors for suicide, its prevention, and its connection with mental illness.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Preventing Suicide Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 7: Stress, Trauma, and Psychopathology Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. MOST people experience ______ when something unexpected and uncontrollable happens to them. a. post-traumatic stress disorder b. acute stress disorder c. psychological stress d. trauma Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychological Stress and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Quite unexpectedly, Michael receives a substantial bill. He knows he is probably unable to negotiate a reduced settlement or arrange a payment schedule. Michael is MOST likely to experience ______. a. post-traumatic stress disorder b. psychological stress c. acute stress disorder d. trauma Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychological Stress and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Dee Dee has been diagnosed with major depressive disorder. Deena has not been diagnosed with major depressive disorder and shows no signs of the condition. As compared with Deena, Dee Dee is ______ likely to have experienced a recent stressor. a. less b. equally c. nearly twice as d. several times as Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychological Stress and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 4. In its discussion of the genetic modulation of the effects of childhood maltreatment, the textbook notes that several neurotransmitters are deactivated by the monoamine oxidase A (MAO-A) gene. These neurotransmitters do NOT include ______. a. acetylcholine b. dopamine c. norepinephrine d. serotonin Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Does Trauma Produce Mental Illness?

Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Individuals who had been mistreated as children and did NOT have a particular form of the MAO-A gene were ______ likely to be violent and engage in a variety of antisocial behaviors as adults compared with individuals who had been mistreated as children and had the particular form of the MAO-A gene. a. more b. less c. just as d. very Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Trauma Produce Mental Illness?

Difficulty Level: Medium 6. As compared with its effects on outgoing infants, the effects of positive parenting on inhibited, fearful infants are BEST described as ______. a. paradoxical b. minimal c. attenuated d. magnified Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Trauma Produce Mental Illness?

Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 7. The ______ innervates a variety of organs, including the adrenal medulla, that results in the release of catecholamines from the terminal of sympathetic nerves. a. autonomic nervous system (ANS) b. hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal (HPA) axis c. arcuate fasciculus d. mesocortical Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Easy 8. In response to stress, the adrenal glands produce two hormones that act on the muscle, heart, and lungs to prepare the body for “fight or flight.” These two hormones are ______. a. melatonin and thyroxine b. leukotrienes and prostacyclin c. leptin and renin d. epinephrine and norepinephrine Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Which of the following is NOT involved in the autonomic nervous system? a. adrenal medulla b. pituitary gland c. catecholamines d. sympathetic nerves Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Medium 10. As a response to stress, hormones in the hypothalamus are released into the bloodstream and go to the ______. a. pituitary gland b. adrenal medulla c. amygdala d. hippocampus Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension.

Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Easy 11. The HPA axis is made up all of the following EXCEPT the ______. a. adrenal pathway b. hypothalamus c. hippocampus d. pituitary gland Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Medium 12. As a part of the physiological response to stress, the hypothalamus produces ______. a. adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) b. corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) c. melatonin d. cholecystokinin (CCK) Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Medium 13. The HPA is under the excitatory control of the ______ and the inhibitory control of the ______. a. amygdala; hippocampus b. prefrontal cortex; amygdala c. thalamus; orbitofrontal cortex d. hippocampus; anterior cingulate cortex Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Researchers will often measure concentrations of the hormone ______ in the blood or saliva to assess a person’s experience of stress.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. cortisol b. melatonin c. oxytocin d. estrogen Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Easy 15. The fight-or-flight response emphasizes the role of which system? a. parasympathetic nervous system b. sympathetic nervous system c. autonomic nervous system d. central nervous system Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Easy 16. Daily levels of cortisol are often ______ among individuals with depression compared with individuals without depression. a. higher b. lower c. more labile d. less static Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Easy 17. Which of the following is NOT one of the three functions of the autonomic nervous system? a. maintains homeostatic conditions in the body b. coordinates the body’s response to exercise and stress c. helps the endocrine system regulate reproduction d. drives the associative learning underlying conditioning Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 18. One function of the sympathetic nervous system is to ______. a. constrict the pupils b. stimulate the digestive system c. dilate the airway d. contract the bladder Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium 19. One function of the parasympathetic nervous system is to ______. a. inhibit salivation b. slow the heart rate c. dilate the airways d. constrict peripheral blood vessels Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium 20. The sympathetic division of the autonomic nervous system is responsible for ______. a. restoring bodily reserves b. eliminating bodily wastes c. the adrenergic connection to energize the body d. maintaining homeostasis in the body Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Easy 21. Lizzy’s pupils are dilated, and her heart is pounding; her breathing is shallow and rapid. Her ______ nervous system is active. a. somatic b. parasympathetic c. primary d. sympathetic Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 22. Which situation is MOST likely to involve the action of the parasympathetic nervous system? a. Brooke’s finger accidentally grazes the hot iron; she immediately jerks her hand away. b. After a satisfying evening meal, Callum relaxes in front of the television. c. Danica is surprised by a strange man who seems to appear from nowhere. d. Eddie has “butterflies in his stomach” as he approaches the podium to give a speech.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Hard 23. Arden’s heart rate is slowing, and her digestion is facilitated. Her ______ nervous system has become active. a. sympathetic b. somatic c. parasympathetic d. secondary Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium 24. The action of the sympathetic nervous system is BEST described as ______ to that of the parasympathetic nervous system. a. opposite b. similar c. different d. unrelated Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Hard 25. The sympathetic nervous system is to the parasympathetic nervous system as ______ is to ______. a. acetylcholine; adrenaline b. excitation; rest c. homeostasis; fight or flight d. cholinergic; adrenergic Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Hard 26. During times of stress, the immune system ______. a. is more active b. remains unaffected c. increases white blood cell production d. is suppressed Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychological Stress and the Immune System Difficulty Level: Medium 27. ______ is the study of how psychological factors can influence the immune system. a. Psychoimmunology b. Allostaticology c. Psychopathology d. Psychoneuroimmunology Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychological Stress and the Immune System Difficulty Level: Easy 28. How do immunizations work to protect the body from pathogens? a. Immunizations temporarily boost the natural immune system. b. The body learns how to defend against new pathogens from immunizations. c. They create mutations that become beneficial to the body after recovery. d. The vaccine destroys pathogens that the body does not recognize.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychological Stress and the Immune System Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Which of these is NOT a factor that can reduce the effectiveness of the immune system? a. optimism b. loneliness c. bereavement d. natural disasters Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychological Stress and the Immune System Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Which of the following is NOT true regarding the relationship between stress and the immune system? a. The immune system can be influenced by the brain but not vice versa. b. Stress, in the form of loss or trauma, suppresses the immune system. c. Negative emotions associated with stress can delay healing. d. Factors that reduce stress and negative emotions can enhance immune system functioning.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychological Stress and the Immune System Difficulty Level: Medium 31. When a gene is inactive, it is wrapped around clusters of proteins called ______. a. histones b. nuclei c. deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) d. mitochondria Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Medium 32. Whereas histone ______ promotes gene activity, histone ______ inhibit(s) gene activity. a. coding; tags b. excitation; deactivation c. acetylation; methylation d. stimulation; inhibitors Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Hard 33. Rat pups raised by less nurturing mothers became more sensitive to stress throughout their lives. This is BEST seen as an example of ______. a. social learning theory b. epigenetic changes c. psychoneuroimmunology d. the general adaptation syndrome (GAS)

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Medium 34. In the study by Radtke and colleagues (2011), what was different about the children of mothers who experienced intimate partner violence during pregnancy as compared with children whose mothers did not experience intimate partner violence? a. They showed DNA methylation of the gene associated with cortisol, the stress hormone. b. They were more likely to engage in aggressive behaviors than other children. c. There were no differences, demonstrating the resilience of the human body to stress. d. They were more likely to be diagnosed with a mental disorder than other children.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Medium 35. Recent studies on the effect of maternal stress on children found that the children of mothers who had experienced abuse during pregnancy had DNA methylation of the genes associated with the hormone ______. a. estrogen b. testosterone c. cortisol d. oxytocin Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Medium 36. The unpleasantness experienced during both physical and emotional pain is associated with the brain’s ______. a. somatosensory cortex b. posterior insula c. anterior cingulate cortex d. hypothalamus Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Is Social Pain Like Physical Pain?

Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 37. Drew is a recovering addict. After a relapse, he feels isolated and alone. Seeking to continue his recovery and connect with others, he attends a few local 12-step meetings.

He feels, though, that he has little in common with the others in the group and feels more alone than ever. Based on the textbook’s discussion of social pain, the hurt that Drew is feeling MOST likely involves activity of the brain’s ______. a. prefrontal cortex b. posterior insula c. hypothalamus d. anterior cingulate cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Is Social Pain Like Physical Pain?

Difficulty Level: Medium 38. The anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) is NOT involved in ______. a. the feeling of belonging one feels when one is part of a group b. a person feeling excluded from playing a video game c. a young animal emitting distress sounds when separated from its caregiver d. caregivers showing affiliative behaviors when their young make distressed calls Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Is Social Pain Like Physical Pain?

Difficulty Level: Medium 39. Which of the following is NOT true regarding the relationship between emotional pain and physical pain? a. They are associated with the same brain structures. b. As one type of pain increases, the body is less sensitive to the other. c. Social support reduces an individual’s sensitivity to physical pain. d. Linguistically, they are described using similar phrases.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Is Social Pain Like Physical Pain?

Difficulty Level: Hard 40. Tiffany suffers from chronic pain. There are weeks and even months when she is in almost constant physical pain; there are, however, other periods when her pain is “in remission.” As compared with these remission periods, Tiffany should be ______ sensitive to social rejection when she is in pain. a. much less b. less c. neither more nor less d. more

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Is Social Pain Like Physical Pain?

Difficulty Level: Medium 41. Hans Selye called the bodily response to a variety of different stressors the ______. a. general adaptation syndrome b. fight-or-flight response c. allostasis d. allostatic load Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Easy 42. The three stages of general adaptation syndrome (GAS) do NOT include ______. a. alarm b. adjustment c. resistance d. exhaustion Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 43. Which sequence correctly orders the stages of the general adaptation syndrome, from first to last? a. alarm → exhaustion → resistance b. alarm → resistance → exhaustion c. resistance → alarm → exhaustion d. resistance → exhaustion → alarm Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 44. Adbul has just discovered his term paper is due tomorrow when he thought it was due next week. According to Hans Selye, Abdul is MOST likely experiencing the ______ stage of the general adaptation syndrome.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. alarm b. resistance c. exhaustion d. appraisal Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Anders owns a struggling coffee shop and has just received devastating news: a nationally known competitor is moving in on the same block. Anders has many debts to pay, and his wife is expecting their fourth child. When he hears this bad news, his heart rate zooms, and he feels faint, as if he is in shock. According to Hans Selye, Anders is in the ______ stage of the general adaptation syndrome. a. appraisal b. resistance c. alarm d. exhaustion Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Hard 46. Roger works full-time, has a part-time second job, and has started a new consulting company in response to his son’s special needs. He seems to be coping with everything quite well—at least for the moment. According to Hans Selye, Roger is in the ______ stage of the general adaptation syndrome. a. alarm b. resistance c. appraisal d. exhaustion Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Hard 47. Maya owes the credit card company $20,000, her adjustable rate mortgage has just gone up, and she has been out of work for 3 months. Today her husband of 15 years just told her he was having an affair and wants a divorce. With that news, she collapsed

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 and had to be taken to the emergency room. According to Hans Selye, Maya is in the ______ stage of the general adaptation syndrome. a. alarm b. resistance c. appraisal d. exhaustion Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Hard 48. ______ refers to the body’s ability to achieve stability through an active process of change. a. Allostasis b. Homeostasis c. Adrenergy d. Adaptation Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Easy 49. The cumulative wear and tear on the body by responding to stressful conditions is referred to ______. a. the general adaptation syndrome b. allostatic load c. the fight-or-flight response d. the HPA axis Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Easy 50. Allostatic load is NOT increased by ______. a. periodic exposure to minor stressors b. frequent exposure to stressors c. poor habituation to a repeated stressor d. a slow return to baseline physiology Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Which response to stress is MORE associated with females than males? a. fight or flight b. tend and befriend c. grab and jab d. meet and greet Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Medium 52. With respect to stress responses, fight or flight is to tend and befriend as ______ is to ______. a. Shelley Taylor; Walter Cannon b. female; male c. testosterone; oxytocin d. oxytocin; estrogen Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Hard 53. Much of the human stress response is hormonally driven. One hormone in particular, namely, ______ has been shown to have a calming effect and to reduce anxiety. a. testosterone b. oxytocin c. estrogen d. ghrelin Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Easy 54. Which hormone is considered the basis for the tend-and-befriend response?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. oxytocin b. estrogen c. norepinephrine d. melatonin Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Medium 55. How are males and females differently vulnerable to stress during their lifetimes? a. Males are more vulnerable to stress while in the womb. b. Females are more susceptible to stress after menopause. c. Males are under more stress until early adulthood. d. Females are more vulnerable to stress until puberty.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Medium 56. How do male groups differ from female groups? a. Male groups are smaller than female groups. b. Male groups involve more social support and bonding than female groups do. c. Male groups are more enduring than female groups. d. Male groups are larger than female groups.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Medium 57. The textbook suggests that the ______ response to stress did not come to light until the year 2000 because many 20th-century stress studies lacked ______ validity. a. fight-or-flight; external b. fight-or-flight; internal c. tend-and-befriend; external d. tend-and-befriend; internal Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 58. Christine experienced trauma as a child when she witnessed her father’s murder.

Kim experienced no trauma as a child. Both girls are now adults. As compared with Kim’s present-day stress responses, Christine’s are MOST likely ______. a. smaller b. the same c. larger d. more variable Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Does Social Stress Produce a Similar Reaction to Physical Stress?

Difficulty Level: Medium 59. According to the text, a direct link between psychological stress and psychopathology is seen not only in post-traumatic stress disorder but also in the ______ disorders. a. mood b. anxiety c. personality d. dissociative Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Social Stress Produce a Similar Reaction to Physical Stress?

Difficulty Level: Easy 60. According to the DSM-5, ______ disorders are those in which reactions to an event are out of proportion to the event’s severity. a. adjustment b. anxiety c. post-traumatic stress d. mood Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders in DSM-5 Difficulty Level: Easy 61. A diagnosis of an adjustment disorder requires that the reaction to a stressful event lasts no longer than ______ month(s) after the stressful event ends. a. 1

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. 3 c. 6 d. 12 Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders in DSM-5 Difficulty Level: Medium 62. Nick did not receive a job offer that he badly wanted and that he desperately needed to improve his challenging financial situation. Since the rejection, Nick has been plagued with negative thoughts. He has become not only despondent but also selfconscious and suspicious of others. As a result, he is isolating himself. He has discontinued his search for employment, fraying his relationships with family and friends. Based on this information, Nick is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. post-traumatic stress b. acute stress c. major depressive d. adjustment Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders in DSM-5 Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Among individuals who seek mental health treatment, approximately ______ are estimated to meet the criteria for an adjustment disorder. a. 5% b. 10% c. 15% d. 20% Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders in DSM-5 Difficulty Level: Easy 64. ______ disorder is a short-term reaction to traumatic events that lasts no longer than one month. a. Adjustment b. Acute stress c. Post-traumatic stress

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. Social anxiety Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 65. Acute stress disorder differs from post-traumatic stress disorder in that acute stress disorder ______. a. reflects fewer dissociative symptoms b. does not require the experience of a traumatic event c. does not last as long d. does not involve any intrusion symptoms Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 66. Corrine was getting a cup of coffee at a local convenience store when the cashier was confronted by masked gunmen. As the cashier reached below the counter to press an alarm, one of the gunmen shot her. Two weeks later, Corrine is still badly shaken.

She is too frightened to run routine errands in her neighborhood. She startles easily.

Although she is troubled by random flashbacks to the event, she finds that she can recall surprisingly little about it when she is directly asked. Corrine is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. post-traumatic stress b. acute stress c. generalized anxiety d. adjustment Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 67. Intrusion symptoms in acute stress disorder include ______. a. problems with concentration b. hyper-vigilance c. recurrent distressing dreams d. an altered sense of reality Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 68. Which of these is NOT an example of an intrusion symptom in trauma-related disorders? a. Flashbacks b. Dreams related to the trauma c. Distress in response to reminders of the event d. Anger and aggression Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 69. With respect to the symptoms of acute stress disorder, arousal is to dissociation as ______ is to ______. a. sleep disturbance; feeling “in a fog” b. loss of memory; anger c. difficulty concentrating; avoiding people d. despondency; loss of memory Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 70. Kat is a middle-school teacher who survived a mass shooting at her school 3 weeks ago that claimed the lives not only of several of her colleagues but of three of her fifthgrade students. She remembers very little of the event. Kat’s lack of memory is an example of a(n) ______ symptom of acute stress disorder. a. arousal b. dissociative c. avoidance d. intrusion Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 71. Jarome has been diagnosed with acute stress disorder. His angry outbursts these past few weeks are an example of ______ symptoms of acute stress disorder. a. arousal b. dissociative c. avoidance d. intrusion Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 72. For which of the DSM-5 stressor- and trauma-related disorders is there no upper limit on how long symptoms may last for the diagnosis? a. acute stress disorder b. stressor- and trauma-related disorder c. adjustment disorder d. post-traumatic stress disorder Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 73. Which of these is NOT associated with an increased severity of acute stress symptoms following a traumatic experience? a. a negative appraisal of the trauma b. suicide risk c. being married d. high trait anxiety Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 74. Which phrase BEST expresses the proportion of people who will experience a threat to their own life or to that of another close to them at some point during their lives? a. a small minority b. a substantial minority c. about half d. most

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Almost ______ of those who experience a threat to their own lives or to that of someone close to them will go on to develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)? a. 3% b. 5% c. 7% d. 9% Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Easy 76. As compared with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among men, PTSD among women is ______ severe, and its duration is ______. a. less; longer b. less; shorter c. more; longer d. more; shorter Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Medium 77. Karen was mugged at knifepoint 6 months ago while walking home from work. She has recently begun experiencing nightmares about being robbed and daily has intrusive memories of that original traumatic event. She is generally having a difficult time adjusting to daily life following her trauma and often re-experiences her trauma on her walks to work. Which of the following DSM disorders best describes Karen’s situation?

Based on this information, Karen is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. post-traumatic stress b. acute stress c. generalized anxiety d. adjustment Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Medium 78. Years after he barely survived an attack that killed his wife and two children, Mr. Puskari suffers recurring flashbacks and frequent nightmares of the event. They render him incapable of holding a steady job. Mr. Puskari is MOST clearly showing signs of ______ disorder. a. adjustment b. social anxiety c. post-traumatic stress d. acute stress Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Medium 79. Which type of trauma is associated with the HIGHEST risk of developing PTSD? a. exposure to combat b. motor vehicle accident c. assaultive trauma d. hearing about the accidental death of a loved one Ans: C Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Easy 80. Basic behavioral research in fear acquisition and extinction have helped pinpoint the regions of the brain involved in PTSD. One such area is the ______. a. thalamus b. basal ganglia c. primary motor cortex d. medial prefrontal cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Physiological Aspects of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 81. Each of the following is a specific brain region directly connected with post-traumatic stress disorder EXCEPT the ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. hippocampus b. amygdala c. medial prefrontal cortex d. corpus callosum Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Physiological Aspects of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 82. In general, the hippocampus of individuals with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is ______ than the hippocampus in individuals without PTSD. a. less active b. smaller c. more active d. larger Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Physiological Aspects of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 83. Some drugs are currently in development to treat PTSD by “blocking” troubling memories. These drugs work on receptors for the neurotransmitter ______. a. serotonin b. dopamine c. norepinephrine d. GABA Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 84. Which figure BEST expresses the proportion of people with combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) who have a comorbid mental disorder at some point? a. 65% b. 75% c. 85% d. 98% Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 85. At present, the most effective therapies for post-traumatic stress disorder are ______. a. psychodynamic b. pharmacological c. humanistic d. cognitive and behavioral Ans: D Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 86. What is one important aspect of effective psychotherapy for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD)? a. re-experiencing the trauma b. social support c. stimulant medication d. cognitive avoidance Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 87. Psychodynamic therapies refer to the re-experiencing of an event as ______. a. catharsis b. imagery c. hyper-vigilance d. anhedonia Ans: A Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 88. Dwayne is a veteran of the war in Iraq. He is undergoing treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder. While keeping his head still, he reimagines surviving a blast that killed the rest of his unit while following a series of lights with his eyes. Dwayne is undergoing ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. exposure therapy for PTSD b. eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) c. cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) d. a treatment called “seeking safety” Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 89. Which of the following phrases BEST represents the cognitive behavioral approach to treating PTSD? a. an emphasis on prevention b. modifying dysfunctional thinking c. re-experiencing trauma to encourage catharsis d. re-experiencing trauma through guided imagery Ans: B Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. The psychological disorder MOST clearly associated with stress is probably posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychological Stress and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Stress can exacerbate the symptoms of schizophrenia.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychological Stress and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The HPA is under the inhibitory control of the amygdala.

Ans: F

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Makes You Run from Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Medium 4. The sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions of the ANS generally serve similar functions.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Exposure to stressful events activates the same immune responses as exposure to pathogens does.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychological Stress and the Immune System Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Epigenetic modifications tag a gene to turn it on or off but do not change the gene itself.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Physical pain and psychological pain use the same basic neural circuits.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Is Social Pain Like Physical Pain?

Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Resistance is the first phase of the general adaptation syndrome.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 9. Stress is sometimes described as paradoxical mainly because its short-term impact differs from its long-term effect.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The phrase tend and befriend may better capture the typical male response to stress than the phrase fight or flight.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Easy 11. If acute stress disorder lasts longer than 1 month, it becomes an adjustment disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Acute Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is twice as common among women as it is among men.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Police investigating child abuse could not be diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) based on this experience because they are not placed in immediate danger.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DSM-5 Criteria for PTSD Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 14. The results of the National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Study suggested that almost all of those with combat-related PTSD had a comorbid mental disorder at some point in their lives.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Because trauma- and stressor-related disorders are often triggered by environmental events, they may be more preventable than other types of mental disorders.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. ______ occurs in the face of unexpected and uncontrollable events.

Ans: Psychological stress Learning Objective: 7.1: Explain how stress and trauma are related to health and psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychological Stress and Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The P in HPA axis stands for the ______ gland.

Ans: pituitary Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Makes You Run from Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Easy 3. ______ is the study of how psychological factors can influence the immune system.

Ans: Psychoneuroimmunology Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychological Stress and the Immune System Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. DNA is wrapped around clusters of proteins called ______.

Ans: histones Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Recent studies on the effect of maternal stress on children found that the children of mothers who had experienced abuse during pregnancy showed DNA methylation of the genes associated with the hormone ______.

Ans: cortisol Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Trauma Changes Our Genes Through Tagging (Epigenetics) Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Hans Selye described the body’s response to stressors as a three-stage process called the ______ syndrome.

Ans: general adaptation Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Easy 7. ______ is the body’s ability to maintain or achieve stability during times of stress.

Ans: Allostasis Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Of the trauma- and stressor-related disorders described in the textbook, only ______ disorder does not require the experience of a traumatic event.

Ans: adjustment Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Trauma- and Stressor-Related Disorders in DSM-5 Difficulty Level: Easy 9. In ______ aggression, committing violent acts does not cause distress; instead, these behaviors are seen as appealing and exciting.

Ans: appetitive

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Causes, Characteristics, and Prevalence of PTSD Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Animal models of stress and trauma demonstrate that prolonged exposure to stress impairs neurogenesis and dendritic branching in the brain’s ______.

Ans: hippocampus Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Physiological Aspects of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Briefly outline the sequence of events that occur in the HPA axis when a stressor occurs. Suggest how dysregulation of the axis may be involved in hypothalamus.

Ans: (1) The hypothalamus produces corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH); (2) CRH, in turn, produces adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) in the pituitary gland; (3) ACTH in the blood, in turn, causes the adrenal glands to produce glucocorticoids, such as cortisol. The HPA is ultimately under the excitatory control of the amygdala and the inhibitory control of the hippocampus. Dysregulation of the HPA axis has been related to vulnerability to psychosis among adolescents, and HPA overactivity is associated with depression.

Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Makes You Run From Bears? Stress and the Hypothalamic– Pituitary–Adrenal Axis Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Anne is waiting to give an oral presentation in one of her college classes. Anne is feeling increasingly “stressed” as the moment nears. Distinguish between the sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions of the nervous system. Identify the effects of these divisions on three organs or structures of Anne’s body (1) as she readies to give the presentation and (2) after she returns to her seat with relief after its conclusion.

Ans: The sympathetic nervous system readies the body for action. It mobilizes necessary resources to power the fight-or-flight response. By contrast, the parasympathetic system restores the body’s reserves and enables the elimination of wastes. When Anne is about to give the presentation, the sympathetic nervous system is active. Anne’s heart beats quickly, she may be sweating, and her mouth becomes dry. After the stressful presentation, Anne’s parasympathetic system takes over, slowing her heart, constricting her pupils, and making her mouth less dry.

Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Autonomic Nervous System.

Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Phrases such as “broken hearts” and “hurt feelings” liken emotional pain to physical pain. To what extent is the metaphor implied in these phrases supported neuroscientifically?

Ans: Over evolutionary time, social pain appears to have co-opted the brain and body mechanisms for processing physical pain. The brain and body therefore experience social and physical pain similarly. At a perceptual level, experiencing physical pain increases sensitivity to social pain and vice versa. Social support reduces the experience of physical pain. The unpleasantness of both physical pain and social pain appear to involve activity of the brain’s anterior cingulate cortex.

Learning Objective: 7.2: Identify the physiological mechanisms involved in stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Is Social Pain Like Physical Pain?

Difficulty Level: Medium 4. The final examination period is stressful for many students. Use Hans Selye’s general adaptation syndrome to describe students’ experience of stress and physical health from the beginning of the examination period to the period immediately following the last examination.

Ans: Selye’s general adaptation syndrome contains three stages: alarm, resistance, and exhaustion. The alarm stage is an initial response to the stressor. It is essentially a fightor-flight response. A student’s heart rate might increase, for instance, when she or he sees the final examination schedule. Resistance refers to the body’s efforts to adjust to the stress. Energy is mobilized, and a student may experience the motivation to pour himself or herself into studying, perhaps neglecting sleep, healthy eating, and exercise.

Finally, the body’s resources are depleted during the exhaustion stage. A student may become sick and perhaps feel let down after the examination period.

Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Medium 5. In what way is the stress response paradoxical? How does the distinction between allostasis and allostatic load help clarify the paradox of stress?

Ans: Selye noticed that stress is paradoxical, in that the mechanisms evolved to protect and restore the body can damage it. At an experiential level, many people find some stress both motivating and exhausting. McEwan’s (2015) distinction between allostasis and allostatic load not only better captures the notion of stress as a dynamic process within the body—rather than a force imposed from without—but it also clarifies Selye’s paradox by bringing the difference between the immediate effects of short-term stress, on the one hand, and the cumulative effects of chronic stress, on the other. Allostasis refers to the body’s ability to adjust to a short-term stressor. Our bodies mobilize

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 resources to adapt to a stressor and to protect use. With repeated stressors and repeated allostatic adjustments, however, allostatic load builds up; chronic stress causes cumulative wear and tear on the body.

Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Study of Stress Difficulty Level: Hard 6. Compare and contrast the fight-or-flight and tend-and-befriend responses to stress.

Ans: Like the fight-or-flight response, the tend-and-befriend response is a reaction to stress. They are quite different, however: Whereas fight or flight entails combatting or escaping an adversary or a threat more generally, the tend-and-befriend response is a reaction to stress in which an individual protects others and forms social connections.

Both responses are adaptive, helping to ensure survival, and both involve generally similar neuroendocrine responses. However, whereas fight or flight reflects a sympathetic nervous system response that relies on testosterone, tend and befriend may be seen as a parasympathetic response reflecting the hormone oxytocin. Males tend to display fight-or-flight responses, whereas females more often demonstrate tendand-befriend responses.

Learning Objective: 7.3: Discuss major findings about fight or flight and social versus physical stress.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Does Fight or Flight Apply Equally to Males and Females?

Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Distinguish between adjustment disorder, acute stress disorder, and post-traumatic stress disorder with respect to the nature of the precipitating event, the symptoms required for diagnosis, and the duration of the symptoms.

Ans: Adjustment disorder may be considered the least severe of these three traumaand stressor-related disorders. Unlike acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder, adjustment disorder does not require the experience of a traumatic event but merely an event that is experienced as distressing. Moreover, its diagnosis does not require the specific types of symptoms required for the diagnoses of acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder; its diagnosis requires a more global experience of distress. The distress must occur within 3 months of an event and last no longer than 6 months. Both acute and post-traumatic stress disorder require the experience of a traumatic event, such as a violent assault. Both disorders involve the experience of specific categories of symptoms, such as negative moods, intrusions, and dissociative symptoms. The difference between the two disorders is their duration; acute stress disorder lasts from 3 days to 1 month, whereas PTSD lasts longer.

Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 8. Describe key differences in the amygdala and the hippocampus between those with PTSD and those without the disorder. How might these differences relate to the signs and symptoms of the disorder?

Ans: In individuals with PTSD, the hippocampus is smaller than in those without disorder, whereas the amygdala is hyperresponsive, perhaps because of a lack of inhibition from frontal areas of the cortex. The hippocampus is important in encoding the memories of traumatic experiences. Perhaps the smaller hippocampus in individuals with PTSD relates to the intrusiveness of traumatic memories seen in the disorder. The amygdala is involved in the assessment of threat and the conditioning of fear. The hyperresponsive amygdala seen in those with PTSD may help explain the exaggerated fear response characteristic of the disorder.

Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Physiological Aspects of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Stephen has been diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder after surviving a mass shooting at a nightclub. For each of these three treatments for PTSD, write one or two sentences describing what Stephen might experience during the therapy: (1) exposure therapy for PTSD, (2) cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), and (3) eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR).

Ans: Exposure therapy for PTSD: Stephen may be asked to picture the experience and remember details from it. Stephen and his therapist may visit the nightclub’s location and relive the experience. In this way, Stephen might gain a sense of mastery over the experience.

CBT: CBT aims to restructure the client’s thinking about the event, replacing dysfunctional thoughts with more productive ones. Stephen might be asked to identify his thoughts and feelings regarding the incident. The therapist might help him replace thoughts that he could have stopped the shooter, for instance, with less destructive thoughts.

EMDR: Steven may be asked to reimagine the nightclub trauma while following a moving target with his eyes until he no longer experiences distress at remembering the trauma. The goal is to reactivate and fully process memories associated with the incident.

Learning Objective: 7.4: Describe the characteristics of PTSD and other DSM-5 stress disorders, causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 8: Anxiety Disorders and Obsessive-Compulsive Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. Barry suddenly felt sweaty and dizzy, and his heart rate increased, leading to chest pains. Because this happened to Barry without a specific cause, how would this event be categorized? a. panic attack b. social anxiety disorder c. post-traumatic stress disorder d. specific phobia Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Diane is constantly concerned about things at work, even when she is at home. She is constantly worried about her home life, even when she is at work. Diane has freefloating worry that leaves her tense, irritable, impairs her concentration, and leaves her with many sleepless nights. Diane MOST likely suffers from ______ disorder. a. generalized anxiety b. social anxiety c. separation anxiety d. obsessive-compulsive Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Penny is an intensely shy person who rarely attends social gatherings. In addition, she normally will not accept dinner invitations and refuses to speak in public, even if it is among a group of friends. Penny MOST likely suffers from ______ disorder. a. generalized anxiety b. social anxiety c. separation anxiety d. post-traumatic stress

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Why is post-traumatic stress disorder not considered an anxiety disorder? a. PTSD has an identifiable cause. b. Anxiety is more severe than PTSD. c. PTSD uses different cortical networks. d. Anxiety is only triggered by memories.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 5. As one example, anxiety might serve a useful purpose in keeping us a. away from a grizzly bear we encounter in the woods b. from accepting a job whose office is on the 50th floor of a building c. from getting on a plane and driving to the destination instead d. from meeting a new group of people when coming to college Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The amygdala helps us ______. a. carefully consider whether a dark figure in an alley at night is a stranger b. identify foods that might be poisonous by analyzing the smell c. quickly avoid any stimulus that resembles something dangerous d. recognize people’s faces, expressions, and intentions Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 7. In their classic study, Öhman and Mineka (2001) examined ______. a. combat-induced PTSD among veterans b. social anxiety disorder among ballerinas

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. agoraphobia among middle-class women d. fear learning among rhesus monkeys Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 8. In Öhman and Mineka’s (2001) study, rhesus monkeys that had lived in captivity for 24 years but had been reared in the wild showed ______. a. no observable fear of snakes b. a fear of poisonous snakes but no fear of nonpoisonous snakes c. a fear of all snakes d. a fear of all objects that resembled snakes Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 9. According to Öhman and Mineka (2001), rhesus monkeys that have been born and bred entirely in the lab would be expected to show ______. a. no observable fear of snakes b. a fear of poisonous snakes only c. a fear of all snakes near the lab d. a fear of all objects that resembled snakes Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 10. According to Öhman and Mineka (2001), what would result in a lab-reared rhesus monkey beginning to fear snakes? a. being exposed to a particularly large snake b. observing another monkey show fear of a snake c. injuring itself in the presence of a snake d. hearing a recording of the hiss sound of a snake Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Which statement is NOT true regarding the findings of Öhman and Mineka (2001)? a. Rhesus monkeys learn to fear all stimuli with equivalent ease. b. Rhesus monkeys can learn to fear evolutionarily important objects. c. Rhesus monkeys do not acquire a fear of flowers very easily. d. Rhesus monkeys reared in the lab do not show fear to snakes by default.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 12. According to Jaak Panksepp (2004), fear cannot be evoked using ______. a. painful stimulation b. hunger c. loud noises d. expectation Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 13. One example of a cognitive bias is ______. a. having a strong reaction to a loud, sudden noise at night b. running away from a grizzly bear while hiking in the woods c. believing that an unreturned text means that someone is mad d. quickly dropping a hot utensil before it burns your hand Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Research on cognitive biases among individuals with anxiety disorders shows that ______. a. their attention is biased toward threatening information b. their attention is biased away from threatening information c. threatening information must be perceived it is be feared d. threatening information is rarely perceived as threatening Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 15. In a modification of the ______ effect, an individual takes longer to name the color of an anxiety-related word than the color of a neutral word. a. Graham-Bell b. James-Lange c. Stroop d. mere exposure Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Easy 16. An individual taking longer to name the color of the letters in the word inferior MOST likely means that the individual ______. a. feels superior to other people b. feels inferior to other people c. has a bias toward the word inferior d. has generalized anxiety disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Ron interprets ambiguous situations negatively and usually expects bad things to happen. When bad things happen to him, it reinforces his negative emotional state. This cognitive bias is an example of ______. a. the development and maintenance of an anxiety disorder b. effective coping skills in a harsh environment c. catastrophic thinking processes and paranoia d. disorganized thoughts and detachment from reality Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 18. Mona is prescribed a benzodiazepine by her psychiatrist. Mona has MOST likely been diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. bipolar b. generalized anxiety c. major depressive d. dissociative identity Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Benzodiazepines ______ the activity of the neurotransmitter ______. a. decrease; acetylcholine b. decrease; GABA c. increase; acetylcholine d. decrease; GABA Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 20. Increased GABA levels in the brain would be expected to ______. a. increase amygdala activity b. decrease amygdala activity c. cause hallucinations and delusions d. activate the sympathetic nervous system Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 21. A rat that has been properly nurtured by its mother as a pup will show ______ levels of GABA and lower levels of ______. a. high; fear b. high; joy c. low; fear d. low; joy Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 22. Monozygotic twins show a higher concordance of anxiety disorders than dizygotic twins. This shows that ______. a. there is not likely to be a genetic component to anxiety disorders b. the genetic component of anxiety disorders is smaller than nurture c. the environment plays little role in the development of an anxiety disorder d. there is a least some genetic component to anxiety disorders Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 23. According to Sylvester et al. (2012), people with anxiety disorders ______. a. show heightened fear responses to snakes compared with flowers b. display a different pattern of brain activation compared with normal controls c. rarely have siblings or other close relatives with anxiety disorders d. have lower brain volume than people without anxiety disorders Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Holden has been diagnosed with an anxiety disorder. He has volunteered to participate in neuroscientific research comparing brain activity among people with anxiety disorders with brain activity among individuals who have not been diagnosed with a psychological disorder. Holden is most likely to show heightened activity in the brain’s ______ network. a. central executive b. default c. dorsal attention d. salience Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 25. According to the text, the earliest anxiety disorder to emerge during childhood is ______. a. social anxiety disorder b. generalized anxiety disorder c. separation anxiety disorder d. specific phobia Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Easy 26. Approximately 1 in ______ adolescents will experience an anxiety disorder during a given year. a. 8 b. 5 c. 4 d. 3 Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Hard 27. Based on the textbook’s discussion, it is safe to say that an anxiety disorder diagnosed during adolescence will ______ continue into adulthood. a. rarely b. sometimes c. often d. almost always Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Approximately ______ of adults will experience an anxiety disorder during a given year. a. 6% b. 18% c. 27% d. 41% Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Easy 29. While most young children show some initial fear or apprehension about leaving their primary caregiver, children with separation anxiety disorder ______. a. show little, if any, interest in their caregiver b. display persistent distress when apart from their caregiver c. show a preference for nonsocial recreational activities d. have a heightened fear of snakes Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 30. The symptoms of separation anxiety disorder do NOT include ______. a. persistent worry about the caregiver’s well-being b. nightmares about being separated from the caregiver c. unwillingness to leave home for fear of separation d. persistent fear of being ridiculed by the caregiver Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 31. Mineka’s model of anxiety disorders suggests that “biological vulnerabilities such as genetics and temperament combine with prior learning vulnerabilities such as social, cultural, and prior learning.” This statement suggests that Mineka’s model BEST represents a(n) ______ approach to psychopathology. a. biopsychosocial b. evolutionary c. sociocultural d. psychodynamic Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Developmental Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 32. As compared with its lifetime prevalence in other nations, the lifetime prevalence of anxiety disorders in the United States is ______. a. relatively low b. similar to that in most other countries c. typical of that found in Western nations d. among the very highest in the world Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anxiety Disorders Around the World Difficulty Level: Medium 33. What did Kessler’s research reveal about mental health care trends worldwide? a. Americans are the least stressed. b. People in poverty are more stressed. c. Most countries offer quality care. d. Very few people get quality care.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Major Types of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 34. In ______ disorder, an individual experiences distress when he or she is not at home or in the presence of an attachment figure. a. obsessive-compulsive b. generalized anxiety c. separation anxiety d. social anxiety Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Separation Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 35. Five-year-old Evan cries when his mother turns to leave after walking him to school.

He often tells his mother he has a “tummyache” and crawls into his mother’s bed most nights. Based on this information, Evan may be diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. post-traumatic stress b. separation anxiety c. panic d. social anxiety Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Separation Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 36. The MOST common anxiety disorder among children is ______. a. separation anxiety disorder b. specific phobia c. panic disorder d. generalized anxiety disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Separation Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 37. Which of these is the most common therapy for separation anxiety? a. electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) b. psychodynamic talk therapy c. cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) d. humanistic group therapy Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Separation Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Generalized anxiety disorder is characterized by a. fear of scrutiny or evaluation by others b. excessive anxiety and worry for six months c. unwarranted fear of a specific object or event d. distress when away from an attachment figure Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 39. Along with depression, ______ disorder is the most frequently diagnosed mental illness in the United States. a. social anxiety b. post-traumatic stress

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. generalized anxiety d. obsessive-compulsive Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 40. Although it is normal to experience at least some worry on a daily basis, individuals with generalized anxiety disorder experience worry that is ______. a. obsessively focused on a single topic b. about traumatic past events c. excessive and uncontrollable d. unrelated to anything that could occur in reality Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehensive Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 41. Brittney has been having some trouble in school recently. She tells you that she has been preoccupied with her parents’ health, her romantic relationship, her grades, her relationship with her roommate, and her finances for some time. She also tells you that she has begun avoiding things that make her worry and that negative things have been happening as a result. Brittney’s case BEST exemplifies ______ disorder. a. acute stress b. obsessive-compulsive c. social anxiety d. generalized anxiety Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 42. Lenore is continually worried and plagued by muscle tension, sleeplessness, and an inability to concentrate. Lenore MOST likely suffers from ______ disorder. a. panic b. acute stress c. generalized anxiety d. obsessive-compulsive Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 43. In order to be diagnosed with generalized anxiety disorder, the worry must lead to one or more of the following behaviors EXCEPT ______. a. over-preparation for activities b. repeatedly seeking assurance c. fear of leaving home d. marked procrastination Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 44. With respect to the comorbidity, generalized anxiety disorder ______. a. may lead to development of depression when there are long periods of worry b. is rarely observed alongside other comorbid disorders c. is most often observed alongside schizophrenia d. cannot be diagnosed alongside another anxiety disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 45. According to Borkovec’s model, worry ______. a. helps relieve stress b. serves no function c. helps predict the future d. enhances empathy Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 46. The cognitive avoidance model of generalized anxiety disorder states that ______. a. worry is used as a way to prepare for bad events or prevent them from occurring b. individuals with GAD have attentional biases toward things that make them worry

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. individuals with GAD have attentional biases away from things that make them worry d. worry is used to cope more effectively with stressful events because it primes the body Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 47. In Skinnerian terms, the notion that worry provides relief from stress responses suggests that worry in generalized anxiety disorder is maintained by ______. a. negative punishment b. negative reinforcement c. positive punishment d. positive reinforcement Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 48. The cognitive behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety disorder usually involves ______. a. exploring subconscious and conscious factors leading to distress b. clients developing alternative interpretations of their anxious symptoms c. giving clients an aversive stimulus when they experience anxiety d. teaching clients how to better avoid things that make them anxious Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 49. How are mindfulness and cognitive behavior therapy similar in treating generalized anxiety disorder? a. Both therapies include the use of benzodiazepine medications. b. Both therapies involve testing alternative viewpoints in role play. c. Both therapies probe the unconscious and subconscious mind. d. Both therapies encourage questioning one’s own thought processes.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Psychological Treatment Difficulty Level: Hard 50. One disadvantage to treating generalized anxiety disorder with benzodiazepines is that ______. a. the medications are often too effective, and clients cease to be anxious about anything b. the medications have side effects that are often physically intolerable to clients c. clients often experience a reemergence of symptoms when the medication is discontinued d. the medications take months to become effective, during which clients may stop taking them Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Biological Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Social anxiety disorder is BEST characterized by ______. a. a marked and persistent fear of evaluation by others across a number of situations b. a marked and persistent fear of performing in front of other people in public places c. an inability to make friends because of anxiety and fear of rejection in social situations d. a lack of social skills that leads the individual to be repeatedly humiliated or embarrassed Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 52. A 20-year-old man comes to see you for therapy. During your initial clinical interview, the man describes feeling very anxious when around people he doesn’t know and preoccupied with thoughts that he might do something embarrassing or humiliating around others. He recently dropped a course required for his college major because it required several oral presentations in front of the class. This man MOST likely has ______. a. panic disorder b. agoraphobia c. social anxiety disorder d. generalized anxiety disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 53. Walter has an intense fear of speaking in public. Because he can only engage in one-on-one discussions, he has been passed over for promotions. He may be suffering from ______ disorder. a. social anxiety b. generalized anxiety c. panic attacks d. obsessive-compulsive Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 54. What is one key factor that makes a social event potentially a trigger for social anxiety disorder? a. if the location is unfamiliar or distant b. the fact that family members may attend c. the possibility of large crowds of people d. the feeling that one will be evaluated Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 55. What percentage of adults with social anxiety disorder report negative childhood social events? a. 92% b. 56% c. 75% d. 38% Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 56. Among individuals with social anxiety disorder, the ______ is underactive while the ______ is overactive.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. thalamus; basal ganglia b. caudate nucleus; putamen c. prefrontal cortex; amygdala d. amygdala; prefrontal cortex Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Social Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 57. Compared with nonanxious individuals, individuals with social anxiety disorder would be expected to show increased ______ activity in response to an angry face. a. amygdalic b. hippocampal c. GABA d. parasympathetic Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Social Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 58. Which choice BEST represents an application of exposure therapy to the effective treatment of social anxiety disorder? a. challenging the client’s automatic thinking about social situations b. having the client talk to a stranger despite experiencing anxiety while doing so c. discussing the history of the client’s social fears d. having the client write about times when she or he felt embarrassed Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 59. Which class of drugs is currently MOST often used in the treatment of social anxiety disorder? a. antidepressants b. mood stabilizers c. benzodiazepines d. neuroleptics Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 60. Agoraphobia is BEST described as a fear of ______. a. marketplaces that are busy with many strangers b. public transportation, such as crowded buses or planes c. any situation from which escape may be difficult d. Going outside the home in the morning and fainting Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Agoraphobia Difficulty Level: Easy 61. In prior editions of the DSM, agoraphobia was closely aligned with ______. a. social anxiety disorder b. post-traumatic stress disorder c. panic disorder d. specific phobia Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Agoraphobia Difficulty Level: Medium 62. Specific phobia is BEST defined as fear of ______. a. a particular object or situation b. having a panic attack c. evaluation by others d. inescapable situations Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Brett has an intense, irrational fear of needles and other sharp objects. Brett might be diagnosed with ______. a. agoraphobia b. panic disorder c. generalized anxiety disorder d. specific phobia

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Medium 64. Michael is extremely fearful of germs. He sleeps in a special chamber at night, wears gloves, and will only eat food that he can unwrap. His symptoms are most characteristic of ______. a. specific phobia b. panic disorder c. generalized anxiety disorder d. agoraphobia Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Hard 65. The categories of feared objects or situations in specific phobia do NOT include ______ phobias. a. natural b. situational c. animal d. social Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Medium 66. With respect to specific phobia, the MOST common natural phobia is fear of ______. a. water b. storms c. heights d. darkness Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 67. Animal and situational phobias are much more prevalent in women, EXCEPT in the case of a fear of ______. a. heights b. flying c. snakes d. spiders Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Medium 68. Fainting is sometimes seen in ______ phobias. a. animal b. natural c. situational d. blood-injection-injury (B-I-I) Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Easy 69. Physiologically, the fainting that is sometimes seen in cases of blood-injection-injury phobias MOST immediately reflects a rapid ______. a. rise in blood levels of adrenaline b. rise in GABA activity c. drop in heart rate d. decrease in amygdala activity Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Medium 70. Specific phobias of such objects as refrigerators or cars are relatively rare because ______. a. such objects pose no real danger to humans in most cases b. such objects do not have threatening features in most cases c. such objects were not present in humans’ early evolutionary history d. negative events rarely happen around such objects Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Specific Phobias Difficulty Level: Medium 71. What percentage of people with one specific phobia also have three or more additional phobias in their lifetime? a. 91% b. 77% c. 34% d. 50% Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Specific Phobias Difficulty Level: Medium 72. ______ therapy is generally considered the MOST effective treatment for specific phobia. a. Brief psychodynamic b. Dialectical behavior c. Exposure d. Emotion-focused Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for Specific Phobias Difficulty Level: Easy 73. How is panic disorder different from generalized anxiety disorder? a. Panic disorder is linked to negative social events during childhood. b. Panic disorder is an irrational fear of an object, animal or situation. c. Panic disorder is a constant, low level uneasy feeling unattached to situations. d. Panic disorder comes on quickly with intense fear, but without a specific cause.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 74. Several times in the past 2 months, Petra has experienced a racing heart, intense fear that something horrible is about to happen, and an inability to breathe. Petra most likely is suffering from ______ disorder. a. panic b. generalized anxiety c. social anxiety d. separation anxiety Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Stephanie is riding the train home from work. Suddenly she feels a shortness of breath, her heart is racing, and she is incredibly dizzy. She has the feeling that her life is in danger. This is not the first time this has happened to Stephanie, and she is considering avoiding the train in the future. Based on this information, Stephanie is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______. a. social anxiety disorder b. agoraphobia c. panic disorder d. obsessive-compulsive disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 76. How long does a typical panic attack last? a. 10 minutes b. 3 hours c. 30 seconds d. 2 days Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 77. The textbook suggests that ______ are the medications MOST often prescribed for the treatment of panic disorder. a. mood stabilizers b. antidepressants

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. benzodiazepines d. antipsychotics Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 78. People who suffer from ______ disorder are so preoccupied by unwanted repetitive thoughts and/or actions that they are unable to function in their daily lives. a. obsessive-compulsive b. bipolar c. dissociative identity d. generalized anxiety Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 79. Maxine spends hours each day trying to suppress the intrusive worry that she may have forgotten to lock her house when she left for work. Her experience is most symptomatic of ______ disorder. a. panic b. bipolar c. obsessive-compulsive d. generalized anxiety Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 80. Sally is focused on cleaning her home, which she does for 4 hours per day. In particular, the fringe on her rugs must be straight on both sides in all five rooms. This takes considerable time, and she often repeats this 10 to 12 times per day. Her experience is most symptomatic of ______ disorder. a. dissociative identity b. bipolar c. major depressive d. obsessive-compulsive Ans: D

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 81. Obsession is to compulsion as ______ is to ______. a. emotion; cognition b. cognition; emotion c. cognition; behavior d. behavior; cognition Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 82. Which of these BEST describes compulsions? a. repeated, unwanted thoughts, urges, or images that are recognized as irrational b. repetitive behaviors or mental acts that someone feels compelled to perform c. intense surges of fear and anxiety that peak within a few minutes or hours d. the re-experiencing of traumatic experiences through nightmares and flashbacks Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 83. With respect to obsessions, autogenous is to ______ as reactive is to ______. a. external; internal b. involuntary; voluntary c. internal; external d. voluntary; involuntary Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 84. Shane cannot stop thinking that he might hurt the people he loves. This is an example of a(n) ______ obsession. a. intrinsic b. reactive

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. extrinsic d. autogenic Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 85. Traditionally, obsessive-compulsive disorder has been considered an example of a(n) ______ disorder. a. anxiety b. mood c. personality d. dissociative Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Easy 86. Compulsions function mainly to ______. a. reduce the anxiety associated with an obsession b. complete a task that feels like it is not complete c. help the individual to keep himself or herself clean d. help the individual to concentrate on obsessions Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Easy 87. Which of these is NOT one of the themes researchers use to categorize obsessive compulsive disorder? a. social b. cleanliness c. security d. loss of resources Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 88. As compared with its prevalence in women, obsessive-compulsive disorder is ______ prevalent in men. a. much less b. slightly less c. equally d. more Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Medium 89. Which cognitive problem is often comorbid with obsessive compulsive disorder? a. inability to maintain eye contact b. trouble making small talk at parties c. quickly switching from one topic to another d. difficulty not thinking about something Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Easy 90. Jack is often worried that he comes in contact with dangerous germs, so much so, in fact, that he always tries to sit near the restroom so that he has easy access to a sink and always carries hand sanitizer around with him. Which choice BEST categorizes Jack’s obsession and his compulsion respectively? a. aggressive thoughts and counting b. perfectionistic thoughts and arranging c. contamination thoughts and cleaning d. contamination thoughts and checking Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Hard 91. What is the most commonly observed compulsion among individuals first presenting for treatment? a. hoarding b. counting c. ensuring symmetry

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. checking Ans: D Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Easy 92. Excoriation is to trichotillomania as ______ is to ______. a. skin picking; collecting objects b. skin picking; hair pulling c. collecting objects; hair pulling d. hair pulling; skin picking Ans: B Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Other DSM-5 Disorders Categorized With OCD Difficulty Level: Medium 93. Martha’s sister has been diagnosed with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Martha’s risk of developing the disorder is about ______ times her risk if she had no relatives diagnosed with the disorder. a. 2 b. 5 c. 8 d. 10 Ans: C Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Brain Processes Associated With OCD Difficulty Level: Medium 94. Exposure and response prevention for the treatment of OCD involves ______. a. exposing individuals with OCD to their obsession and preventing them from carrying out a compulsion b. creating an environment free of things that may upset the clients c. exposing individuals with OCD to a social situation where they talk about their compulsions d. exposing individuals with OCD to SSRIs for treatment of OCD symptoms Ans: A Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for OCD

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Obsessive-compulsive disorder is an anxiety disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Fear is processed via cortical and subcortical pathways.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Individuals with anxiety tend to process neutral or ambiguous information as negative.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Social phobia has been shown to be highly heritable, with heritability in the 75% to 80% range.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Among individuals with anxiety disorders, the brain shows overactivity in the salience network and underactivity in the default network.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 6. One of the more persistent physical symptoms of generalized anxiety disorder is poor muscle tone.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Medication and therapy are equally effective in resolving the symptoms of generalized anxiety disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Benzodiazepines take a long time to produce a marked reduction in symptoms.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Biological Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Specific experiences play a smaller role in the development of social anxiety disorder than in the etiology of the other anxiety disorders.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The gender difference in prevalence is smaller for height phobia than it is for other types of specific phobia.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Specific Phobia Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 11. Panic attacks always occur in the presence of real danger.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Anyone who experiences a panic attack qualifies for a diagnosis of panic disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 13. In order to qualify for a diagnosis of obsessive-compulsive disorder, both obsessions and compulsions must be present.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Hard 14. The prevalence of obsessive-compulsive disorder is similar the world around.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Deep brain stimulation has been approved for the treatment of obsessivecompulsive disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for OCD Difficulty Level: Easy Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. Panic disorder and specific phobia are two examples of specific ______ disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: anxiety Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Believing a person you just met probably hates you is an example of a type of distorted sensitivity called a ______.

Ans: cognitive bias Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Hard 3. According to your text, the anxiety disorder that emerges earliest in a child’s development is ______ disorder.

Ans: separation anxiety Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Development Aspects of Anxiety Difficulty Level: Easy 4. The most common anxiety disorder among children under 12 is ______ disorder.

Ans: separation anxiety Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Separation Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Of the psychological treatments, ______ therapy has shown the most promise in the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder.

Ans: cognitive behavioral Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychological Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 6. A marked and persistent fear of evaluation by others across a number of situations is referred to as ______ disorder.

Ans: social anxiety

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 7. A fear of any situation from which escape may be difficult or help unavailable is called ______.

Ans: agoraphobia Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Agoraphobia Difficulty Level: Easy 8. In contrast to some of the other anxiety disorders, panic disorder reflects activity in such midbrain areas as the limbic system and the ______.

Ans: basal ganglia Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Panic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Being inordinately distracted by a stack of dirty dishes in the kitchen is an example of a ______ obsession.

Ans: reactive Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Body ______ disorder is characterized by an excessive preoccupation with one’s physical appearance.

Ans: dysmorphic Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Other DSM-5 Disorders Categorized with OCD Difficulty Level: Easy Essay

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 1. How might one explain anxiety disorders using an evolutionary approach? Support your answer by reviewing the research by Susan Mineka and her colleagues.

Ans: In general, an evolutionary approach suggests that disordered thought and behavior have their roots in tendencies that are adaptive—that is, that facilitate survival.

According to the evolutionary perspective, to be fearful of dangerous objects or situations is protective and therefore adaptive. This adaptive tendency becomes disordered when the fear is disproportionate to the situation. For example, the potential for negative social evaluation poses no immediate threat to survival; when this situation elicits extreme anxiety, an individual may be diagnosed with social anxiety disorder.

Susan Mineka’s research supports the evolutionary approach to anxiety disorders by showing that the observational learning of fear responses among young lab-reared monkeys is only possible when the feared object is one that poses a real threat in the wild. The young lab-reared monkeys could not learn to fear a flower after watching video of a monkey demonstrating a conditioned fear of a flower. They could, however, acquire a fear of snakes through observational learning.

Learning Objective: 8.1: Discuss the role of anxiety and its disorders in human development.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Overview of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Define cognitive bias. Explain how anxiety disorders may be associated with a cognitive bias. Describe the “threat” version of the Stroop task and the dot-probe task.

Explain how these laboratory tasks may be used to assess cognitive bias among individuals with anxiety disorders.

Ans: A cognitive bias is a tendency to attend to different aspects of the environment than might be the norm. Cognitive bias manifests in anxiety disorders as a heightened sensitivity to threats. The threat Stroop and dot-probe tasks are two laboratory procedures used to assess the bias toward threat seen in anxiety disorders. Modified Stroop task: The traditional Stroop test has color names shown in the name of a different color. That is, the word green might be shown in green or in red letters. When asked to name the color of the ink, individuals are slower when the name and color do not match, as compared with when the ink and color name are the same. When using a “threat” Stroop, the name of the color is replaced by a threat word. People with anxiety disorders are slower to name the color of the letters than people without such disorders because they are focused on the threat word. Dot probe: One version of the task asks individuals to focus on an X in the middle of the computer screen. On each side of the X are words. The person is to press a computer key whenever a word is replaced by a dot. In anxiety studies, both words can be neutral, represent different types of threat, or one neutral and one threat. People with anxiety disorders are slower than others to detect the dot in the presence of threat words.

Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cognitive Processes in Anxiety Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 3. Phil’s psychiatrist prescribes him a benzodiazepine for generalized anxiety disorder.

“What does it do, exactly?” Phil asks. The psychiatrist begins by stating that the drug influences certain chemicals in his brain, then provides a more detailed explanation.

Supply the more detailed explanation that Phil’s psychiatrist probably provided.

Ans: The psychiatrist might explain that people like Phil, who have anxiety disorders, generally have reduced levels of a brain chemical, or neurotransmitter, called GABA. GABA normally inhibits or helps block the brain structures that respond to threats in the environment. These structures include the prefrontal cortex and deeper brain structures such as the amygdala and hippocampus. Because GABA helps block threat responses, people with anxiety disorders have exaggerated threat responses because they have too little GABA. The benzodiazepine that the psychiatrist prescribes will help boost the GABA that Phil does have, thereby blunting his exaggerated threat responses.

Learning Objective: 8.2: Discuss the cognitive, neurobiological, and developmental aspects of anxiety.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurobiology of Anxiety Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 4. “I can’t stop worrying. I worry all the time. It seems so pointless, but there must be a reason,” a client tells his or her therapist. Draw on (1) research comparing worry among people with generalized anxiety disorders with worry among normal controls and (2) the cognitive avoidance model of generalized anxiety disorder to suggest what the therapist might tell the client with respect to worry.

Ans: The therapist might begin by reassuring the client that almost everyone worries and that not all worry is bad. One of the functions of worrying, in fact, is to prepare an individual for negative events or to enable her or him to prevent negative events from happening. Worry becomes a problem, however, when a person cannot control it or cannot move from worrying about events to actively coping with them. Psychologists suggest that worry sometimes functions to reduce one’s negative feelings about bad events. In a sense, people use the worrying itself as a way to cope, rather than adopting more effective coping strategies.

Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Generalized Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Imagine that you are a psychiatrist or a psychologist with prescription privileges. You are treating a client with generalized anxiety disorder. Identify the three classes of medications you might prescribe, and briefly note their general mechanism of action in the brain. For each class, write one or two sentences reflecting how you might describe its advantages and disadvantages to the client.

Ans: (1) Benzodiazepines—encourage GABA activity. “On the one hand, benzodiazepines have been used for a long time and are very effective in reducing anxiety symptoms for people with generalized anxiety disorders. They also work quickly.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 However, the symptoms return when the medication is no longer used, and people may become dependent on the medication.”

(2) Azapirones—influence serotonin. “The azapirones are newer and have fewer side effects. They do however, influence the cognitive more than the physiological aspects of anxiety.”

(3) Antidepressants—tend to influence serotonin. “Antidepressants are effective treatments for generalized anxiety disorders. They do take time to work, though.”

Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Biological Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Exposure therapy and cognitive behavioral therapy offer effective psychological treatment alternatives for many of the anxiety disorders. In one or two sentences, contrast the general focus and overall approach of exposure therapy with that of cognitive behavioral therapy. Illustrate the distinction with specific reference to the treatment of social anxiety disorder.

Ans: In exposure therapy, a client directly confronts a feared or anxiety-provoking object or situation until he or she can respond to it without fear or anxiety. Cognitive behavioral therapy aims to change a client’s automatic, irrational thoughts surrounding an anxietyprovoking situation. Exposure therapy for social anxiety disorder might begin by having the client create a hierarchy of anxiety-provoking situations, from the least anxiety provoking to the most. The hierarchy might progress, for example, from interacting with a cashier at a store to giving an important oral presentation. The client would then progress through the hierarchy via role-playing or actual experience until the situations no longer cause distress. Cognitive behavioral therapy would help the client confront and restructure her or his automatic, negative thoughts regarding social situations.

Learning Objective: 8.3: Distinguish among the major anxiety disorders, their causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treatment for Social Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Juliette has a disabling fear of dogs. Describe how a psychotherapist might treat Juliette’s phobia.

Ans: The treatment of specific phobia most often involves exposure to the feared object.

Ost (1986, 1989) has shown that a single 3-hour session was sufficient to significantly reduce fear of snakes and spiders, although a larger number of shorter sessions are often used. Juliette and her therapist would first discuss her fears, her catastrophic expectations surrounding encounters with dogs, and the situations that provoke her fears. The therapist would then slowly introduce dogs—beginning, perhaps, with pictures of dogs or a dog at a distance. The therapist would bring a dog progressively closer to Juliette until Juliette could touch the dog without fear. Throughout the procedure, the therapist would ask Juliette to assess her level of fear.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 8.4: Distinguish among agoraphobia, specific phobia, and panic disorder, and describe their causes and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment for Specific Phobias Difficulty Level: Hard 8. Distinguish among the four groupings or clusters found when the thoughts of those with obsessive-compulsive disorder are examined. Identify the disorder(s) MOST often comorbid with each OCD grouping.

Ans: First grouping: thoughts and images with aggressive, sexual, and religious content; related checking compulsions. These thoughts are experienced as forbidden or sinful.

Often comorbid with anxiety or depressive disorders.

Second grouping: concerned with symmetry and ordering. Comorbid with tic disorders, bipolar disorder, panic disorder, and agoraphobia.

Third grouping: focused on contamination and cleaning. May be comorbid with eating disorders.

Fourth grouping: relates to hoarding; comorbid with personality disorders.

Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Significant Aspects of OCD Difficulty Level: Medium 9. The text describes four disorders categorized alongside OCD in the DSM-5 category of obsessive-compulsive and related disorders. Select and identify three of these disorders. For each disorder, write a one- or two-sentence vignette of a hypothetical patient to illustrate the disorder’s characteristics.

Ans: Three of these four should be illustrated: (1) Hoarding disorder. “A visitor can hardly navigate Ricky’s apartment, as old magazines and newspapers are stacked everywhere. It seems as if Ricky has never discarded a single piece of mail. While some knick-knacks are displayed, others are simply left in boxes that cover the available floor space.”

(2) Body dysmorphic disorder. “Spence spends two hours at the gym every day.

Although his build is attractive, he continues to bemoan his perceived lack of muscularity. In addition to the time he spends at the gym, he spends an additional two or three hours researching bodybuilding supplements and techniques online. He claims he has no time for personal relationships; his entire life is consumed by either work or fitness.”

(3) Trichotillomania (hair-pulling): “When Julie feels stressed, she tends to pull at her hair. She often does this when sitting at her vanity alone at night. Her pulling has resulted in an area of thinning hair alongside the part in her hair.”

(4) Excoriation (skin-picking): “Luis picks at small blemishes on his forearms. His picking has resulted in deep lesions, which have scabbed over.”

Learning Objective: 8.5: Describe the characteristics of obsessive-compulsive disorder, its causes, and treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Other DSM-5 Disorders Categorized With OCD Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 9: Dissociative Disorders and Somatic Symptom Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. A psychologist would MOST likely use the term ______ to refer to the common experience of “spacing out” momentarily. a. amnesia b. dissociation c. malingering d. conversion Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders and Somatic Symptom Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. “It’s like the feeling you get at the end of a page/When you realize you don’t know what you’ve just read” are two lines from an early-’80s song by a band called the Missing Persons. These lines MOST directly reflect the psychological concept of ______. a. amnesia b. malingering c. dissociation d. conversion Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders and Somatic Symptom Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Hard 3. The term ______ refers to a disruption in the normal ability to integrate information from sensory and psychological processes. a. conversion b. dissociation c. amnesia d. disintegration Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders and Somatic Symptom Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Janet and Freud both saw dissociations as being related to the ego. Their views were ______. a. the same: Both Janet and Freud saw dissociation from reality as an indicator of a strong ego. b. different: Janet saw dissociation as an indicator of a strong ego; Freud saw it as an indicator of a weak ego. c. the same: Both Janet and Freud saw dissociation from reality as an indicator of a weak ego. d. different: Janet saw dissociation as an indicator of a weak ego; Freud saw it as an indicator of a strong ego.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 5. In a study by Ross and colleagues (Ross et al., 1990), about ______ of a community sample of adults reported having had a dissociative experience at some point. a. 10% b. 25% c. 35% d. 50% Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Pathological dissociative symptoms include each of the following EXCEPT this: a. not having a sense of who one is b. not remembering parts of one’s personal history c. not experiencing a unified “self” d. impaired procedural memory Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 7. Rachel went for a walk, and then “woke up” standing in line at a grocery store with a cart full of things she did not remember putting in there. Rachel has most likely experienced a ______ event. a. dissociative memory b. dissociative identity c. social anxiety d. panic attack Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The positive correlation between torture and magnetoencephalography (MEG) activity in the left frontal cortex leads to which inference? a. People who have been tortured have trouble with mathematics later. b. Torture causes a decrease in artistic ability and spatial awareness. c. Torture causes people to have trouble discussing emotions later. d. People who have been tortured often have a hard time making decisions.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 9. As compared with non-traumatic dissociations, dissociative experiences associated with traumatic events are ______. a. essentially similar b. more likely to be pathological c. more likely to be associated with violence d. usually briefer in duration Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Magnetoencephalography (MEG) studies suggest that dissociation in tortured individuals is associated with ______. a. a reduction in brain volume

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. increased overall brain activity c. long-lasting changes in brain networks d. little overall change in the brain Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Early theorists and researchers did NOT relate ______ to dissociation. a. trauma b. hypnosis c. the ego d. diet Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Which statement is NOT true concerning dissociation and hypnosis? a. Dissociations are not under volitional control. b. Hypnosis occurs when one allows oneself to be put in a trance. c. Both represent an incomplete integration of sensory experiences. d. There is a strong correlation between dissociation and hypnosis.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 13. Depersonalization/derealization disorder has a lifetime prevalence of approximately ______. a. 2% b. 3% c. 4% d. 8% Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 14. During a heated falling-out with a close friend, Danielle suddenly feels as if she is watching herself from above. This “out-of-body” experience is BEST seen as an example of ______. a. dissociative amnesia b. depersonalization c. disintegration d. derealization Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 15. In an example of dissociation reported in the textbook, one person reported “seeing everything differently . . . everything starts blending [and] things look more fluid.” This experience BEST exemplifies ______. a. dissociative amnesia b. depersonalization c. disintegration d. derealization Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Which kind of disorder is NOT commonly comorbid with depersonalization? a. Personality b. Anxiety c. Mood d. Eating Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 17. Which statement is NOT true concerning depersonalization/derealization disorder? a. The disorder generally begins before age 25. b. Depersonalization disorder is often comorbid with mood disorders. c. The onset of the disorder is almost always rapid. d. The disorder lasts about 15 years, on average.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Derealization refers to ______. a. the experience of not having a unified “self” b. a feeling of detachment from one’s environment c. a feeling of floating d. the sensation that one is observing oneself from the outside Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Research indicates that depersonalization/derealization disorder may be associated with ______ cortical thickness and ______ autonomic responses to negative stimuli. a. increased; increased b. increased; reduced c. reduced; increased d. reduced; reduced Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Some researchers believe depersonalization and derealization experiences might be protective because they might ______. a. make the individual more likely to avoid dangerous situations b. reduce arousal and anxiety in traumatic or dangerous situations c. confuse predators d. make the individual react according to “flight,” rather than “fight” Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 21. The primary diagnostic element of dissociative amnesia is the ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. inability to recall important autobiographical information b. inability to recall important factual information c. persistence of unwanted flashbacks d. inability to consolidate new memories Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Easy 22. Without advance notice, Susan travels from her home in Tampa, Florida, to Omaha, Nebraska. She appears to have no memory of her life or work in Florida and seems unable to recall even the journey to Nebraska. Susan’s case BEST illustrates ______. a. derealization b. an apraxic state c. dissociative fugue d. depersonalization Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Medium 23. In the DSM-5, dissociative fugue and dissociative amnesia are ______. a. unrelated diagnoses in different axes b. related but separate diagnoses c. both included in the dissociative amnesia diagnosis d. now called dissociative identity disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Dissociative amnesia affects ______ memory. a. procedural b. prospective c. semantic d. autobiographical Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 25. As compared with the age of onset for the other dissociative disorders, the usual age at which dissociative amnesia first occurs is ______. a. much earlier b. somewhat earlier c. about the same d. later Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Medium 26. How is dissociative fugue different from dissociative amnesia? a. Dissociative amnesia only involves procedural memory loss. b. Dissociative fugue and dissociative amnesia are synonymous. c. A person with dissociative amnesia forgets how to drive and cannot travel. d. A person in a fugue will travel away from home or work and not remember it.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Hard 27. One reason that dissociative amnesia may be rarely diagnosed is that ______. a. individuals with dissociative amnesia are afraid of mental health professionals b. questions regarding dissociative amnesia are rarely asked by mental health or social service professionals c. dissociative amnesia is a new diagnosis in the DSM-5 d. people with dissociative amnesia usually have deficits in the use of language Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Medium 28. William James described a case of dissociative fugue in Reverend Ansel Bourne.

The reverend’s case was unusual compared with most modern cases because ______. a. most individuals with dissociative fugue don’t remember their profession b. the reverend never recovered his memory and adopted his new life c. most individuals with dissociative fugue don’t adopt new identities d. the reverend was violent when confronted with his lost memory Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 29. Calvin went on a 6-month-long teaching trip to China. After a few weeks in Beijing, he awoke not knowing who he was or where he was from. Calvin’s experience is BEST described as dissociative ______. a. fugue b. anxiety c. amnesia d. identity disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Which statement about dissociative amnesia is NOT true? a. The 12-month prevalence of dissociative amnesia is roughly 2%. b. Dissociative memory mainly affects autobiographical memory. c. Dissociative amnesia affects men 3 times more often than it does women. d. Dissociative amnesia often begins when the patient is in his or her 30s or 40s.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Hard 31. Dissociative identity disorder (DID) was once known as ______. a. multiple personality disorder b. schizophrenia c. depersonalization disorder d. personality disintegration Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 32. The primary diagnostic feature of dissociative identity disorder is ______. a. disengaging from social involvement b. experiencing different “personalities” without a unified sense of self c. experiencing the world in a detached way d. losing body function, as in losing the ability to control an arm or leg Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 33. Dissociative identity disorder arises in response to a trauma occurring before the age of ______. a. 6 b. 10 c. 12 d. 16 Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 34. What evidence exists that dissociative identity disorder might be a childhood version of post-traumatic stress disorder? a. Both conditions have a similar pattern, but only PTSD features a smaller amygdala b. Both conditions use similar pathways and show smaller amygdala volume. c. When DID coccus in adults, it causes the volume of the hippocampus to decrease. d. Children with DID usually have an enlarged hippocampus to create twice the memories.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 35. As compared with its prevalence in women, dissociative identity disorder is ______ common in men. a. less b. equally c. slightly more d. much more Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 36. The prevalence of dissociative identity disorder among ______ may be underestimated because ______. a. men; men often deny their symptoms b. men; men’s “alters” are more difficult to distinguish c. women; women often avoid clinical settings d. women; women’s “alters” are more difficult to distinguish Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 37. In developing countries and rural communities, individuals with dissociative identity disorder ______. a. have been exiled and sent out of the community b. are not found because the disorder is a “first-world problem” c. are sometimes seen as “possessed” d. tend to have an alter based on a family member Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 38. The distinct personalities of a person with dissociative identity disorder are called ______. a. fragments b. subordinates c. alters d. secondaries Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 39. In dissociative identity disorder, the alters are ______ aware of each others’ existences. a. never b. rarely c. sometimes d. usually Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 40. During a therapy session, one of Rhett’s “personalities” emerges, that of a rebellious 14-year-old boy named “Skip.” Rhett is displaying ______ disorder; Skip is one of Rhett’s ______. a. conversion; alters b. conversion; secondaries c. dissociative identity; alters

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. dissociative identity; secondaries Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 41. Historically, descriptions of dissociative identity disorder are seen as early as the ______. a. 1630s b. 1780s c. 1840s d. 1910s Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 42. According to a review of studies conducted by Gleaves et al. (2001), the MOST common core feature of dissociative identity disorder is ______. a. derealization b. depersonalization c. auditory hallucinations d. amnesia Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 43. The text reports data from Gleaves et al. (2004) suggesting that about ______ of those with dissociative identity disorder have experienced child abuse. a. 65% b. 75% c. 85% d. 95% Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 44. John, a 30-year-old male, acts “like a different person” and often refers to himself by different names when he is intoxicated. His friends worry whether he has a mental

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 health disorder. John sees a psychologist, who informs him that he cannot be diagnosed with dissociative identity disorder. Why not, according to the APA? a. John is too old for dissociative identity disorder. b. Symptoms cannot be attributable to the physiological effects of a substance. c. Dissociative identity disorder is more common in females. d. Men typically deny these symptoms when they see a mental health professional.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 45. Ignacio comes from a culture that frequently includes spiritual possession and altered personas as a part of religious ceremony. Some of his friends are concerned that these practices may actually be an indicator of a dissociative disorder. His friends consult with a psychologist, who informs them that Ignacio could not be diagnosed with dissociative identity disorder (DID). Why not, according to the APA? a. Symptoms cannot be attributable to the physiological effects of a substance. b. Dissociative identity disorder is more common in females in Ignacio’s culture. c. Men typically deny these symptoms when they see a mental health professional. d. DID cannot be diagnosed when the disturbance is a part of a religious or cultural practice.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 46. The somatic symptom disorders do NOT include ______. a. illness anxiety disorder b. schizophrenia c. somatic symptom disorder d. factitious disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Luther has been diagnosed with illness anxiety disorder. At a broader level, Luther has been diagnosed with a(n) ______ disorder. a. anxiety b. dissociative c. somatic symptom d. factitious Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 48. One indicator of a somatic symptom and related disorder is ______. a. being sick frequently due to other people’s poor hygiene b. feeling anxious that small symptoms indicate something serious c. being afraid of germs and uncleanliness in the workplace d. having high blood pressure due to a lack of exercise Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Functional neurological symptom disorder is another name for ______ disorder. a. somatic symptom b. factitious c. illness anxiety d. conversion Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 50. Conversion disorder was previously known as ______. a. hysteria b. psychosomatic disorder c. malingering d. medical delusion disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 51. Individuals may be diagnosed with conversion disorder when they ______. a. create or describe symptoms for the sake of receiving medical attention b. worry that small symptoms reflect a serious illness c. complain of a disorder that doesn’t reflect known physiology d. worry about the possibility of becoming sick Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 52. The DSM-5 no longer uses the term somatoform disorders because these disorders were frequently confused with psychosomatic disorders. A psychosomatic disorder is a(n) ______. a. actual physical illness in which psychological factors play an important role b. psychological disorder that includes fabricating symptoms for attention c. physical injury to the brain that causes other physiological symptoms d. disorder that is characterized by “phantom” pain in an amputated limb Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 53. Pam reports that she is very concerned because she feels as if her lymph nodes are inflamed. This is highly distressing for her, and she visits multiple doctors in an attempt to validate her concerns. The doctors find no evidence of an illness. Assuming that she is not fabricating this symptom for personal gain and that this is a long-standing pattern of behavior, Pam might be diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. somatic symptom b. factitious c. illness anxiety d. conversion Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Somatic Symptom Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 54. The symptoms of somatic symptom disorder do NOT include ______. a. persistent thoughts about the severity of bodily symptoms b. frequent visits to multiple doctors seeking medication c. persistent anxiety about one’s health and symptoms d. excessive time and energy invested in health Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Somatic Symptom Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 55. According to the APA (2013), the prevalence of somatic symptom disorder is about ______. a. 1% to 3% b. 5% to 7%

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. 7% to 9% d. 10% to 12% Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Somatic Symptom Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 56. ______ disorder was formerly called hypochondriasis. a. Conversion b. Factitious c. Somatic symptom d. Illness anxiety Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.5: Describe the characteristics of illness anxiety disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 57. What is the primary difference between somatic symptom disorder and illness anxiety disorder? a. There are no differences; these are both names for the same disorder. b. Individuals with somatic symptom disorder actually experience physical symptoms, whereas individuals with illness anxiety disorder experience few, if any, symptoms. c. Individuals with illness anxiety disorder actually experience physical symptoms, whereas individuals with somatic symptom disorder experience few, if any, symptoms. d. Individuals with somatic symptom disorder are primarily male, whereas illness anxiety disorder affects mainly females.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.5: Describe the characteristics of illness anxiety disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 58. Jalen reports that he is concerned that he has the flu because he has sneezed a few times in the past couple of days. The doctor finds no evidence for this diagnosis.

Assuming Jalen is not fabricating these symptoms for personal gain and assuming that this is a long-standing pattern of behavior, Jalen might be diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. somatic symptom b. factitious c. illness anxiety d. conversion Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.5: Describe the characteristics of illness anxiety disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 59. Research aimed at examining whether illness anxiety order is actually better classed as an anxiety rather than a somatic symptom disorder has concluded that illness anxiety disorder ______. a. should be classified with the anxiety disorders rather than the somatic symptom disorders b. should be classified with both the anxiety and somatic symptom disorders c. is correctly classified as a somatic symptom disorder d. should be classified as neither an anxiety nor a somatic symptom disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.5: Describe the characteristics of illness anxiety disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Illness anxiety disorder differs from somatic symptom disorder mainly in the ______. a. total number and duration of hospital visits b. frequency and duration of hospital visits c. presence or absence of symptoms d. potential for personal gain from the diagnosis Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.5: Describe the characteristics of illness anxiety disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 61. Glove anesthesia is one manifestation of ______ disorder. a. factitious b. illness anxiety c. conversion d. somatic symptom Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 62. Juana reports that she is very concerned because she has lost her hearing. This is highly distressing for her, and she visits multiple doctors. The doctors find no evidence of typical physiological causes. Assuming Juana is not fabricating this symptom for personal gain, she might be diagnosed with ______ disorder. a. somatic symptom b. factitious c. illness anxiety

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. conversion Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Conversion disorders are often comorbid with ______ disorders. a. dissociative b. mood and anxiety c. substance use d. eating Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 64. A.J. mentions that his entire left arm is paralyzed. Strangely, he appears completely unconcerned by this apparent affliction. A. J.’s lack of reaction to the symptom BEST illustrates ______. a. dissociative amnesia b. malingering c. la belle indifference d. glove anesthesia Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 65. In classical Greece, conversion disorder was attributed to ______. a. movement of the uterus b. spiritual possession c. unbalanced humors d. traumatic brain injury Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 66. Psychogenic disorders is another name for ______ disorder. a. somatic symptom b. factitious c. illness anxiety

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. conversion Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 67. ______ disorder is also called a functional disorder in the medical literature. a. Somatic symptom b. Factitious c. Conversion d. Illness anxiety Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 68. Sam has lost sensation in his right hand and sight in his left eye. He visits a doctor, who cannot find a biological cause for his symptoms. Sam has recently been under a lot of stress at work and at home. ______ disorder is a good fit with Sam’s symptoms. a. Somatic symptom b. Conversion c. Illness anxiety d. Histrionic personality Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 69. Brain research on conversion disorder has determined that its cause is ______. a. still unclear b. primarily anxiety related c. brain lateralization d. hereditary Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 70. Cojan and colleagues completed a brain study with conversion disorder patients and found that ______. a. preparation to move and actual movement were both impaired b. actual movement was impaired while preparation to move appeared “typical”

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. preparation to move was impaired while actual movement was typical d. there were no differences between this group and the healthy controls Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 71. Ghaffar and colleagues completed a brain study with conversion disorder patients and found that ______. a. stimulation of limbs resulted in impaired brain activity for both healthy and “numb” limbs b. stimulation of limbs resulted in impaired brain activity for healthy but not “numb” limbs c. stimulation of limbs resulted in impaired brain activity for “numb” but not healthy limbs d. there were no differences between this group and the healthy controls Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 72. Elena visited multiple physicians, claiming that she was suffering from what she believed to be a serious illness. On further examination, one doctor discovered that Elena had been ingesting substances that caused her to exhibit symptoms similar to those characteristic of the illness she claimed to have. Elena’s example BEST illustrates ______. a. schizophrenia b. conversion disorder c. factitious disorder d. illness anxiety disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 73. Munchausen syndrome is another name for ______. a. somatic symptom disorder b. factitious disorder imposed on self c. illness anxiety disorder d. conversion disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 74. Another name for Munchausen syndrome by proxy is ______. a. factitious disorder imposed on another b. somatic symptom disorder c. illness anxiety disorder d. conversion disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 75. With respect to gender, ______ of those exhibiting factitious disorder imposed on another are ______. a. almost all; men b. almost all; women c. most; men d. most; women Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 76. Malingering is BEST defined as ______. a. experiencing psychological symptoms that are a result of physical pain b. experiencing physical symptoms that are a result of psychological disorders c. faking symptoms of illness for personal gain, sometimes in terms of attention d. experiencing intense anxiety about physical symptoms and hygiene Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 77. John reports that he is very concerned because he feels as if something in his spinal column is “off.” This appears to upset him, and he visits multiple doctors in an attempt to validate his concerns. The doctors find no evidence for a diagnosis. Further, on investigation, it is found that John has reported to his supervisor that he could not attend work for a few weeks due to a back injury. Which diagnosis is MOST appropriate for John? a. somatic symptom disorder b. factitious disorder c. illness anxiety disorder d. No diagnosis. John is malingering.

Ans: D

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 78. At present, ______ therapy is empirically supported for the treatment of dissociative identity disorder. a. no effective b. cognitive behavioral c. humanistic d. psychodynamic Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 79. Tara is seeking treatment for dissociative identity disorder. Although there are presently no empirically supported therapies for dissociative identity disorders, clinicians use a variety of techniques to counter dissociation. Tara is LEAST likely to be treated using ______. a. cognitive behavioral therapy b. psychotropic medication c. humanistic therapy d. psychodynamic therapy Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment for Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 80. The textbook suggests that the prevalence rates of somatic symptom disorders is difficult to establish because individuals with these disorders ______. a. are typically skilled at mimicking the symptoms of true illness b. usually seek care from medical doctors, who rarely look for these disorders c. almost never seek professional help d. are most often found outside North America Ans: B Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 81. The most common treatment approach for somatic symptom disorders is BEST described as ______. a. educational b. biological c. humanistic d. psychodynamic Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 82. Which phrase BEST describes the proportion of patients with conversion disorder who will have no symptoms by the time they are discharged from medical care? a. very few b. some c. about half d. the majority Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 83. It appears that ______ is the most effective treatment at reducing the physical symptoms, psychological distress, and disability associated with the somatic symptom disorders. a. cognitive behavioral therapy b. antidepressant medication c. family therapy d. emotion-focused therapy Ans: A Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 84. Clara displays the symptoms of conversion disorder. After her discharge from a brief hospital stay for observation, which type of treatment is she LEAST likely to undertake over the longer term? a. cognitive behavioral therapy b. family therapy c. antidepressant medication

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. psychodynamic therapy Ans: D Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 85. A common theme in all dissociative disorders is ______. a. poor self-actualization and lack of motivation b. poor self-esteem and coordinated movement c. a loss of integrated cognitive functioning d. a loss of normal spatial awareness Ans: C Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. Dissociation is a common experience.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The experience of dissociation is strongly related to hypnotic susceptibility.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Almost 1 in 2 adults have experienced symptoms of depersonalization or derealization at some point.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. Depersonalization generally begins in adulthood.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Dissociative amnesia generally entails the forgetting only of autobiographical memories.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Individuals who experience a dissociative fugue typically adopt a new personality and lifestyle when they cannot remember their previous life.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Dissociative identity disorder is a type of schizophrenia.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Amnesia is seen in almost every case of dissociative identity disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Most people experience some sort of physical symptom at some point during a typical week.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 10. Illness anxiety disorder was previously referred to as malingering hysteria.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.5: Describe the characteristics of illness anxiety disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 11. The difference between malingering and conversion disorder is that the symptoms experienced in malingering are involuntary.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 12. The ancient Greeks attributed the symptoms of conversion disorder to a “wandering uterus.”

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Recent fMRI studies show no cortical network differences between people with conversion disorders and healthy controls.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Munchausen syndrome is another name for factitious disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Dissociative identity disorder is sometimes treated using psychodynamic or humanistic techniques.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for Dissociative Disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. A disruption in the normal ability to integrate information from both the sensory and psychological processes is known as ______.

Ans: dissociation Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 2. In a Canadian study by Ross and colleagues (Ross et al., 1990), approximately ______ of the community sample reported dissociative experiences.

Ans: 25% Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. “I felt like I was watching myself from the outside, like I was a character in a movie.”

This statement BEST captures the phenomenon of ______.

Ans: depersonalization Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 4. In a condition called ______, individuals make a sudden trip away from their home or work and are unable to recall their past.

Ans: dissociative fugue Learning Objective: 9.2: Describe the characteristics of dissociative amnesia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Amnesia Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Experiencing different “personalities” without a unified sense of self is a feature of ______ disorder.

Ans: dissociative identity Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 6. ______ are the competing identities that sometimes assume control of the personality of an individual with dissociative identity disorder.

Ans: Alters Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 7. A ______ disorder is an actual physical illness in which psychological factors play a significant role.

Ans: psychosomatic Learning Objective: 9.4: Describe the characteristics of somatic system disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Glove anesthesia is an example of a dissociative disorder called ______ disorder.

Ans: conversion Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 9. The condition sometimes known as Munchausen syndrome by proxy corresponds to the DSM-5 diagnosis of ______ disorder imposed on another.

Ans: factitious Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The cognitive behavioral treatment for illness anxiety disorder is modeled after a similar treatment for ______ disorder.

Ans: panic Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Define dissociation. Compare and contrast Janet’s and Freud’s views of dissociation.

To what extent are these theories supported by contemporary data on the prevalence of

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 the core features of dissociative identity disorder, such as that summarized by Gleaves et al. (2001)?

Ans: Dissociation refers to a failure to integrate sensory and psychological processes, such as memory, awareness, and identity. Janet viewed dissociation as a failure of memory processes when a weak ego could not withstand a traumatic experience.

Sensory, motor, and identity processes “forgot” to function normally after a distressing event. Like Janet, Freud highlighted the role of trauma in initiating dissociation. Unlike Janet, Freud saw dissociation as the result of a strong ego able to block the event and the memory of its experience. Gleaves et al. (2001) found that across studies, trauma and amnesia are universal elements of dissociative identity theory, supporting the basic elements of Janet’s and Freud’s views.

Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. The role of trauma and the experience of unusual states of awareness or identity in the dissociative disorders have led psychologists to explore the relationship between dissociation and post-traumatic stress, on the one hand, and hypnosis, on the other.

Briefly summarize the results of this research.

Ans: The research shows that dissociation is separate both from post-traumatic stress and hypnotic suggestibility. A study of people who had been tortured showed that while they all experienced PTSD, they varied greatly in the number of dissociative experiences. The number of dissociative experiences related positively to left frontal lobe activity and negatively to right frontal lobe activity, suggesting that dissociation reflected changes in brain networks integrating the linguistic and the emotional aspects of experiences. Hypnotic suggestibility appeared largely unrelated to dissociation, perhaps because hypnotic states are entered voluntarily, whereas dissociative states are involuntarily.

Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Explain the difference between depersonalization and derealization. How prevalent are nonpathological experiences of depersonalization and derealization? How prevalent is derealization/depersonalization disorder?

Ans: In depersonalization, one feels as if one is watching oneself from the outside; one feels detached from the reality of one’s own self. In derealization, the world is experienced in a fog or a dream; one’s experience of the world does not seem real or solid. Isolated experiences such as these are quite common; as many as 50% of all adults report having had them. Full-blown depersonalization/derealization disorder usually begins in adolescence and affects about 2% of the population. It is equally common across genders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 9.1: Describe the characteristics of depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 4. At one time, dissociative identity disorder was often called multiple personality disorder. Support the notion that dissociative identity disorder is better seen as a development or memory disorder than a personality disorder.

Ans: Dissociative identity disorder originates in a traumatic experience occurring before 5 or 6 years of age. Because the traumatic experience occurs so early, a coherent, consistent sense of self fails to emerge, and different identities are experienced at different times. Dissociative amnesia is seen in almost all cases of dissociative identity disorder. The memory disruptions can take different forms: forgetting a portion of one’s life, forgetting learned skills, or forgetting things that one has done are all possible.

Learning Objective: 9.3: Describe the characteristics of dissociative identity disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Dissociative Identity Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Review the evidence suggesting that illness anxiety disorder is better categorized as a somatic symptom disorder than an anxiety disorder.

Ans: Individuals with illness anxiety disorder conceptualize health, illness, and bodily symptoms differently than do individuals with anxiety disorders. Individuals with illness anxiety disorder almost always consider bodily symptoms or complaints a sign of illness; people with other types of disorders do not. In addition, people with illness anxiety disorder view bodily complaints as incompatible with good health and as more severe in themselves than in others. In sum, people with illness anxiety disorder seem to have a more restrictive view of good health than do other people; this narrow view of health is not typical of people diagnosed with anxiety disorders.

Learning Objective: 9.5: Describe the characteristics of illness anxiety disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Illness Anxiety Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Supply three other historical or contemporary terms used to refer to conversion disorder. Where relevant, note how the terms are used. Define two of these three terms: (1) glove anesthesia, (2) la belle indifference, and (3) conversion reaction.

Ans: Historically, conversion disorder was referred to as hysteria. Currently, conversion disorder is also known as functional neurological symptom disorder. This term is used in neurology and also appears in the DSM-5. The medical literature also uses the categories psychogenic disorders and functional disorders to refer to conversion disorder.

Glove anesthesia—a specific type of conversion disorder in which the patients claim no feeling in the hand, but the symptom does not follow known physiology.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 La belle indifference—patients with conversion disorder are sometimes unconcerned with the effects of the symptoms they report.

Conversion reaction—Freud’s notion that psychic energy is converted into physical symptoms. A conversion reaction is essentially a defense mechanism against unacceptable impulses.

Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Write a one- to two-sentence description of a hypothetical patient illustrating each of these three disorders: (1) somatic symptom disorder, (2) illness anxiety disorder, and (3) conversion disorder.

Ans: 1. somatic symptom disorder—Glenn is convinced that the heartburn he has experienced two or three times recently is a bleeding ulcer. He spends an excessive amount of time researching bleeding ulcers online and has scheduled needless and time-consuming appointments and examinations with gastroenterologists.

2. illness anxiety disorder—Gina is preoccupied with the notion that she may develop a brain tumor, even though she has no symptoms that might indicate such a disorder. She spends a lot of time reading a medical encyclopedia and seems obsessed with serious diseases and conditions.

3. conversion disorder—Marilyn complains that she cannot feel anything below her left knee. Such a lack of feeling does not reflect what is known about the innervation of the limbs.

Learning Objective: 9.6: Describe the characteristics of conversion disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Conversion Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Distinguish between malingering, on the one hand, and factious disorder, on the other.

Ans: Factitious disorder differs from malingering in that malingering involves deception to obtain external rewards (e.g., insurance claims, days off of work, or access to drugs) while the deception associated with factitious disorder is evident despite a lack of external reward for such behavior. In factitious disorder, symptoms are created so that an individual may obtain attention or sympathy.

Learning Objective: 9.7: Describe the characteristics of factitious disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Factitious Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Compare and contrast the treatment of somatic symptom disorders with the treatment of other psychological disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: Somatic symptom disorders represent an intersection between psychological and medical process. Their treatment therefore differs somewhat from the treatment of other psychological disorders. Individuals with somatic symptom disorders often seek the attention of medical rather than mental health professionals. The professional performing the diagnosis is therefore not one who is specialized in the treatment of the disorder. The medical professional will likely provide some education regarding the client’s stress and any symptoms they might report and may suggest that the symptoms will improve on their own. By the time they are discharged from medical care, about 50% of those with conversion disorder are asymptomatic. Education provided by medical doctors is therefore an important part of the treatment of somatic symptom disorders, and it distinguishes the treatment of these disorders from other mental disorders. The continued psychological treatment of those with somatic symptom disorders resembles that use in the case of anxiety disorders. It usually involves antidepressant medication and cognitive behavioral therapy. CBT has been shown to reduce symptoms and psychological distress.

Learning Objective: 9.8: Identify the treatments available to individuals with dissociative and somatic system disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treatment for Somatic Symptom Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 10: Eating Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. According to the textbook, the Greek physician ______ recognized a connection between obesity and physical disorders. a. Socrates b. Hippocrates c. Pythagoras d. Plato Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Overview: Feeding Disorders, Obesity, and Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Which of these is NOT among the feeding disorders? a. Pica b. Rumination disorder c. Avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder d. Bulimia nervosa Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Overview: Feeding Disorders, Obesity, and Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 3. How is a feeding disorder different from an eating disorder? a. Eating disorders are related to the type of substance eaten, while feeding disorders are related to the substance eaten. b. Eating disorders are about the amount and substance eaten, while feeding disorders are about the attitude toward food. c. Feeding disorders are related to the type of substance eaten, while eating disorders are more about the amount of food eaten. d. Feeding disorders are about the amount of substance eaten, while eating disorders are related to the attitude toward food.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Overview: Feeding Disorders, Obesity, and Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Which of these is NOT a type of eating problem? a. Delayed development of eating skills b. Difficulty tolerating liquid foods c. Choosing few foods to complete a diet d. Using feeding behavior for comfort Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Feeding Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Up to ______ of developmentally delayed children show changes in eating patterns and preferences for particular foods. a. 10% b. 50% c. 60% d. 80% Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Feeding Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 6. ______ is a feeding disorder in which an individual eats something that would not be considered food. a. Pica b. Rumination disorder c. Avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder d. Anorexia nervosa Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pica Difficulty Level: Medium 7. John, a 10-year-old male, presents to his to the emergency room with severe stomach pain. X-ray revealed a blockage, and surgery revealed that he has a large amount of foam couch cushion stuffing in his stomach. With which feeding disorder would John MOST likely be diagnosed?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder b. bulimia nervosa c. pica d. rumination disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Pica Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The elementary school student who eats glue is considered a humorous cliché. If such a student developed digestive disorders or required hospitalization as a result of eating glue, however, he or she might be diagnosed with ______. a. avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder b. bulimia nervosa c. rumination disorder d. pica Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Pica Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Historically, pica has been related to each of the following EXCEPT this: a. depression b. pregnancy c. developmental disorders d. obsessive-compulsive disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Pica Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Which substance, often consumed in pica, may actually have a beneficial impact on health? a. clay b. grass c. paper d. paste Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pica Difficulty Level: Medium 11. ______ is the feeding disorder in which a person regurgitates her or his food, then rechews, reswallows, or spits out the food. a. Avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder b. Rumination disorder c. Pica d. Binge eating disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Rumination Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 12. ______ is a feeding disorder in which an individual does not eat certain foods, leading to weight loss or nutritional deficiency. a. Avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder b. Rumination disorder c. Bulimia nervosa d. Pica Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Sarah, a 6-year-old female, presents to her pediatrician’s office for an annual checkup. Her pediatrician notices that she is well under the height and weight she should be for her age. When he asks Sarah’s mom about her eating habits, he finds that she will only eat brightly colored foods. Foods that are white, brown, or black are refused by Sarah, including milk, yogurt, pasta, rice, and white cheeses. Her favorite foods are corn, carrots, and colorful candy. Which feeding disorder BEST describes Sarah’s eating habits? a. anorexia nervosa b. pica c. avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder d. rumination disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 14. Which of the following conclusions might be drawn from the textbook’s discussion of feeding disorders? a. Rumination disorder is an ancient behavior left over from when food was more fibrous. b. Pica is seen most often in adult males in stressful situations. c. Food texture problems can be an early sign of autism spectrum disorder. d. Food preferences based on taste and texture are normal, especially in childhood.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 15. The ______ gene hypothesis proposes that our genetic makeup developed during times when food was difficult to find. a. adaptive b. frugal c. hungry d. thrifty Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Problem of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 16. Trisha and her closest friends all live sedentary lifestyles. They sit at desks throughout the workday, then sit and watch screens at home in the evening until they go to bed. Based on the study of Finnish twins described in the text, about ______ of the variation among Trish and her friends in the percentage of body fat reflects genetics. a. 20% b. 50% c. 70% d. 90% Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Problem of Obesity Difficulty Level: Hard 17. Red and his friends are construction workers. After work, they work out intensively at the gym. Most either jog or cycle in addition to these activities. Based on the study of Finnish twins described in the text, about ______ of the variation among Red and his friends in the percentage of body fat reflects genetics.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. 20% b. 50% c. 70% d. 90% Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Problem of Obesity Difficulty Level: Hard 18. The brain’s ______ is at the center of the homeostatic system that regulates body weight. a. pineal gland b. hypothalamus c. basal ganglia d. cerebellum Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 19. Carey is a normal-weight individual who is addicted to cocaine. Cal is obese, but he does not use drugs. The dopamine pathway is MOST likely functioning abnormally in a. Carey’s brain but not Cal’s b. Cal’s brain but not Carey’s c. both Carey’s brain and Cal’s d. neither Carey’s brain nor Cal’s Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 20. According to the textbook, if food intake is reduced or increased, one’s brain circuits will change. This is an example of what neuroscientists usually call the brain’s ______. a. mutability b. malleability c. adaptability d. plasticity Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 21. As compared to the brains of lean adolescent girls, the brains of obese adolescent girls show ______ somatosensory activity when they anticipate food and ______ reward circuit activity when they eat it. a. less; less b. less; more c. more; less d. more; more Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 22. A researcher should find a(n) ______ correlation between somatosensory activity and BMI when people are anticipating food. a. inverse b. positive c. minimal d. perfect Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Which of the following correlation coefficients is a researcher MOST likely to find between the level of reward circuit activity and BMI among a sample of people who are eating? a. −. W b. 0.06 c. 0.33 d. −0.98 Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Hard 24. According to the WHO, obesity rates worldwide have ______ since 1980. a. stayed the same b. doubled c. tripled d. quadrupled Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 25. In round figures, approximately ______ of the world’s population is overweight. a. 20% b. 30% c. 40% d. 50% Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 26. People living in Africa and China consume ______ calories than do individuals living in America, Canada, and Western Europe. a. fewer b. the same number of c. slightly more d. significantly more Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 27. According to the World Health Organization, which two areas of the world have the highest rates of obesity? a. China and Southeast Asia b. South America and Russia c. The United States and the Middle East d. Europe and South Africa Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 28. During his most recent annual checkup, Ian’s doctor informed him that he is obese.

Ian’s BMI is ______ or greater. a. 24.9 b. 28.5 c. 30 d. 22 Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Aretha’s BMI is 28. Jolene’s is 32. Which statement is true? a. Aretha and Jolene are both overweight, but neither is obese. b. Aretha is overweight, and Jolene is obese. c. Both Aretha and Jolene are obese. d. Aretha is normal weight, and Jolene is overweight.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Hard 30. Which of the following is NOT a physical health problem associated with obesity? a. Hypertension b. Type 2 diabetes c. Brain cancer d. Stroke Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Hard 31. A number of physical ailments have been linked to obesity. One psychological condition or disorder that has been linked to obesity is ______. a. schizophrenia b. OCD c. anxiety d. depression Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 32. Which country has the lowest per capita calorie intake? a. Austria b. India c. Japan d. Mexico Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 33. Which region of the United States has the highest percentage of obese adults? a. South b. West c. Northeast d. Midwest Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 34. Females tend to ______ their weight, whereas males tend to ______ their weight. a. overestimate; underestimate b. underestimate; overestimate c. overestimate; accurately estimate d. accurately estimate; underestimate Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Differences in the View of Ideal Weight Between Males and Females Difficulty Level: Medium 35. On average, males are ______ satisfied with their own weight than females are. a. much less b. less c. equally d. more Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Differences in the View of Ideal Weight Between Males and Females Difficulty Level: Easy 36. ______ people find a fuller figured body more attractive, demonstrating the effect of culture in the perception of ideal body size. a. European b. Pacific Islander c. Scandinavian d. Australian Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Differences in the View of Ideal Weight Between Males and Females Difficulty Level: Medium 37. The three major eating disorders in the DSM-5 are anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and ______. a. binge eating disorder b. rumination disorder c. pica d. restrictive/avoidant food intake disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 38. Anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa tend to begin ______. a. before puberty b. during late adolescence c. during early adulthood d. during middle adulthood Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 39. Of the three major eating disorders, only ______ affect(s) MORE than 1 in 100 males. a. anorexia nervosa b. bulimia nervosa c. binge eating disorder d. bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 40. Which of the following statements is generally true of the three major eating disorders? a. Eating disorders affect more men than women. b. Eating disorders have a strong genetic component.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. Eating disorders represent behaviors that were once adaptive but do not fit within current society. d. Eating disorders are more common in the elderly than in adolescents.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 41. In the United States, as many as ______ of females may experience bulimia nervosa during their lifetime. a. 1% b. 2% c. 4% d. 5% Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Criteria for ______ include a restriction of food, a below-normal body weight, a fear of gaining weight, and a distortion of how body weight is experienced. a. anorexia nervosa b. bulimia nervosa c. pica d. binge eating disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 43. The main characteristic of ______ is periods of overeating followed by purging. a. anorexia nervosa b. bulimia nervosa c. pica d. binge eating disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 44. Among adolescent females, there is a higher prevalence of disordered eating in ______ females than ______ females. a. Hispanic and Native American; white, black, and Asian b. white, black, and Asian; Hispanic and Native American c. Asian and Hispanic; white, black, and Native American d. Native American and white; black, Hispanic, and Asian Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 45. From the 1600s until the present, anorexia nervosa has been described as reflecting three main characteristics. These characteristics do NOT include ______. a. food refusal b. onset in adolescence c. lack of concern about not eating d. periods of overeating Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 46. Which of these is NOT a DSM-5 diagnostic criteria of anorexia nervosa? a. Restriction of energy intake b. Binge eating and purging c. Intense fear of gaining weight d. Distorted body image Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 47. The restricting subtype of anorexia nervosa is NOT characterized by ______. a. dieting b. binge episodes c. excessive exercise d. fasting Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Elaina is a 15-year-old adolescent who has become shockingly thin. She barely eats and, when she does, she compensates by exercising excessively. Based on this information, Elaina is MOST likely suffering from the ______ type of ______. a. binge eating/purging; anorexia nervosa b. binge eating/purging; bulimia nervosa c. restricting; anorexia nervosa d. restricting; bulimia nervosa Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 49. The personality characteristics associated with anorexia nervosa do NOT include ______. a. high anxiety b. perfectionism c. extraversion d. obsessiveness Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 50. The personality characteristics associated with anorexia nervosa, such as high anxiety and perfectionism, tend to ______ after treatment. a. persist b. decrease c. disappear d. increase Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 51. Higher levels of perfectionism in individuals with anorexia nervosa are associated with ______ recovery from treatment and ______ duration before relapse. a. quicker; shorter b. quicker; longer c. slower; shorter d. slower; longer Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 52. As compared with brain volume among individuals without the disorder, brain volume among individuals with anorexia nervosa is ______. a. lower b. the same c. slightly higher d. much higher Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Anorexia Difficulty Level: Easy 53. The neurotransmitter ______ plays a role in anorexia nervosa by influencing the feelings of fullness, impulse control, and mood. a. GABA b. glutamate c. serotonin d. cortisol Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroscience and Anorexia Difficulty Level: Easy 54. Food restrictions during adolescent development lead to several changes in the brain. Restrictive eating and anorexia do NOT produce a(n) ______. a. increase in brain volume b. reduction in metabolism in frontal and parietal areas c. overall reduction in brain volume d. continuation of prepubescent functioning Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience and Anorexia Difficulty Level: Hard 55. The affective component of anorexia involves such brain areas as the amygdala, insula, and ______. a. prefrontal cortex b. primary motor cortex c. pons d. visual association areas Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Anorexia Difficulty Level: Easy 56. Twin studies suggest that as much as ______ of the variance in both anorexia nervosa and bulimia can be accounted for by genetics. a. 50% b. 60% c. 80% d. 90% Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 57. The first task in treating someone with anorexia nervosa is to ______. a. gradually increase food consumption b. immediately begin psychological or family therapy c. drastically increase food consumption d. administer drugs called neuroleptics Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 58. The Maudsley approach to the treatment of anorexia nervosa is an example of ______ therapy.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. cognitive behavioral b. family c. mindfulness d. biological Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 59. With respect to the Maudsley approach, Phase 1 is to Phase 3 as ______ is to ______. a. taking control; identity development b. weight restoration; taking control c. weight restoration; identity development d. identity development; weight restoration Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Addie is just beginning a treatment program for anorexia nervosa. The program is based on the Maudsley approach. Addie is MOST likely ______. a. beginning to gain weight by gradually eating more b. gaining control over her own eating behavior c. developing a healthy identity apart from weight d. challenging her unrealistic body image thoughts Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Hard 61. Petra is recovering from anorexia nervosa. She is in the very last phase of a treatment program based on the Maudsley approach. Petra is MOST likely ______. a. beginning to gain weight b. gaining control over her own eating behavior c. developing a healthy identity d. challenging her unrealistic thoughts about body image Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Hard 62. Pam is 26. Lyndsey is 15. Both have been diagnosed with anorexia nervosa. Of these two young women, ______ likely to be treated with cognitive behavioral therapy. a. Lyndsey is b. Pam is c. both are d. neither is Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Hard 63. Two different versions of cognitive behavioral therapy are effective in reducing symptoms in about ______ of individuals with anorexia nervosa. a. 10% b. 20% c. 50% d. 80% Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 64. The medications MOST often used in the treatment of anorexia nervosa are ______. a. antidepressants b. benzodiazepines c. anticonvulsants d. neuroleptics Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 65. Tricyclic antidepressants are ______ effective in the treatment of anorexia nervosa. a. not b. somewhat

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. quite d. highly Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 66. In 2001, a researcher selected a sample of young women who developed anorexia nervosa that year. She tracked the sample over the next 15 years. By 2016, the researcher can expect that about ______ of her sample have either committed suicide or experienced medical complications as a result of the disorder. a. 5% b. 15% c. 25% d. 35% Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Hard 67. Why is it difficult to estimate the prevalence of bulimia nervosa? a. Most people would not consider bulimia a disorder. b. People with bulimia typically have a normal body weight. c. Many people with bulimia see it as a temporary solution. d. Men often resort to bulimia to make weight in sports.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics and Prevalence of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 68. Gwen eats huge amounts of food in a single sitting, then vomits and uses laxatives to purge the excess food. Gwen appears to suffer from ______. a. anorexia nervosa b. binge eating disorder c. bulimia nervosa d. either bulimia nervosa or binge eating disorder Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Characteristics and Prevalence of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 69. Belinda appears to be a typical 14-year-old. She socializes with her friends and spends her time listening to music and watching movies. Unknown to her parents and friends, Belinda will sometimes binge on large amounts of food and then either vomit or use laxatives to purge herself of the extra calories. Belinda MOST likely suffers from ______. a. bulimia nervosa b. anorexia nervosa c. binge eating disorder d. somatic symptom disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Characteristics and Prevalence of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 70. The text notes that bulimia nervosa is seen ______ times as often in women as in men. The text continues by suggesting that this discrepancy ______ the prevalence of the disorder in men. a. 5; accurately estimates b. 5; may underestimate c. 10; accurately estimates d. 10; may underestimate Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics and Prevalence of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 71. The textbook does NOT mention ______ as one of the medical problems that may result from purging. a. dental problems b. electrolyte imbalances c. muscle tone deterioration d. menstrual difficulties Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics and Prevalence of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 72. Reductions in brain volume are seen in ______. a. anorexia nervosa but not bulimia nervosa b. bulimia nervosa but not anorexia nervosa c. both anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa d. neither anorexia nervosa, nor bulimia nervosa Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Causes of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 73. Typically, a person with bulimia nervosa might consume ______ calories in one sitting during a binge. a. 1,000 b. 2,000 c. 4,000 d. 8,000 Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Causes of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 74. The definition of purging does NOT encompass ______. a. vomiting b. taking laxatives c. using diuretics or enemas d. exercising excessively Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Causes of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Cognitive behavioral therapy for bulimia nervosa does NOT include a ______ phase. a. psychoeducation and monitoring b. dream interpretation c. cognitive intervention d. coping with relapse Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with bulimia nervosa.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treating Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 76. In the treatment of bulimia nervosa, ______ medications are more effective than a placebo but less effective than cognitive behavioral therapy. a. antipsychotic b. anti-anxiety c. antidepressant d. stimulant Ans: C Learning Objective: 10.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 77. Britta is a high school student who has been diagnosed with bulimia nervosa. The family’s physician informs her parents that of the psychological treatments that have been used, ______ therapy is the MOST effective, resulting in a cessation of bingeing and purging in about ______ of the patients who undertake it. a. cognitive behavioral; 50% b. cognitive behavioral; 75% c. psychoanalytic; 50% d. psychoanalytic; 75% Ans: A Learning Objective: 10.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Hard 78. The key distinction between bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder is that individuals with bulimia a. do not binge, whereas those with binge eating disorder do b. purge while those with binge eating disorder do not c. do not feel out of control, whereas those with binge eating disorder do d. do not purge, whereas those with binge eating disorder do Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.8: Describe the characteristics of binge eating disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Binge Eating Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 79. Which of these is NOT part of the DSM-5 criteria for diagnosing binge eating disorder?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. eating much more quickly than usual b. purging food by using laxatives c. eating until painfully full and bloated d. eating along due to embarrassment Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.8: Describe the characteristics of binge eating disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Binge Eating Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 80. Alec occasionally eats enormous amounts of food at a single sitting. He eats until he is in pain and then feels extremely guilty about his consumption. However, he neither exercises to burn off the calories, nor purges to rid himself of the food. Alec is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______. a. anorexia nervosa b. bulimia nervosa c. social anxiety d. binge eating disorder Ans: D Learning Objective: 10.8: Describe the characteristics of binge eating disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Binge Eating Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 81. Overall, the treatment goals for binge eating disorder are to end bingeing, reduce negative emotions and cognitions, and encourage the patient to lose weight. ______ therapy, often combined with exercise, is MOST effective in meeting these goals. a. Exposure b. Cognitive behavioral c. Electroconvulsive d. Psychoanalytic Ans: B Learning Objective: 10.8: Describe the characteristics of binge eating disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Binge Eating Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Pica is seen more often in wealthy than in poor individuals.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pica

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Nearly half of all children are picky eaters at some point.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Avoidant/Restrictive Food Intake Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Genetics can influence the amount and distribution of body fat.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Problem of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Obese individuals show greater activation in the reward circuits of the brain when eating than do lean people.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Obesity has replaced smoking as the number-one public health concern.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The tendency for women to overestimate their weight is found only in Western cultures.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Differences in the View of Ideal Weight Between Males and Females Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Binge eating disorder is the LEAST common of the three major eating disorders in the DSM-5.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: The Major Eating Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Anorexia has the most consistent presentation of any psychiatric disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 9. More than half the variance in anorexia nervosa reflects the influence of genetics.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Psychotropic medication is a key element of the treatment of anorexia nervosa.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 11. At best, about half of those who begin a treatment program for anorexia nervosa complete it.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 12. The prevalence of bulimia nervosa is lower in developing than in developed countries.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics and Prevalence of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 13. Although researchers have identified variables related to bulimia nervosa, they do not know what causes the disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Binge eating disorder is equally prevalent among those who are overweight and those who are of normal weight.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 10.8: Describe the characteristics of binge eating disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Binge Eating Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. Avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder is one example of a ______ disorder.

Ans: feeding Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Feeding Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. A person who eats something that is not considered food may have a feeding disorder called ______.

Ans: pica Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pica Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The ______ hypothesis suggests that our genetic makeup reflects our evolution during times of food scarcity.

Ans: thrifty gene Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Problem of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 4. An individual with a BMI of ______ or over is considered obese.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: 30 Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroscience Aspects of Obesity Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Although most adolescents are concerned about their body image, only about ______ of females develop anorexia nervosa.

Ans: 1% Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The neurotransmitter ______ is thought to play a role in anorexia nervosa by influencing feelings of fullness, impulse control, and mood.

Ans: serotonin Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroscience and Anorexia Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The first phase of the Maudsley approach to treating anorexia nervosa is called ______.

Ans: weight restoration Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 8. A cycle of bingeing and purging is diagnostic of an eating disorder called ______.

Ans: bulimia nervosa Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics and Prevalence of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Of the eating disorders, ______ disorder is a new addition to the current edition of the DSM. Ans: binge eating Learning Objective: 10.8: Describe the characteristics of binge eating disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Binge Eating Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Distinguish between eating and feeding disorders. Provide one example of each.

How did feeding and eating disorders come to be included in one category in the DSM-5?

Ans: Feeding disorders tend to revolve around unhealthy attitudes or behaviors with respect to the substances that are ingested. For example, pica involves eating nonnutritive substances that are not considered food. Eating disorders reflect unhealthy thoughts or behaviors with respect to eating more generally. Anorexia nervosa is one example of an eating disorder, whereas pica is one of the feeding disorders. Previously, feeding disorders were included among the disorders usually diagnosed in childhood or adolescence. However, because the feeding disorders can actually appear at any age, they have been included in an expanded feeding and eating disorders category in the DSM-5.

Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Feeding Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 2. What is pica? Describe the conditions under which it most frequently occurs.

Ans: Pica is a feeding disorder that involves eating substances that are not considered food, such as clay or paste. Pica is seen around the world, but it is more common in the developing world than in developed nations. It is more often seen in childhood than in adulthood, and it is sometimes seen during pregnancy.

Learning Objective: 10.1: Describe the characteristics and prevalence of the major feeding disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Pica Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Twice each month, the Department of Psychology at State University hosts a panel discussion among several faculty members on a topic of contemporary interest. The goal is to show students that thought and behavior may be explained at different levels and from different perspectives. At today’s discussion, the topic is obesity. The discussants are Dr. Park, a biological psychologist; Dr. Lewis, a behavioral psychologist; and Dr. Bothwell, an evolutionary psychologist. For each psychologist, provide one or two sentences suggesting how he or she might explain obesity.

Ans: Dr. Park might point to the genetic basis of weight and the amount and distribution of body fat. Children’s weight resembles that of their biological parents, even when they are adopted. Dr. Park might also note that obese individuals show underactivity of the brain’s reward system during eating, leading to increased consumption to obtain satisfaction.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Dr. Lewis might suggest that obesity may be partly maintained by reinforcement—by the feelings of comfort or relief from anxiety that occur after eating. Finally, Dr. Bothwell might refer to the thrifty gene hypothesis—the idea that our genetic makeup developed when food was scarce. We are therefore motivated to seek and consume high-energy foods such as sugars and fats. These foods are now overconsumed because they are readily available.

Learning Objective: 10.2: Discuss the factors that influence obesity.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Problem of Obesity Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Describe differences in how men and women think about weight.

Ans: Males and females think about their weight differently. Females tend to overestimate their weight, whereas males tend to underestimate their weight. Women, moreover, tend to view their own weight as higher than either their ideal weight or the weight they believe would be attractive to males. Men tend to view their own weight as similar to the ideal weight and to the weight they think that women would find attractive.

When looking at the role of BMI in weight estimates, it was found that no matter what their BMI, more women than men felt overweight; women tend to overestimate their weight. These findings tend to be similar the world around.

Learning Objective: 10.3: Discuss the impact of obesity worldwide.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Differences in the View of Ideal Weight Between Males and Females Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Identify and distinguish between the two subtypes of anorexia nervosa described in the DSM-5.

Ans: (1) restricting type—accomplishes weight loss through dieting, fasting, and excessive exercise; (2) binge-eating/purging type—episodes of binge eating, followed by purging through vomiting and the use of enemas, diuretics, or laxatives.

Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 6. A variety of risk factors have been related to anorexia nervosa. Use the biopsychosocial approach to complete this table with risk factors for the disorder based on the text’s discussion. Identify two factors for each level. The first level has been identified to get you started.

Level Biological

Potential Causes

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: Level

Potential Causes

Biological

Early menarche; mildly overweight

Psychological

Perfectionism; low self-esteem; lack of confidence

Sociocultural

Living in an industrialized country; societal emphasis on thinness, coupled with overall weight gain in the population

Learning Objective: 10.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Causes of Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Mr. and Mrs. Carvalho are visiting a family therapist with their daughter, Gloria. Gloria has been diagnosed with anorexia nervosa. The therapist recommends the Maudsley approach to Gloria’s treatment because it has had some success in both the United Kingdom and the United States. Briefly explain how Gloria’s treatment might proceed using the Maudsley approach.

Ans: Gloria’s treatment would proceed in three phases. The first phase is weight restoration. In this phase, the therapist would work with Mr. and Mrs. Carvalho to encourage Gloria to eat during family meals, without blaming Gloria for having anorexia nervosa. In the second phase, the therapist would help Gloria take more control over eating. By this point, Gloria has started to gain some weight. Finally, in the third and final phase, the therapist would help Gloria develop a healthy adolescent identity.

Learning Objective: 10.5: Identify the treatments available to individuals with anorexia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Anorexia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The text states that the causes of bulimia nervosa remain unclear. Use the biopsychosocial approach to complete this table with potential causes of the disorder based on the text’s discussion. The first level has been identified to get you started.

Level

Potential Causes

Biological

Ans: Level

Potential Causes

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Biological

Some genetic basis is assumed because the disorder is more prevalent in twins and relatives of those who have the disorder.

The specific genetic basis appears to be different from that found in anorexia nervosa, however.

Psychological

Anxiety, self-esteem, and sexual abuse seem to play a role. Having one’s selfworth tied to weight and body image is one aspect of the disorder.

Sociocultural

Social and cultural pressures to maintain a certain body weight or type may be a factor.

Learning Objective: 10.6: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Causes of Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Dr. Lynch is a cognitive behavioral therapist who treats many adolescents and young adults. Today, she is developing a treatment plan for a young woman whom she has diagnosed with bulimia nervosa. Briefly outline the phases Dr. Lynch might include in her treatment plan.

Ans: First, Dr. Lynch might begin with a psychoeducational and monitoring phase. In this phase, Dr. Lynch would discuss regular eating habits with her client. Second, Dr. Lynch would begin a more cognitive phase, emphasizing ways to eliminate binge eating, including discussions of regular eating. This is followed by a more cognitive phase that emphasizes techniques to eliminate binge eating and ways to minimize obstacles to normal eating behavior. Finally, Dr. Lynch would help her client prevent relapse.

Learning Objective: 10.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with bulimia nervosa.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Bulimia Nervosa Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 11: Sexuality Disorders and Gender Dysphoria Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. The World Health Organization estimates that more than ______ million acts of sexual intercourse between humans take palace each day around the world. a. 25 b. 50 c. 100 d. 200 Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexuality Disorders and Gender Dysphoria (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 2. As compared with other species, how much time do humans spend in the sex act itself? a. far less b. less c. equal d. more Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexuality Disorders and Gender Dysphoria (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Which of the following is NOT included in the concept of human sexuality? a. sexual orientation b. religious belief c. reproduction d. gender identity Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexuality Disorders and Gender Dysphoria (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. During the 18th and 19th centuries, some medical professionals suggested that sexual stimulation, especially masturbation, could lead to ______. a. death b. physical illness c. mental illness d. spiritual salvation Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The 1800s saw the introduction of ______ as a remedy for excessive sexual desire and especially masturbation. a. Kellogg’s Corn flakes b. Coca-Cola c. Reddy-whip d. instant tapioca Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Havelock Ellis’s views were ______ of his time with respect to ______. a. ahead; female sexuality but not homosexuality b. ahead; both female sexuality and homosexuality c. ahead; homosexuality but not female sexuality d. a product; both female sexuality and homosexuality Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 7. What was unusual about Alfred Kinsey surveying about 12,000 individuals across the United States? a. He was the first to study homosexual activity alone. b. His survey was the first to ask African Americans about sex. c. His was the first to systematically survey sexual behavior. d. He traveled to brothels across the country to survey people.

Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Kinsey’s survey in the 1950s indicated that about ______ of females interviewed had engaged in premarital coitus. a. 10% b. 30% c. 50% d. 70% Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Which figure BEST approximates the proportion of people who identify as gay, lesbian, or bisexual, according to the 2010 National Survey of Sexual Health and Behavior? a. 3% b. 8% c. 11% d. 17% Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Recent Studies on the Sexual Activities of Americans Difficulty Level: Easy 10. The drive theory of human sexuality ______. a. has never been endorsed by any significant figures in psychology’s history b. has always dominated psychologists’ view of sexuality in case studies c. was endorsed by Freud and Ellis but is now recognized as insufficient d. was rejected by Freud and Ellis but is now endorsed by most psychologists Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Desire, Arousal, and Response Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Which of the following is NOT included in the concept of arousal?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. blood flow b. hormone changes c. orgasm d. emotional processes Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Desire, Arousal, and Response Difficulty Level: Easy 12. In 1991, the popular singer Prince scored a hit with the single “Get Off.” Based on the text’s discussion, the title’s implication that sexual satisfaction largely reflects orgasm is ______. a. not at all accurate for either men or women b. entirely accurate for both men and women c. more accurate for women than for men d. more accurate for men than for women Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Sexual Desire, Arousal, and Response Difficulty Level: Hard 13. What did a study of college students reveal about the stereotype that men think about sex more than women? a. Women think about sex more than men, but do not talk about it. b. Men think more about sex, eating, and sleeping than women. c. Men and women tend to think about sex in equal frequencies. d. Women fantasize more often than men, who think more about tools.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Desire, Arousal, and Response Difficulty Level: Medium 14. The textbook suggests that in women, an orgasm silences brain areas involved in controlling thought and emotion. This suggestion is MOST consistent with the hypothesis that in women, orgasm suppresses activity in the brain’s ______ network. a. central executive b. default c. dorsal attention d. salience Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Your Brain and Sexual Activity Difficulty Level: Medium 15. In the 1960s, William Masters and Virginia Johnson were the first to study ______ in a laboratory. a. the effectiveness of pheromones b. the structures of the genitals c. sexual activity among chimps d. the human sexual response Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Easy 16. The initial studies of the human sexual response cycle were conducted by ______. a. Alfred Kinsey and Havelock Ellis b. William Masters and Virginia Johnson c. Alfred Kinsey and William Masters d. Havelock Ellis and Virginia Johnson Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Easy 17. To study the sexual response of men and women in general, William Masters and Virginia Johnson studied 312 men and 382 women. These participants are called a(n) ______. a. population b. experimental group c. control group d. sample Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 18. Which choice BEST describes the method used in William Masters and Virginia Johnson's pioneering sexual response cycle research? a. case study b. survey research c. naturalistic observation d. laboratory research Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Vasocongestion is to ______ as myotonia is to ______. a. muscle tension; blood flow b. blood flow; muscle tension c. coughing; blurred vision d. blurred vision; coughing Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Hard 20. Which sequence correctly orders the phases of the human sexual response cycle, from first to last? a. excitement → plateau → orgasm → resolution b. excitement → plateau → resolution → orgasm c. plateau → excitement → orgasm → resolution d. plateau → resolution → excitement → orgasm Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium 21. In the first stage of the sexual response cycle, the penis becomes erect, and the clitoris swells. This is the ______ phase. a. plateau b. resolution c. excitement d. orgasm Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium 22. During the ______ phase of the sexual response, males are unable to have another orgasm right away. a. plateau b. excitement c. orgasm d. resolution Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Derek has just had an orgasm and is unable to have another one right away. Emma, however, has not had an orgasm yet. Her heart rate and blood pressure are rising but at a slowing rate. In addition, the muscles in her vagina are tightening. With respect to the human sexual response cycle, Derek is in the ______ phase, whereas Emma is in the ______ phase. a. resolution; excitement b. resolution; plateau c. plateau; excitement d. excitement; plateau Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Hard 24. Which phase of the sexual response cycle is correctly described? a. plateau—a gratifying series of rapid muscular contractions b. excitement—physical changes start becoming evident c. orgasm—the body returns to a relaxed state d. resolution—a short phase in which muscles continue to tense Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 25. To be considered a disorder, a sexual dysfunction must persist for at least ______ month(s). a. 1 b. 3 c. 6 d. 12 Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 26. Based on the textbook’s discussion, which approach is MOST helpful in understanding sexual dysfunctions? a. the medical model b. the behavioral perspective c. the biopsychosocial model d. the psychoanalytic perspective Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 27. Epidemiological data from the 1990s show that roughly ______ of women and about ______ of men reported sexual dysfunctions. a. 40%; 30% b. 30%; 20% d. 20%; 20% e. 20%; 10% Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Why does sexual dysfunction in men and women increase with age? a. Aging people have a lower self-esteem. b. Hormone levels also decrease with age. c. Older people focus on other things than sex. d. Worrying about retirement income reduces drives.

Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 29. As people age, their experience of sexual dysfunction ______, and the distress associated with sexual dysfunction ______. a. decreases; decreases b. decreases; increases c. increases; decreases d. increases; increases Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 30. Which is NOT among the general categories of sexual difficulties outlined in the textbook? a. arousal b. identity c. pain d. desire Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 31. Overall, about ______ of men experience difficulty achieving an erection. a. 5% b. 10% c. 20% d. 25% Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Erectile Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 32. Which statement is FALSE concerning the female experience of orgasm? a. Women rarely have an orgasm “too early” during intercourse.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. Orgasmic disorder is seen in 1 in 4 women in the United States. c. A woman’s first orgasm may follow puberty by several years. d. Women are most likely to experience orgasm during intercourse.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Female Orgasmic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 33. The diagnostic criteria for delayed ejaculation specify that ejaculation problems must occur in at least ______ of sexual experiences over a 6-month period. a. 25% b. 50% c. 75% d. 80% Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Delayed Ejaculation Difficulty Level: Easy 34. In the 1990s, it was discovered that ______ would delay ejaculation. a. serotonin reuptake inhibitors b. benzodiazepines c. antipsychotic medications d. tricyclic antidepressants Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Early Ejaculation Difficulty Level: Easy 35. Of men reporting problems with early ejaculation, approximately ______ ejaculate within 1 minute of penetration. a. 50% b. 65% c. 75% d. 90% Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Early Ejaculation

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 36. The definition of female sexual interest/arousal disorder does NOT include the absence of ______. a. interest in sexual activities or fantasies b. excitement or pleasure during sex c. excitement or pleasure to sexual cues d. the experience of orgasm during sex Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Female Sexual Interest/Arousal Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Francine never initiates sex, and she finds no excitement or pleasure in sex.

Francine’s case illustrates ______ disorder. a. female sexual arousal/interest b. female orgasmic c. hypoactive sexual desire d. genito-pelvic pain/penetration Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Female Sexual Interest/Arousal Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Male hypoactive sexual desire disorder ______. a. has been eliminated from the DSM-5 due to lack of evidence b. is surprisingly common, despite common stereotypes c. is rare because it seldom lasts long enough to qualify as a disorder d. is rare because men almost never lack interest in sex Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Male Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 39. George rarely, if ever, has sexual fantasies, and he shows little or no interest in sexual activity. George’s case is an example of ______. a. male orgasmic disorder b. delayed ejaculation c. erectile dysfunction d. male hypoactive sexual desire disorder

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Male Hypoactive Sexual Desire Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Approximately ______ of American women report experiencing frequent pain during intercourse. a. 5% b. 10% c. 15% d. 20% Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Genito-Pelvic Pain/Penetration Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 41. With respect to pain during intercourse, penetration is to intercourse as ______ is to ______. a. myotonia; dyspareunia b. vaginismus; dyspareunia c. vaginismus; myotonia d. dyspareunia; vaginismus Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Genito-Pelvic Pain/Penetration Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 42. The drugs commonly used to treat male erectile dysfunction, such as Viagra and Cialis, are effective in ______ of men. a. about 30% b. more than 50% c. about 75% d. almost 90% Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Medications and Other Treatments Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 43. The main difference between paraphilia and paraphilic disorders is the ______. a. frequency of sexual behavior b. intensity of sexual behavior c. distress or harm that is caused d. object of sexual attraction Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 44. A married couple who occasionally engages in consensual sexual dominance and submission MOST likely exemplifies ______. a. fetishism b. paraphilia c. frotteurism d. paraphilic disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Michael is untroubled by his occasional enjoyment of sexual activities that might be considered “kinky.” Michael’s example illustrates ______. a. paraphilia but not paraphilic disorder b. paraphilic disorder but not paraphilia c. neither paraphilic disorder nor paraphilia d. both paraphilia and paraphilic disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 46. As compared with their prevalence among men, paraphilic disorders are ______ common among women. a. much less b. slightly less c. equally d. more Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 47. The DSM-5 lists ______ specific paraphilic disorders. a. four b. six c. eight d. ten Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 48. In ______ disorder, individuals become aroused by exposing their genitals to an unsuspecting stranger. a. paraphilic b. voyeuristic c. pedophilic d. exhibitionistic Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 49. Curt becomes sexually excited when he stands at his window and exposes himself to the women living in the apartment directly across the courtyard of his apartment building. Curt’s behavior may reflect ______ disorder. a. exhibitionistic b. paraphilic c. voyeuristic d. fetishistic Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 50. Which phrase BEST expresses the proportion of community-dwelling women who have experienced someone exposing himself to them? a. a few b. some c. about half d. most Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Which statement is NOT a valid argument to treat exhibitionism as more than a nuisance crime? a. A large proportion of sexual offenses are related to exhibitionism. b. Exhibitionism is associated with high rates of recidivism for sexual offenses. c. Exhibitionism entails more physical harm than is usually supposed. d. Exhibitionists tend to move on to more serious sexual assaults.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 52. Based on data from Firestone et al.’s 19-year study of men with exhibitionist disorder, it is fair to say that, very roughly, about 1 in ______ men will go on to a sexual or violent crime after being treated for exhibitionistic disorder. a. 10 b. 8 c. 5 d. 4 Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 53. Danny is undergoing treatment for exhibitionistic disorder. His psychiatrist prescribes a medication to reduce his sexual impulses. Based on the textbook’s discussion, Danny was MOST likely prescribed a(n) ______. a. SSRI b. psychostimulant c. benzodiazepine

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. mood stabilizer Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 54. In ______ disorder, an individual gains sexual arousal from touching or rubbing against a person without their consent. a. paraphilic b. voyeuristic c. frotteuristic d. exhibitionistic Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Frotteuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 55. Wally is apprehended by security personnel at a crowded music festival after several women claimed that he rubbed against them without their consent while they were dancing. Wally may exemplify ______ disorder. a. sexual sadism b. frotteuristic c. voyeuristic d. exhibitionistic Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Frotteuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The word frottage means ______ in French. a. sex b. viewing c. friction d. kissing Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Frotteuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 57. The prevalence of frotteuristic disorder among women appears to be ______. a. 0.0% b. 0.5% c. 1% d. 2% Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Frotteuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 58. Fetishistic disorder is an erotic fixation on ______. a. magic b. minors c. nonsexual objects or body parts d. having sex in public places Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Fetishistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 59. Potential fetish objects do NOT include ______. a. feet b. shoes c. leather d. lips Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Fetishistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Roland can only become sexually aroused by leather gear. He has amassed considerable debt purchasing expensive leather items from specialty retailers. Roland’s partner is likely to leave him because he cannot enjoy more traditional romantic and sexual experiences. Roland’s experience BEST illustrates ______ disorder. a. fetishistic b. exhibitionistic c. pedophilic d. frotteuristic Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Fetishistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 61. In ______ disorder, an individual displays persistent sexual interest in prepubescent or early pubescent children. a. paraphilic b. pedophilic c. frotteuristic d. exhibitionistic Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pedophilic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 62. Pedophilic disorder first emerges during ______. a. childhood b. adolescence c. early adulthood d. later adulthood Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pedophilic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Pedophilic disorder is associated with ______ activity in the amygdala and ______ thickness in some parts of the cortex. a. decreased; decreased b. decreased; increased c. increased; decreased d. increased; increased Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Pedophilic Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 64. The notion that individuals with pedophilic disorder can eliminate their sexual attraction has ______ support from empirical research.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. no b. mixed c. modest d. strong Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pedophilic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 65. In ______ disorder, an individual experiences sexual arousal from the act of being humiliated, beaten, bound, or otherwise made to suffer that causes distress or impairment in the person’s life. a. paraphilic b. pedophilic c. sexual masochism d. exhibitionistic Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Masochism Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 66. Approximately ______ of the population finds masochistic activities pleasurable now and then. a. 1% to 2% b. 5% to 10% c. 10% to 15% d. 15% to 20% Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Masochism Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 67. As compared with the prevalence of the other paraphilic disorders among females, the prevalence of sexual masochism disorder among females is ______. a. much lower b. lower c. the same d. higher Ans: D

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Masochism Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 68. ______ is the process by which a person puts a plastic bag over his or her head or a rope around his or her neck to cut off oxygen temporarily and enhance the sexual experience. a. Frotteurism b. Exhibitionism c. Asphyxiation d. Pedophilia Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Masochism Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 69. ______ disorder involves deriving sexual pleasure from inflicting pain or humiliation on others. a. Sexual sadism b. Fetishistic c. Sexual masochism d. Exhibitionistic Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Sadism Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 70. ______ refers to dressing in clothing that is typically used by the opposite sex. a. Transvestism b. Fetishism c. Transsexualism d. Frotteurism Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Transvestic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 71. Jonah dresses in women’s clothing and lip-syncs to ballads as LaDonna at a popular nightclub one night each week. Jonah exemplifies ______. a. fetishism b. transvestism c. transsexualism d. exhibitionism Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Transvestic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 72. ______ is the act of watching unsuspecting others engage in nonpublic activities, such as undressing, having sexual relations, or engaging in other behaviors. a. Transvestism b. Voyeurism c. Fetishism d. Frotteurism Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Voyeuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 73. ______ paraphilic disorder includes symptoms that cause significant distress or impairment but do not satisfy the criteria in any of the disorders previously described. a. Other specified b. Unspecified c. Major d. Minor Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Other Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 74. The textbook suggests that the positive effects of treatment for paraphilic disorders are BEST described as ______. a. negative b. not strong c. encouraging d. robust Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Other Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Loosely, gender role is to gender identity as ______ is to ______. a. external; internal b. internal; external c. involuntary; voluntary d. voluntary; involuntary Ans: A Learning Objective: 11.5: Explain the difference between sexual orientation and sexual disorder in the DSM-5.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Gender Roles, Gender Identity, and Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Hard 76. Gender identity is BEST described as ______ sexual orientation. a. similar to b. identical to c. complementary to d. different from Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.5: Explain the difference between sexual orientation and sexual disorder in the DSM-5.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gender Roles, Gender Identity, and Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium 77. T. J. was born a female and is currently having difficulty accepting his male gender identity. T. J.’s example BEST illustrates ______. a. bisexuality b. gender dysphoria c. transsexuality d. transvestism Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.5: Explain the difference between sexual orientation and sexual disorder in the DSM-5.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Gender Roles, Gender Identity, and Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium 78. Which phrase BEST expresses the proportion of children with gender dysphoria who will continue to display it in adolescence or adulthood? a. few, if any

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. fewer than half c. most d. almost all Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Development, Characteristics, and Prevalence of Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium 79. Approximately 1 in ______ people are transgender. a. 1,000 b. 10,000 c. 50,000 d. 100,000 Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Development, Characteristics, and Prevalence of Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium 80. Lea was born male but experiences herself as female. Based on this information, Lea is BEST described as ______. a. androgynous b. transsexual c. transgender d. bisexual Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Development, Characteristics, and Prevalence of Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium 81. Which statement BEST expresses the relationship between the term transgender and the term transsexual? a. The terms are synonymous. b. Transsexual is a narrower term than transgender. c. Transgender is a narrower term than transsexual. d. Transsexual is disordered; transgender is not.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Development, Characteristics, and Prevalence of Gender Dysphoria

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 82. Gender dysphoria is associated with differences in a cluster of cells in the brain’s ______. a. pituitary gland b. basal ganglia c. cerebellum d. hypothalamus Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Brain and Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium 83. Homosexuality was listed as a disorder in the DSM until the ______. a. early 1960s b. early 1970s c. late 1970s d. mid-1980s Ans: B Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Providing Assistance for Individuals With Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Easy 84. Of those who undergo sex reassignment surgery, ______ report increased satisfaction and reduced dysphoria. a. some b. about half c. many d. the great majority Ans: D Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Providing Assistance for Individuals With Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Graham crackers and corn flakes were advertised in the 1800s as a way to reduce sexual desires.

Ans: T

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Easy 2. It is popularly supposed that 10% of the population is gay or lesbian. This figure underestimates the prevalence suggested by current empirical research.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Recent Studies on the Sexual Activities of Americans Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Masters and Johnson found that both men and women experience the same four stages of sexual response.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Both males and females experience a refractory period during which they cannot achieve another orgasm.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Sexual dysfunction must persist for at least 1 year to be considered a DSM-5 disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Among sexual dysfunctions in women, lack of interest in sex is LESS common than difficulty achieving orgasm.

Ans: F

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Female Sexual Interest/Arousal Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 7. Drugs such as Viagra, Levitra, or Cialis increase sexual desire.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Medications and Other Treatments Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Nearly one-half of all women have experienced someone exposing himself.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Treatment for exhibitionistic disorder is usually cognitive behavioral in orientation.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Exhibitionistic Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Sexual masochism involves taking pleasure in inflicting pain on others.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Masochism Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Transsexualism is the same thing as transvestism.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Transvestic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 12. One in 8 men will meet the criteria for voyeuristic disorder at some point.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Voyeuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 13. The paraphilic disorders tend to be comorbid with each other.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Causes of and Treatment Approaches for Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 14. Most children with gender dysphoria will continue to show it into adulthood.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Development, Characteristics, and Prevalence of Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium 15. The brains of individuals with gender dysphoria tend to reflect their gender identity rather than their biological sex.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Brain and Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Hard Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. The Institute for Sex Research was established in the 1940s by Alfred ______.

Ans: Kinsey Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The phases of the human sexual response may be distinguished, in part, on the basis of muscular tension, more technically known as ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: myotonia Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Medium 3. About ______ of all women reported a decreased desire to engage in sexual activity.

Ans: 30% Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Female Sexual Interest/Arousal Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Among women, pain during sexual activity may reflect either dyspareunia or ______.

Ans: vaginismus Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genito-Pelvic Pain/Penetration Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Nontraditional sexual practices or expressions are called ______.

Ans: paraphilias Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 6. A(n) ______ is an erotic fixation on a nonsexual object or body part.

Ans: fetish Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Frotteuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 7. An individual court-ordered to attend a treatment program after rubbing up against commuters without their consent on a crowded train would MOST likely be diagnosed with ______ disorder.

Ans: frotteuristic Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Frotteuristic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 8. In sexual ______ disorder, an individual derives pleasure from inflicting pain or humiliation on others.

Ans: sadism Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Sadism Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Preschool boys are expected to play with toy trucks and toy soldiers rather than dolls and toy cookware. This is an example of a gender ______.

Ans: role Learning Objective: 11.5: Explain the difference between sexual orientation and sexual disorder in the DSM-5.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gender Roles, Gender Identity, and Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Easy 10. ______ is the accepted term to describe people whose gender identity does not match their anatomical sex.

Ans: Transgender Learning Objective: 11.6: Discuss the development, characteristics, and prevalence of gender dysphoria.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Development, Characteristics, and Prevalence of Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. One of the first scientists to study human sexuality was Havelock Ellis. From 1897 to 1910, he published a series of volumes entitled Studies in the Psychology of Sex. Identify several ways that Ellis foreshadowed contemporary views of sexuality.

Ans: First, Ellis viewed sexual behavior and sexual variation as a natural phenomenon amenable to scientific study. He suggested that sexual variations should be examined statistically with respect to their frequency. Second, he viewed sexual variations as rooted in normal sexual behavior, making it possible to study the range of sexual behavior using a common scientific framework. Third, he believed that women have sexual desires and interests, a view more consistent with that of the contemporary era than with his own day. Finally, he believed that homosexuality was not a disorder and was most likely present at birth—again, a view similar to the prevailing view today.

Learning Objective: 11.1: Discuss the scientific approach to human sexuality from a historical perspective.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Historical Perspectives Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Identify and describe, in order, each of the four stages of the human sexual response.

Ans: 1. Excitement: In the excitement phase, blood flow is increased in the genital region in both males and females. Excitement is both a physiological and a psychological state. Excitement is felt throughout the body with increased muscle tension. 2. Plateau: During this phase, most individuals pay little attention to external stimuli as the pleasurable internal experiences continue. In the male, the Cowper’s glands, which are two pea-sized glands, release a substance that changes the pH of the urethra from the acidity of urine to protect the sperm that will be released during orgasm. During the plateau phase, there is also an increase in heart rate and breathing.

Some individuals also show a flush throughout their body. 3. Orgasm: A climax in the tension that was building during the plateau phase. Muscular contractions in the male cause the sperm from the testes to be released, become part of the seminal fluid from the prostate, and be expelled. This experience lasts only a few seconds. In females, pelvic muscles also contract in a somewhat rhythmical manner, which may lead to the experience of a climax. Both men and women show muscular spasms throughout their bodies. 4. Resolution: Both males and females return to prearousal levels during the resolution phase. This includes a decrease in blood flow and muscle tension. During resolution, males, unlike females, experience a time period in which they cannot achieve another orgasm. This time period generally increases with age.

Learning Objective: 11.2: Summarize the major scientific findings about human sexual desire, arousal, and response.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Normal Sexual Functioning Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Explain how a biopsychological approach may shed light on the causes of sexual dysfunction. For each level of the approach, give two examples of factors potentially related to sexual dysfunction.

Ans: Sexual dysfunctions have medical, psychological, and social causes. Therefore, only a biopsychosocial approach yields a full understanding of these disorders. At the biological level, a number of medical disorders, such as diabetes and vascular disease, can interfere with normal sexual functioning. Also, health conditions reflecting the failure to exercise, maintain a normal weight, or limit alcohol or tobacco use can influence sexual response. Psychologically, previous experiences such as childhood abuse can negatively influence sexual behavior, as can such factors as performance anxiety and depression. At a sociocultural level, conflict in the relationship can inhibit responding, as can cultural and religious strictures.

Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. Identify the four categories that might be used to organize the various sexual dysfunctions. For each category, provide one example of an appropriate sexual dysfunctions.

Ans: Sexual dysfunctions may reflect desire, arousal, orgasm, or pain. Desire—male hypoactive sexual desire disorder. Arousal—erectile disorder. Orgasm—female orgasmic disorder. Pain—genito-pelvic pain/penetration disorder.

Learning Objective: 11.3: Distinguish among the sexual dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexual Dysfunction Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Distinguish between paraphilia and paraphilic disorders. Illustrate your response with concrete examples.

Ans: Paraphilia refers to sexual interests and practices that exist alongside more traditional sexual practices. These might include activities or interests often called “kinky.” Occasional domination and submission may be one example. Paraphilic disorders are nontraditional sexual interests that cause distress or impairment— exhibitionistic or voyeuristic behaviors may result in contact with the criminal justice system, for example.

Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Paraphilic Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 6. We sometimes hear that those with pedophilic disorder are “wired that way.” Support this contention with respect to the developmental trajectory and neuroscientific basis of the disorder, as well as to the efficacy of treatment for the disorder.

Ans: In at least half the cases, the onset of pedophilic disorder occurs before adolescence, and the disorder tends to persist throughout life. Robust negative correlations are found between pedophilic arousal and amygdalic activity, on the one hand, and cortical thickness in several areas, on the other. Treatment for the disorder does not appear effective.

Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Pedophilic Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 7. Distinguish between sexual masochism disorder and sexual sadism disorder. Supply what is known about the prevalence, comorbidity, and neuroscientific underpinnings of these disorders.

Ans: In sexual masochism disorder, a person derives sexual satisfaction from being humiliated, beaten, bound, or otherwise made to suffer; in sexual sadism disorder, by

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 contrast, a person derives satisfaction from inflicting pain or humiliation on another person. About 5% to 10% of men and women find sadistic or masochistic activities pleasurable on occasion. Sexual masochism disorder is one of the paraphilic disorders sometimes seen in women, even though it is more prevalent among men. Sexual masochism disorder may have dangerous consequences in the form of asphyxiation, in which individuals cut off their air supply to heighten the sensation of orgasm.

Neuropsychologically, pain and sex show substantial brain overlap. Sexual sadism disorder is comorbid with antisocial and borderline personality disorders, as well as with impulse control disorders.

Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexual Sadism Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Define the terms transvestism, transsexual, and transvestic disorder. Illustrate your definition of each term with one or two sentences describing an individual exemplifying the term.

Ans: Transvestism—Transvestism refers to dressing in the clothing of the other gender.

As an example, Mark sometimes lip-syncs popular songs “in drag” as a female at a local nightclub.

Transsexual—A transsexual is an individual who has undergone surgery to be anatomically reassigned to the other sex. For example, Caleb is a transsexual male, born a female. He has recently undergone “top surgery” so that he may appear publicly as male; he is awaiting genital surgery.

Transvestic disorder—In transvestic disorder, an individual experiences distress as a result of becoming sexually aroused by clothing associated with the other gender. For example, Randy wishes he weren’t sexually aroused by women’s clothing. Moreover, his wife is contemplating divorce because Randy cannot enjoy more traditional romantic and sexual activities.

Learning Objective: 11.4: Distinguish among the paraphilic dysfunction disorders and treatments.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Transvestic Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Distinguish among gender roles, gender identity, and gender dysphoria. Use concrete examples to illustrate the meaning of each term.

Ans: Gender roles identify the activities and behaviors expected of males and females in a particular culture. For example, a boy growing up in North America might be expected to enjoy rough-and-tumble play early on, then athletic activities, hunting, and fishing. He may expected to be assertive and outgoing. These are elements of the male gender role in North America. One’s gender identity is the feeling one has inside of being a boy or girl, or a man or a woman. A female adult may feel deep down that she is a woman. Finally, gender dysphoria occurs when there is a mismatch between individuals’ biological sex and their gender identity. For example, Caitlyn Jenner may

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 have experienced gender dysphoria because she was born biologically male but felt as if she were a woman inside.

Learning Objective: 11.5: Explain the difference between sexual orientation and sexual disorder in the DSM-5.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Gender Roles, Gender Identity, and Gender Dysphoria Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 12: Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. The members of a certain preindustrial society in the Pacific Islands commonly chew betel nuts. The effects of these nuts are similar to those of ______. a. nicotine b. cocaine c. heroin d. alcohol Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. People learned to make alcoholic beverages about ______ years ago. a. 500 b. 1,000 c. 5,000 d. 10,000 Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 3. ______ is synthesized from ______, which is, in turn, derived from the poppy plant. a. Heroin; methamphetamine b. Heroin; morphine c. Morphine; heroin d. Cocaine; morphine Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Drug Use in the United States Difficulty Level: Medium 4. How was the attitude toward drugs different in the United States in the 1800s than it is today? a. Alcohol consumption was much higher, and more accepted. b. Cocaine was already illegal and seen as a bad vice. c. Drugs like opium were seen as good and safe for daily use. d. Marijuana was commonly used for pain relief and recreation.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Drug Use in the United States Difficulty Level: Medium 5. The MOST commonly used illicit drug, used by 8% of the population in the United States, is ______. a. MDMA (“Ecstasy”) b. cocaine c. marijuana d. methamphetamine Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Drug Use in the United States Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The highest rate of illicit drug use is found among individuals ______ years of age. a. 16–17 b. 18–20 c. 21–25 d. 26–29 Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Drug Use in the United States Difficulty Level: Easy 7. In the past several years, the use of cocaine has ______ worldwide, and the use of marijuana has ______. a. decreased; decreased b. decreased; increased c. increased; decreased d. increased; increased Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Drug Use in the United States Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Which of these drugs is 100 times more potent than morphine and has caused thousands of deaths in the United States? a. marijuana b. heroin c. fentanyl d. hashish Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Drug Use in the United States

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 9. ______ symptoms are experienced when the use of a substance is discontinued. a. Intoxication b. Tolerance c. Binge d. Withdrawal Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Substance Disorders in DSM-5 and ICD-10 Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Terry has quit using OxyContin. His nose is running, and he is sweating. His pupils are dilated, and tears are running from the corners of his eyes. Terry’s symptoms are the result of ______. a. withdrawal b. dependence c. addiction d. disordered use Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Substance Disorders in DSM-5 and ICD-10 Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Delirium tremens is caused by the discontinuation of ______. a. Mescaline b. Alcohol c. Cocaine d. Heroin Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Substance Disorders in DSM-5 and ICD-10 Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Roughly ______ of the vulnerability to addiction can be explained by genetic factors. a. 10% b. 75% c. 50% d. 20% Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Genetic, Environmental, and Evolutionary Influences

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Kayley has been using methamphetamine and is now intoxicated. However, Kayley continues to use the drug and cannot seem to stop. Kayley’s example BEST illustrates ______. a. tolerance b. withdrawal c. a relapse d. craving Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Pattern of Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 14. The return to harmful drug use after a period of abstinence is called ______. a. a binge b. withdrawal c. a relapse d. tolerance Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pattern of Addiction Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Several days after celebrating 90 days of “clean time,” Melissa begins using opiates again.

Melissa’s experience BEST illustrates ______. a. a binge b. withdrawal c. tolerance d. a relapse Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Pattern of Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Which of the following best describes the pattern of addiction? a. Intoxication → Bingeing → Withdrawal → Craving b. Intoxication → Craving → Bingeing → Withdrawal c. Craving → Intoxication → Withdrawal → Bingeing d. Craving → Bingeing → Intoxication → Withdrawal Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Pattern of Addiction

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 17. The tendency for a substance’s reinforcing effects to diminish with repeated use is called ______. a. tolerance b. withdrawal c. disordered use d. dependence Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Pattern of Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 18. The ______ system is the neural pathway or system is MOST implicated in addiction. a. mesolimbic dopamine b. ventral cortical c. limbic corticoid d. serotonin selective Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can Drugs Change Your Brain?

Difficulty Level: Medium 19. The rewarding effects of drugs largely reflect activity in the brain’s ______. a. hippocampus b. cerebellum c. prefrontal cortex d. nucleus accumbens Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Can Drugs Change Your Brain?

Difficulty Level: Medium 20. The ______ cortex is involved in executive functioning and often is disrupted by addiction. a. prefrontal b. medial frontal c. primary visual d. primary auditory Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Can Drugs Change Your Brain?

Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 21. Over the course of their lifetime, nearly ______ of American men meet the criteria for alcohol use disorder. a. 5% b. 42% c. 65% d. 20% Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DSM-5 Alcohol-Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 22. The sedation associated with alcohol intoxication MOST likely reflects heightened activity of the neurotransmitter ______. a. GABA b. norepinephrine c. serotonin d. glutamate Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: DSM-5 Alcohol-Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Which of the following neurotransmitter systems is NOT among those mentioned in the textbook as being affected by alcohol consumption? a. serotonin b. endorphins c. dopamine d. acetylcholine Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: DSM-5 Alcohol-Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 24. Most alcohol is absorbed in the ______. a. stomach b. small intestine c. liver d. pancreas Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Effects of Alcohol on the Human Body

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Alcohol is metabolized by the ______. a. stomach b. small intestine c. liver d. pancreas Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Effects of Alcohol on the Human Body Difficulty Level: Easy 26. After ingesting a single drink, it takes the blood alcohol content ______ hour(s) to return to zero. a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 5 Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Effects of Alcohol on the Human Body Difficulty Level: Medium 27. The BEST health outcomes are associated with ______ drinking. a. no b. light c. heavy d. binge Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Moderate, Heavy, and Binge Drinking Difficulty Level: Medium 28. Binge drinking involves consuming enough alcohol in a 2-hour period to have a BAC of ______ g/dL. a. 0.02 b. 0.08 c. 0.12 d. 0.15 Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Moderate, Heavy, and Binge Drinking

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Binge drinking is defined as a male having five or more drinks in one sitting or a female having more than four drinks in one sitting. This is a(n) ______ definition of binge drinking. a. operational b. methodological c. empirical d. experimental Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Moderate, Heavy, and Binge Drinking Difficulty Level: Hard 30. Gina and Hal had several drinks at a party last night; she had three drinks while he had five.

Which of the two was binge drinking? a. Only Gina was binge drinking. b. Only Hal was binge drinking. c. Both Gina and Hal were binge drinking. d. Neither of them was binge drinking.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Moderate, Heavy, and Binge Drinking Difficulty Level: Hard 31. All of the following side effects are possible at a BAC of .20 or higher EXCEPT this one: a. improved perception b. impaired sensation c. depression d. death Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Moderate, Heavy, and Binge Drinking Difficulty Level: Medium 32. A person’s speech becomes slurred when his or her blood alcohol content (BAC) reaches ______ g/dL. a. 0.01 b. 0.06 c. 0.11 d. 0.21 Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Moderate, Heavy, and Binge Drinking Difficulty Level: Medium 33. Last night, Shelly was “falling-down drunk.” She had to be helped out of the car and then threw up on the sidewalk. She has no memory of the evening. Her blood alcohol content (BAC) probably reached ______ g/dL. a. 0.03 b. 0.08 c. 0.22 d. 0.34 Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Moderate, Heavy, and Binge Drinking Difficulty Level: Medium 34. Which figure BEST approximates the proportion of the population that has engaged in binge drinking in the past 30 days? a. 10% b. 23% c. 35% d. 50% Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Rates of Drinking Difficulty Level: Medium 35. THC affects receptors in all of the following areas EXCEPT the ______. a. medulla b. hippocampus c. cerebellum d. basal ganglia Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cannabis Difficulty Level: Medium 36. THC is the main psychoactive ingredient of the ______ plant. a. marijuana b. poppy c. peyote d. tobacco Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cannabis Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Cannabis has been used by humans for at least ______ years. a. 200 b. 1000 c. 4000 d. 9000 Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cannabis Difficulty Level: Easy 38. Which statement regarding the relationship between cannabis and psychosis is true? a. A relationship likely exists, and the mechanism is probably genetic. b. There is no relationship, as all evidence is anecdotal. c. It is an urban myth based on the 1930s film Reefer Madness. d. Cannabis use tends to run in families but is not related to developing psychosis.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cannabis and Psychosis Difficulty Level: Medium 39. How is medical marijuana different from recreational marijuana? a. Medical marijuana and recreational marijuana are synonyms. b. Medical marijuana has more THC than cannabidiol (CBD). c. Recreational marijuana has more cannabidiol (CBD). d. Medical marijuana has more cannabidiol (CBD) than THC. Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Cannabis Difficulty Level: Medium 40. One naturally occurring hallucinogenic drug is ______. a. MDMA b. peyote c. LSD d. PCP Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hallucinogens

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 41. Mescaline, LSD, and MDMA are classified as ______. a. hallucinogens b. amphetamines c. opioids d. sedatives Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Easy 42. Hallucinogens produce their psychoactive effects primarily by affecting the ______ neurotransmitter system. a. norepinephrine b. GABA c. dopamine d. serotonin Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Medium 43. Which of these is NOT a way that psychedelic drugs can alter cognitive processes? a. somatic symptoms like blurred vision b. perceptual symptoms like synesthesias c. psychic symptoms like dreamlike feelings d. physical symptoms like phantom pain Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The psychoactive ingredient in “magic mushrooms” is ______. a. mescaline b. psilocybin c. morphine d. cannabis Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 45. A hallucinogen called ______ has a history of being used by Native Americans in religious ceremonies. a. mescaline b. psilocybin c. morphine d. LSD Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Medium 46. Psilocybin intoxication is associated with decreased blood flow in the brain’s ______. a. insula b. thalamus c. anterior cingulate d. hippocampus Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Medium 47. According to research by Dittrich (1998), the subjective effects of taking hallucinogens can be divided into three major components. These components do NOT include ______. a. oceanic boundlessness b. anxious ego dissolution c. visionary restructuralization d. spiritual communion Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Hard 48. Dittrich’s (1998) Altered States of Consciousness (ASC) rating scale does NOT contain a(n) ______ scale. a. oceanic boundlessness b. anxious ego dissolution c. psychic transduction d. visionary restructuralization Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Hallucinogens

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 49. Heroin, morphine, methadone, and oxycodone are members of a class of drugs called ______. a. hallucinogens b. opioids c. amphetamines d. stimulants Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Opioids Difficulty Level: Easy 50. Which class of drugs is associated with increased energy, alertness, and positive feelings? a. opioids b. hallucinogens c. stimulants d. benzodiazepines Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Stimulants: Cocaine, Amphetamines, Caffeine, and Nicotine Difficulty Level: Easy 51. The psychoactive effects of cocaine last approximately ______. a. 5 minutes b. 40 minutes c. 4 hours d. 8 hours Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cocaine Difficulty Level: Easy 52. What percentage of the U.S. population uses cocaine? a. 0.5% b. 1% c. 2% d. 5% Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cocaine Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 53. Cocaine ______ the reuptake of dopamine, which ______ dopamine in the synapse. a. blocks; decreases b. blocks; increases c. enhances; decreases d. enhances; increases Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cocaine, Dopamine, and Your Brain Difficulty Level: Medium 54. ______ synthetic. a. Cocaine is b. Mescaline is c. Amphetamines are d. Psilocybin is Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Amphetamines Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Which drug was given to soldiers on all sides of World War II as pep pills? a. marijuana b. cocaine c. methamphetamine d. morphine Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Amphetamines Difficulty Level: Medium 56. The effects of caffeine last approximately ______. a. 30 minutes b. 2 hours c. 4 hours d. 8 hours Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Caffeine Difficulty Level: Easy 57. Caffeine consumption does NOT generally result in ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. increased concentration b. decreased fatigue c. increased ability to problem solve d. delusions or hallucinations Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Caffeine Difficulty Level: Medium 58. An 8-ounce cup of coffee contains about ______ milligrams of caffeine. a. 5 b. 50 c. 100 d. 400 Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Caffeine Difficulty Level: Medium 59. Which food or beverage has the LOWEST concentration of caffeine? a. coffee b. tea c. chocolate d. expresso Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Caffeine Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Approximately ______ of the U.S. population consumes caffeine daily. a. 25% b. 45% c. 65% d. 85% Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Caffeine Difficulty Level: Medium 61. According to the CDC, ______ use is the leading cause of preventable death in the United States. a. heroin

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. alcohol c. tobacco d. methamphetamine Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Tobacco and Nicotine Difficulty Level: Medium 62. Which of the following groups is at the HIGHEST risk for tobacco use? a. individuals with no high school diploma b. individuals with some college c. individuals with a bachelor’s degree d. tobacco use is not related to level of education Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Tobacco and Nicotine Difficulty Level: Medium 63. After lunch, Katya drinks a cup of coffee and smokes a cigarette. She is consuming two ______. a. stimulants b. depressants c. hallucinogens d. opioids Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Tobacco and Nicotine Difficulty Level: Medium 64. Which of these is NOT among the complicated effects of consuming nicotine? a. Decreased appetite b. Improved mood c. Increased blood sugar d. Euphoric high feeling Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Tobacco and Nicotine Difficulty Level: Medium 65. Which of these is NOT among the withdrawal symptoms associated with ending the use of nicotine? a. Irritability b. Diarrhea

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. drowsiness d. Intense craving Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Easy 66. The lifetime prevalence of pathological gambling is approximately ______. a. 2% b. 5% c. 7% d. 10% Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Easy 67. As compared with the proportion of people with pathological gambling disorder who have comorbid substance use disorder, the proportion who have comorbid impulse control disorders is about ______ high. a. half as b. equally c. 1.5 times d. twice Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Hard 68. Randy has to place ever-larger bets and seek “action” ever more fervently to get the same rush when he gambles. Randy’s example BEST illustrates ______. a. impulsivity b. tolerance c. withdrawal d. bingeing Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Hard 69. The neuroscientific study of a sample of pathological gamblers is MOST likely to reveal deficits in the ______ lobe. a. frontal b. occipital c. parietal d. temporal

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Medium 70. Research suggests that people recovering from addiction to drugs or alcohol generally need to stay in treatment for at LEAST ______ month(s). a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 6 Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Principles of Effective Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 71. The first step in treating addiction is to help the individual remove the drug from her or his system. This process is called ______. a. tolerance b. withdrawal c. purging d. detoxification Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Principles of Effective Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 72. Perhaps the LEAST effective of the psychosocial treatments for addiction is ______. a. cognitive behavioral therapy b. motivational interviewing c. an educational approach d. couple and family therapy Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychosocial Therapies and Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 73. Tim is receiving individual treatment for cocaine dependence. He is learning how to examine his thoughts related to cocaine use, as well as specific strategies for managing these thoughts.

Tim’s treatment BEST exemplifies ______. a. a 12-step program b. cognitive behavioral therapy c. an educational approach

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. Antabuse treatment Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychosocial Therapies and Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 74. According to the text, motivational interviewing closely reflects the therapeutic approach of ______. a. Allan Allport b. Sigmund Freud c. Carl Rogers d. Aaron Beck Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychosocial Therapies and Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) is one example of ______. a. a 12-step program b. cognitive behavioral therapy c. motivational interviewing d. Antabuse treatment Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The 12-Step Program Difficulty Level: Easy 76. Which approach to the treatment of addiction does NOT usually include a health care professional? a. the 12-step program b. cognitive behavioral therapy c. motivational interviewing d. Antabuse treatment Ans: A Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The 12-Step Program Difficulty Level: Medium 77. Controlled drinking approaches do NOT include ______. a. Antabuse treatment b. reduced-risk drinking c. behavioral self-control training

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. asymptomatic drinking Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Controlled Drinking Approaches Difficulty Level: Medium 78. A substance that binds to receptor sites and mimics the function of an illicit drug (without producing the high) is called an ______ drug. a. aversive b. antagonist c. agonist d. appetitive Ans: C Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Medications Used to Treat Addictions Difficulty Level: Medium 79. A substance that blocks receptor sites so that the illicit drug does not produce an effect is called an ______ drug. a. aversive b. antagonist c. agonist d. appetitive Ans: B Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Medications Used to Treat Addictions Difficulty Level: Medium 80. Naltrexone is to Antabuse as ______ drug is to ______ drug. a. antagonist; agonist b. aversive; antagonist c. agonist; aversive d. antagonist; aversive Ans: D Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Medications Used to Treat Addictions Difficulty Level: Hard

True/False 1. Coca leaves were once used to make Coca-Cola.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Drug Use in the United States Difficulty Level: Easy 2. To be considered a substance use disorder, the use of the psychoactive substance must cause distress or cause impairments in functioning.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Substance Disorders in DSM-5 and ICD-10 Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Genetic factors play only a small role in the development of drug addiction.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Who Becomes Addicted?

Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Addiction to psychoactive substances is unique to humans.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can Drugs Change Your Brain?

Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Having food in the stomach slows the absorption of alcohol.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Effects of Alcohol on the Human Body Difficulty Level: Easy 6. In an episode of binge drinking, an individual reaches the legal BAC in 1 hour of alcohol consumption.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Effects of Alcohol on the Human Body Difficulty Level: Hard 7. Nearly 1 in 4 people have experienced a drinking “binge” in the past month.

Ans: T

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Rates of Drinking Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Hallucinogens do not produce withdrawal symptoms.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Mescaline is the “strongest” hallucinogen.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Heroin is an example of an opioid.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Opioids Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Cocaine use is increasing worldwide.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Cocaine Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Nicotine can function as both a stimulant and a depressant.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Tobacco and Nicotine Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Almost 80% of the population has gambled at least once.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Scientists reject the notion that addiction is a disease.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Principles of Effective Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Substance use treatment must be voluntary to be effective.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Principles of Effective Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy

Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. The drug ______ is derived from poppy plants.

Ans: morphine Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. When one discontinues the use of a substance, one may experience unpleasant ______ symptoms.

Ans: withdrawal Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Substance Disorders in DSM-5 and ICD-10 Difficulty Level: Medium 3. In ______, the reinforcing effects of a substance tend to diminish with repeated use.

Ans: tolerance Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Pattern of Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 4. ______ is the neurotransmitter MOST implicated in the expectation of pleasure.

Ans: Dopamine Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Can Drugs Change Your Brain?

Difficulty Level: Medium 5. In the body, alcohol is metabolized by the ______.

Ans: liver Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Effects of Alcohol on the Human Body Difficulty Level: Easy 6. THC is the main psychoactive ingredient of the drug known as cannabis, or ______.

Ans: marijuana Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Cannabis Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Hallucinogenic drugs are also known as ______.

Ans: psychedelics Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Easy 8. ______ are man-made stimulants that produce euphoria, energy, and alertness.

Ans: Amphetamines Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Amphetamines Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Although gambling is now classified as an addictive disorder, it was once considered an ______ disorder.

Ans: impulse control Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Easy 10. Alcoholics Anonymous requires submission to ______ for help in battling addiction.

Ans: God Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Principles of Effective Treatment

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium

Essay 1. “Humans have always been motivated to seek altered states of consciousness.” Support this statement with reference to what is known regarding the use of psychoactive substances in prehistoric times.

Ans: People have used psychoactive substances throughout history. Early in our evolutionary history, we discovered that certain plants had reinforcing effects on the way we thought and felt.

Betel nuts have been chewed for their mild stimulant effects for at least 13,000 years. Peruvian foraging societies chewed coca leaves 8,000 years ago. Opium was used in Europe during the Neolithic, Copper, and Bronze Ages. With the shift from hunting and gathering to agricultural societies about 10,000 years ago, people quickly learned to make alcohol in all regions of the world. That psychoactive substances have been used universally throughout history suggests a basic motivation to alter consciousness.

Learning Objective: 12.1: Discuss the history and prevalence of drug use in the United States.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Distinguish among the three components of substance dependence. Illustrate each component with a concrete example.

Ans: The first component is the desire to seek and take a certain substance. For example, an individual might wish to use cocaine and therefore contact a dealer to arrange a purchase. The second component is the inability to avoid or limit the intake of the substance. For example, an individual may continue to use methamphetamine daily despite the intention to use the drug less often. The third component is the experience of negative emotional states when the substance is not available. When individuals forgo their morning coffee, they may experience a severe headache later in the day.

Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Substance Abuse, Dependence, and Addiction Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Define the term withdrawal. Illustrate your definition by highlighting some of the symptoms associated with withdrawal from alcohol.

Ans: Withdrawal refers to the symptoms experienced when a psychoactive substance is no longer used. Withdrawal symptoms can also be seen when the amount of a drug is reduced, especially when this follows a long period of use. The symptoms are typically drug specific. For example: Alcohol withdrawal can produce tremors, problems with sleep, nausea or vomiting, anxiety, and autonomic nervous system overactivity, such as sweating or a high heart rate. An extreme form of alcohol withdrawal is referred to as delirium tremens (DT). After a long period of heavy drinking, withdrawal from alcohol can produce not only the normal symptoms of withdrawal but also hallucinations, confusion, and seizures.

Learning Objective: 12.2: Describe the characteristics of substance abuse, dependence, and addiction.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Substance Disorders in DSM-5 and ICD-10

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 4. “Everything in moderation.” Contrast the beneficial effects of light-to-moderate drinking with the harmful effects of heavy drinking. Mention at least one beneficial and one negative effect on the brain and at least two beneficial and two harmful effects on the body.

Ans: Examples might include the following: Beneficial effects of light-to-moderate drinking—Brain: reduces the number of silent infarcts; Body: increases bone mineral density; reduces the risk of rheumatoid arthritis Harmful effects of heavy drinking—Brain: impaired memory; Body: cirrhosis and hepatitis; oral cancers Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Effects of Alcohol on the Human Body Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Distinguish among moderate, heavy, and binge drinking. Explain how light drinkers differ from heavy drinkers with respect to wanting to drink, on the one hand, and liking to drink, on the other.

Ans: Moderate drinking is operationally defined for a man as no more than four drinks on a single day and no more than 14 drinks in a week. For a woman, moderate drinking is defined as no more than three drinks in a day and no more than seven in a week. People who exceed these amounts are considered “heavy” drinkers. Binge drinking is defined as consuming enough alcohol in a 2-hour period to have a BAC of 0.08 g/dL; this is roughly equivalent to four drinks in a row for a man or three for a woman. A 2-year longitudinal study of weekly binge drinkers and light drinkers found that weekly binge drinkers wanted and liked alcohol more than the light drinkers, who liked drinking but found it less stimulating and more sedating than the heavy drinkers.

Learning Objective: 12.3: Discuss alcohol-related disorders and alcohol’s effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Do People Who Drink More Like It More?

Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Hallucinogens or psychedelics can alter perception, mood, and cognitive processes in unpredictable ways. Briefly describe some of the changes to perception, mood, and cognition that occur when hallucinogens are used.

Ans: Somatic symptoms: dizziness, weakness, tremors, nausea, drowsiness, paresthesias, and blurred vision. Perceptual symptoms: altered shapes and colors, difficulty in focusing on objects, sharpened sense of hearing, and, at times, synesthesias. Psychic symptoms: alterations in mood (happy, sad, or irritable at varying times), tension, distorted time sense, difficulty in expressing thoughts, depersonalization, dreamlike feelings, and visual hallucinations. The effect of a hallucinogen often depends on the expectations of the user.

Learning Objective: 12.4: Identify common hallucinogens and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Hallucinogens Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 7. Addiction to methamphetamine is particularly difficult to treat. Review some of the cognitive deficits seen in methamphetamine addiction and explain how these deficits complicate efforts to treat the addiction.

Ans: Cognitive deficits in people who use methamphetamine include problems with motor activities such as skilled movements or perceptual speed. Methamphetamine use also decreases the ability to shift attention. Finally, research also suggests memory, attention, and decision-making problems. These types of problems make it difficult for individuals to objectively see their addiction as well as be able to engage in therapy requiring cognitive responses.

Learning Objective: 12.5: Identify common stimulants and their effects on the human body and brain.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Amphetamines as a Medicine Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Justify the reclassification of pathological gambling as an addictive rather than an impulse control disorder in the DSM-5.

Ans: Pathological gambling was classified as an impulse control disorder in the DSM-IV. However, pathological gambling shares several hallmark features of addiction, prompting its reclassification the DSM-5. Both drug addiction and gambling show tolerance and withdrawal.

Gamblers need to increase the size of their bets to maintain the same level of excitement, just as those addicted to drugs need to increase the dosage to achieve the same effect. Gamblers can become irritable and anxious when they decrease or eliminate the activity. In addition, the disorders most often comorbid with gambling are substance use disorders. Finally, both gambling and drug addiction can lead to illegal activity to keep the activity or substance available.

Learning Objective: 12.6: Discuss gambling as an addictive disorder.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Gambling Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Give four reasons why the treatment of substance-related and addictive disorders is especially challenging.

Ans: Sample reasons include the following: (1) Drug use causes brain changes that make it difficult for drug users to see the way in which they are addicted. People who are addicted to drugs are therefore slow to realize that they need help until they experience devastating consequences.

(2) Drug use causes brain changes that make it difficult for users to focus on anything other than drug use.

(3) Many drug users have comorbid mental disorders.

(4) Relapse is a frequent element of drug users’ recovery.

Learning Objective: 12.7: Identify the treatments available to individuals with substance-related disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 13: Schizophrenia Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. A patient in a psychiatric hospital exhibits disordered thinking, bizarre behavior, and hallucinations. This person is probably suffering from ______. a. schizophrenia b. bipolar disorder c. dissociative disorder d. antisocial disorder Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Schizophrenia is an example of a(n) ______ disorder. a. anxiety b. psychotic c. personality d. mood Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Gigi, who has schizophrenia, believes that she was sent by God to one day rule the world. Her belief is an example of a(n) ______. a. phobia b. delusion c. alogia d. hallucination Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. Which alternative correctly arranges schizophrenia-spectrum disorders with respect to symptom duration, from the briefest to the longest? a. schizophrenia → brief psychotic disorder → schizophrenia b. brief psychotic disorder → schizophrenia → schizophreniform disorder c. brief psychotic disorder → schizophreniform disorder → schizophrenia d. schizophreniform disorder → brief psychotic disorder → schizophrenia Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Schizophrenia affects about 1 person in ______. a. 50 b. 100 c. 150 d. 200 Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Prevalence and Course of Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 6. With respect to the etiology of schizophrenia, the prodromal phase ______ the premorbid phase and ______ the psychotic phase. a. follows; follows b. follows; precedes c. precedes; follows d. precedes; precedes Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Prevalence and Course of Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Hard 7. The television talks to Heidi. It tells her the police are out to get her. Because Heidi has schizophrenia, she is MOST likely experiencing a(n) ______. a. delusion b. compulsion c. illusion d. hallucination Ans: D

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia .

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Positive and Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 8. False sensory perceptions that often take the form of hearing voices are called ______. a. delusions b. hallucinations c. obsessions d. compulsions Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Positive and Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 9. A hospital patient was diagnosed as suffering from schizophrenia because she was having both delusions and hallucinations. What type of symptoms are these? a. atypical b. positive c. negative d. primary Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Positive and Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The positive symptoms of schizophrenia are BEST described as symptoms that ______. a. are clearly identifiable and newly present b. reflect a decrease in normal functioning c. reflect an excess or distortion in behavior d. confer an advantage to the patient Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Positive and Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 11. People with schizophrenia MOST often report hallucinations in the ______ sense. a. visual b. tactile c. gustatory d. auditory

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Positive Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 12. Beliefs without support for their occurrence and which are at odds with the individual’s current environment are called ______. a. illusions b. hallucinations c. delusions d. obsessions Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Positive Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 13. Shreen is diagnosed with schizophrenia. She believes that she is a powerful person who can save the world. Shreen’s belief exemplifies a delusion of ______. a. persecution b. grandeur c. reference d. control Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Positive Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Delusions of ______ are false beliefs held by a person who is convinced that others are trying to hurt them in some way. a. persecution b. grandeur c. invulnerability d. control Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Positive Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 15. In ______, a person with schizophrenia shows little interest in talking with others. a. avolition b. apraxia c. anhedonia

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. alogia Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Which pair consists of negative symptoms of schizophrenia? a. alogia and flat affect b. anhedonia and disorganized speech c. avolition and hallucinations d. delusions and hallucinations Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Hard 17. In the multilevel diagnostic process for schizophrenia, the first level is that of ______, whereas the final level is that of ______. a. symptoms; functioning b. functioning; duration c. symptoms; duration d. duration; symptoms Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Multilevel Process for Diagnosing Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Anna is a patient in a psychiatric hospital. She sits immobile for hours each day in an odd position in the visitor’s chair in her room. Anna BEST exemplifies ______ schizophrenia. a. undifferentiated b. catatonic c. residual d. paranoid Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Are There Subtypes of Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 19. Repeating movements is to repeating words as ______ is to ______. a. alogia; apraxia b. apraxia; alogia

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. echolalia; echopraxia d. echopraxia; echolalia Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Are There Subtypes of Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Hard 20. Some researchers believe that ______ schizophrenia should be considered a separate disorder because it responds only to a(n) ______ medication rather than to an antipsychotic. a. catatonic; anti-anxiety b. catatonic; antidepressant c. paranoid; anti-anxiety d. paranoid; antidepressant Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Are There Subtypes of Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 21. Hebephrenic schizophrenia is the same thing as ______ schizophrenia. a. catatonic b. disorganized c. paranoid d. residual Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Are There Subtypes of Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Easy 22. Who was the first to combine previously different disorders into early onset dementia? a. Eugene Bleuler b. Sigmund Freud c. Emil Kraepelin d. Ewald Hecker Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy 23. ______ introduced the term schizophrenia.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. Paul Kraepelin b. Karl Ludwig Kahlbaum c. Hippocrates d. Eugene Bleuler Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 24. The terms paranoid and catatonic were first used by ______. a. Eugene Bleuler b. Karl Ludwig Kahlbaum c. Paul Kraepelin d. Hippocrates Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 25. The subtypes of schizophrenia described in the textbook MOST directly reflect the intellectual legacy of ______. a. Eugene Bleuler b. Sigmund Freud c. Emil Kraepelin d. Ewald Hecker Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Hard 26. Which of Bleuler’s 4 “A’s” is BEST reflected in the social withdrawal of schizophrenia? a. autism b. affect c. associations d. ambivalence Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 27. In recent editions of the DSM, the diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia have ______, making the DSM category of schizophrenia ______ similar to that in the ICD. a. broadened; less b. broadened; more c. narrowed; less d. narrowed; more Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Hard 28. Nora is an extremely gifted, award-winning writer. She has a reputation for eccentricity, making odd associations in her speech during interviews and occasionally claiming that she sees things that others do not. Although Nora has never been diagnosed with a mental disorder, she seems to have several ______ traits. a. schizoform b. schizotypal c. schizoaffective d. schizoidal Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 29. EEG research indicates that among people with schizophrenia, the normal hemispheric specialization for language seems to be ______. a. absent b. reduced c. the same d. heightened Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 30. A psychology instructor tells his or her class that schizophrenia may be a byproduct of the development of the brain’s ability to process language. This statement is MOST consistent with a(n) ______ theory of schizophrenia suggested by ______. a. evolutionary; Jonathon Burns b. evolutionary; Tim Crow c. psychodynamic; Jonathon Burns d. psychodynamic; Tim Crow Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 31. Archeological evidence suggests that in prehistoric societies, individuals with schizophrenia-like symptoms may have been ______. a. killed in adolescence. b. banished from the community. c. valued in their communities. d. revered as mystical beings.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 32. All else being equal, which individual is MOST likely to experience the onset of schizophrenia in the coming year? a. Rae, who is 5 b. June, who is 8 c. Nina, who is 18 d. Margie, who is 39 Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Factors in the Development of Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 33. If schizophrenia were recategorized in an upcoming edition of the DSM, it would MOST likely be classed as a(n) ______ disorder. a. neurodevelopmental b. anxiety c. dissociative d. personality

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Factors in the Development of Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 34. The text states that the environmental factors associated with schizophrenia affect the development of the social brain. These influences are MOST likely to occur during ______. a. prenatal development b. infancy c. early childhood d. adolescence Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Factors in the Development of Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Hard 35. Environmental risk factors for the development of schizophrenia do NOT include ______ a. parenting style b. an urban environment c. cannabis use d. early life adversity Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Factors in the Development of Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Research in the 1990s suggested that the concordance rate for schizophrenia between identical twins was about ______%. More recent work has ______ this estimate. a. 50; decreased b. 50; increased c. 80; decreased d. 80; increased Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genetic Factors in Schizophrenia

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 37. Which of these is one factor that makes it more difficult to determine the role of genetics in the risk of developing schizophrenia? a. Genetic studies have proven inconclusive. b. Fraternal twins have a 40% increased risk. c. Identical twins have a 50% increased risk. d. Adopted children display an increased risk.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Genetic Factors in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 38. Jorge and Julio are identical twins. Jorge has been diagnosed with schizophrenia.

Research cited in the text suggests that Julio’s risk of developing schizophrenia may be as high as ______% percent. a. 40 b. 60 c. 80 d. 100 Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Genetic Factors in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 39. Schizophrenia is associated with ______ connections in the brain and ______ gray matter thickness. a. fewer; increased b. fewer; reduced c. more; increased d. more; reduced Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genetic Factors in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Among the first-degree relatives of people with schizophrenia, endophenotypic abnormalities are ______. a. no more prevalent than they are among those with no schizophrenic relatives b. more prevalent than they are among those with no schizophrenic relatives

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. just as prevalent as they are among their relative(s) with schizophrenia d. more prevalent than they are among their relative(s) with schizophrenia Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Hard 41. As an example of a ______ abnormality, people with schizophrenia show a different pattern of eye movements than do people without the disorder when they are asked to follow a moving object with their eyes. a. simple physical b. physiologic c. neuropsychological d. neuromotor Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 42. Curt’s performance on the WCST indicates that he has difficulty adjusting his strategies when task demands change. Curt’s example BEST illustrates a ______ endotype associated with schizophrenia. a. simple physical b. physiologic c. neuropsychological d. neuromotor Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 43. The evoked potential waveform called ______ is NOT among those that seem to distinguish the cognitive task performance of individuals with schizophrenia from the performance of those without the disorder. a. N200 b. N400 c. P50 d. P300 Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The text suggests that ______ deficits, such as impaired working memory, are perhaps the most damaging symptoms of schizophrenia with respect to their impact on an individual’s quality of life. a. perceptual b. cognitive c. emotional d. social Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 45. Individuals with schizophrenia are more likely to abuse substances than are individuals without schizophrenia. A psychopathologist is MOST likely to say that schizophrenia and substance use disorder are ______ because they often occur together. a. comorbid b. confounded c. conflated d. concordant Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 46. As compared to the likelihood that an individual without schizophrenia will die, the probability that an individual with schizophrenia will die in any given year is ______. a. lower b. the same c. slightly higher d. twice as high Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 47. ______ is NOT among the neurotransmitters implicated in schizophrenia. a. Dopamine b. Glutamate c. Acetylcholine d. GABA Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Function Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Of the brain’s lobes, the ______ lobe has probably been the one that has received the MOST research attention with respect to a potential involvement in schizophrenia. a. frontal b. parietal c. occipital d. temporal Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Function Difficulty Level: Easy 49. Recent reviews suggest a link between the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and the symptoms of ______ schizophrenia. a. catatonic b. disorganized c. paranoid d. residual Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Function Difficulty Level: Easy 50. With respect to schizophrenia, the ventrolateral prefrontal cortex is to the medial prefrontal cortex as ______ is to ______. a. negative symptoms; positive symptoms b. catatonic schizophrenia; paranoid schizophrenia c. positive symptoms; negative symptoms d. paranoid schizophrenia; catatonic schizophrenia

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Function Difficulty Level: Hard 51. Among adolescents who develop schizophrenia, synaptic pruning is ______. a. completely absent in adolescence, but develops later in life. b. less pronounced than that in adolescents who do not develop schizophrenia c. similar to that seen in adolescents who do not develop schizophrenia d. more pronounced than that in adolescents who do not develop schizophrenia Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Function Difficulty Level: Medium 52. Among people with schizophrenia, reductions in the brain’s gray matter are probably LEAST pronounced in the ______ lobe. a. frontal b. parietal c. occipital d. temporal Ans: C. Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Brain Changes Are Seen in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Hard 53. The white matter reductions associated with schizophrenia are found in ______. a. the frontal and temporal lobes only b. all four lobes of the cortex but not in the brainstem and cerebellum c. the brainstem and cerebellum but not the cortex d. throughout the brain Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Brain Changes Are Seen in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 54. The white matter losses seen in schizophrenia are ______. a. present before the onset of the disorder

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. an effect of antipsychotic medication c. part of the progression of the disorder d. less pronounced than originally thought Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Brain Changes Are Seen in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 55. The findings concerning gray- and white-matter differences between individuals with schizophrenia and those without the disorder are BEST described as ______. a. confounded b. unreplicated c. robust d. controversial Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Brain Changes Are Seen in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 56. Among people with schizophrenia, the brain’s ventricles are ______. a. larger, as a side-effect of antipsychotic medication, b. larger, as a characteristic of the disorder itself. c. the same size as in healthy controls. d. smaller, as a characteristic of the disorder itself.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Ventricle Changes in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 57. When they perform cognitive tasks, individuals with schizophrenia fail to ______ the brain’s ______ network. a. engage; central executive b. engage; default c. suppress; central executive d. suppress; default Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Networks

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 58. A reduction in the number of connections between the ______ and the ______ lobes may be partly responsible for the hallucinations that people with schizophrenia experience. a. frontal; parietal b. frontal; temporal c. parietal; temporal d. parietal; occipital Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Networks Difficulty Level: Easy 59. According to the dopamine imbalance hypothesis, schizophrenia may reflect dopamine overactivity in the brain’s ______ and under activity in its ______. a. midbrain; limbic system b. midbrain; higher cortices c. limbic system; higher cortices d. higher cortices; midbrain Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 60. Sal is being treated by a psychiatrist. He has decreased levels of the neurotransmitter dopamine in his frontal lobes. Sal has MOST likely been diagnosed with ______. a. antisocial personality disorder. b. agoraphobia. c. schizophrenia. d. dissociative amnesia.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 61. Creativity has been linked to a(n) ______ in the density of dopamine receptors in the brain’s ______. a. decrease; medulla

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. decrease; thalamus c. increase; medulla d. increase; thalamus Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 62. If the neurotransmitters ______ and ______ are blocked, an individual may display psychotic symptoms. a. glutamate; acetylcholine b. GABA; acetylcholine c. glutamate; dopamine d. GABA; dopamine Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Based on the textbook’s discussion, which statement BEST evaluates the status of the dopamine and glutamate hypotheses in contemporary psychopathology? a. The glutamate hypothesis has supplanted the dopamine hypothesis. b. The dopamine hypothesis has supplanted the glutamate hypothesis. c. The dopamine and glutamate hypotheses are viewed as competing ideas. d. The dopamine and glutamate hypotheses are viewed as complementary.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Hard 64. The cognitive processes that seem deficient among people with schizophrenia all involve the ______ prefrontal cortex. a. dorsolateral b. ventral c. medial d. anterior Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: How Are Cognitive Processes Changed in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 65. Working memory deficits are found ______. a. in cases of acute schizophrenia, but not in chronic schizophrenia or in the healthy first-degree relatives of people with schizophrenia b. in chronic schizophrenia, but not in acute schizophrenia or in the healthy first-degree relatives of people with schizophrenia c. in both acute and chronic schizophrenia, but not in the healthy first-degree relatives of people with schizophrenia d. not only in both acute and chronic schizophrenia but also in the healthy first-degree relatives of people with schizophrenia Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Are Cognitive Processes Changed in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 66. As compared to individuals without schizophrenia, individuals with schizophrenia are ______ susceptible to the Charlie Chaplin illusion because their ______ cognitive processes are weaker. a. less; bottom-up b. less; top-down c. more; bottom-up d. more; top-down Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: How Are Cognitive Processes Changed in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Hard 67. With respect to emotional processing, people with schizophrenia seem to have the MOST trouble ______. a. understanding the emotions of others b. experiencing a range of emotions c. processing negative feelings d. describing their emotional experience Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How Are Cognitive Processes Changed in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 68. The widespread deinstitutionalization of patients with schizophrenia was fully underway by the decade of the ______ a. 1920s. b. 1940s. c. 1960s. d. 1980s.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Individuals with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 69. Early intervention is MOST appropriate in the ______ phase of schizophrenia. a. premorbid b. prodromal c. psychotic d. remission and relapse Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Individuals with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 70. Terrance has been diagnosed with schizophrenia and is experiencing his first psychotic episode. The type of treatment MOST appropriate at Terrance’s stage of the disorder is ______. a. remediation b. prevention c. early intervention d. relapse prevention Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treating Individuals with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 71. Which drug was found to be effective in relieving some positive symptoms, of schizophrenia, but not negative symptoms? a. chlorpromazine b. xanax c. todonafil d. fentanyl Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Antipsychotic Medication Difficulty Level: Medium 72. Chlorpromazine does NOT ______. a. increase the time between hospitalizations among people with schizophrenia b. lessen the cognitive deficits found in schizophrenia c. reduce the hallucinations typical of schizophrenia d. reduce anger, hostility, and aggression Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Antipsychotic Medication Difficulty Level: Medium 73. ______ are one class of medications sometimes used to treat schizophrenia. a. Psychostimulants b. Neuroleptics c. Benzodiazepines d. Tricyclics Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Antipsychotic Medication Difficulty Level: Medium 74. Tardive dyskinesia is BEST described as a(n) ______ side effect of first-generation antipsychotics. a. emotional b. cognitive c. motor d. perceptual Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Antipsychotic Medication Difficulty Level: Easy 75. ______-generation antipsychotic medications are sometimes called atypical antipsychotics. One example is ______. a. First; Seraquel

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. First; Thorazine c. Second; Seroquel d. Second; Thorazine Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Antipsychotic Medication Difficulty Level: Medium 76. Which of these is NOT one of the key components of family interventions? a. practical emotional support b. a model of schizophrenia without blame c. increased coping skills for the patent only d. enhanced positive communications Ans: C Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Psychosocial Interventions for Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 78. Janice has schizophrenia. She has returned to live with her parents and siblings following a hospitalization during a psychotic episode. Her recovery is impeded by the fact that her family is high in expressed emotion. This means that Janice’s home atmosphere is probably BEST described as ______. a. angry and contentious b. warm and nurturing c. distant and cold d. dramatic and exciting Ans: A Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychosocial Interventions for Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 78. In terms of cognitive behavior therapy for schizophrenia, which of these is NOT part of the approach? a. Developing a therapeutic alliance with the client b. Suggesting alternative explanations for symptoms c. Normalizing and reducing the impact of symptoms d. Prescribing medications such as thorazine Ans: D Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychosocial Interventions for Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 79. Medication alone reduces the relapse rate for schizophrenia by about ______. a. one quarter b. one half c. two thirds d. three quarters Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychosocial Interventions for Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 80. The early-intervention treatment program is aimed at the ______ stage of schizophrenia’s course. a. premorbid b. psychotic c. prodromal d. three-quarters.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Psychosocial Interventions for Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Schizophrenia is an example of a psychotic disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Beliefs without support for their occurrence and which are at odds with the individual’s current environment are referred to as delusions.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Positive Symptoms

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 3. An individual who is convinced that others are trying to hurt them in some way is experiencing a delusion of grandeur.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Positive Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Of the subtypes of schizophrenia, the paranoid subtype is associated with the highest likelihood of improvement.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Are There Subtypes of Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Disorders with psychotic-like symptoms have been described for at least 4,000 years.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 6. In recent editions of the DSM, the diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia have diverged from the criteria included in the ICD. Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Historical Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Genius and creativity may be associated with schizotypal traits.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Medium 8. More than 1,000 different genes may contribute to the development of schizophrenia.

Ans: T

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Genetic Factors in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 9. Researchers have reduced their estimate of the concordance rate for schizophrenia between identical twins.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genetic Factors in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Schizophrenia tends to begin earlier in females than in males.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Only gray matter changes have been found in people with schizophrenia.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Brain Changes Are Seen in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Easy 12. An individual will show psychotic symptoms if the glutamate receptors in their brain are blocked.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 13. People with schizophrenia have great difficulty describing their emotional experience.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: How Are Cognitive Processes Changed in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Until about the 1960s, individuals with schizophrenia were generally housed in institutions.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treating Individuals with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Easy 15. Most people who experience the first episode of a major mental illness return to live with their families.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Psychosocial Interventions for Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium Completion (Fill-in-the-Blank) 1. ______ is a debilitating psychotic disorder in which individuals may hear voices; see images not seen by others; believe that others wish to harm or control them; and have bizarre thoughts.

Ans: Schizophrenia Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 2. ______ disorders involve a loss of contact with reality and are characterized by abnormal thinking and sensory processes.

Ans: Psychotic Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Nick is admitted to a hospital because he hears voices talking to him that no one else can hear, and he sees demons attacking him, even though no one else can see anything near him. Nick’s symptoms are known as ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: hallucinations Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Positive and Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 4. One negative symptom of schizophrenia is an inability to experience pleasure, which is also called ______.

Ans: anhedonia Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 5. In individuals without schizophrenia, ______ traits resemble the symptoms of schizophrenia.

Ans: schizotypal Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizophrenia From an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Easy 6. According to the ______ hypothesis, prenatal events set the stage for schizophrenia to emerge when the brain undergoes reorganization during adolescence.

Ans: neurodevelopmental Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Factors in the Development of Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Differences in brain metabolism are an example of the ______ category of endophenotypes for schizophrenia.

Ans: physiologic Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Endophenotypes Associated with Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The substance between the brain’s neurons is called ______.

Ans: neuropil Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: What Brain Changes Are Seen in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 9. The ______ hypothesis is the idea that dopamine neurons are overactive in midbrain areas and under-active in higher cortical areas among people with schizophrenia.

Ans: dopamine imbalance Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 10. One side effect of early medications for schizophrenia was a movement disorder called ______.

Ans: tardive dyskinesia Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Antipsychotic Medications Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Place schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder, and brief psychotic disorder correctly along a timeline to represent the duration of psychotic symptoms in each disorder.

Distinguish schizoaffective disorder from these three disorders.

Ans: Timeline designs may vary, but they all should clearly indicate three periods: 0-1 month; 1-6 months, and 6 months onward. Brief psychotic disorder should be placed in the 0-1 month portion of the timeline; schizophreniform disorder should place in the 1-6 month portion, and schizophrenia in the portion from 6 months onward. Schizoaffective disorder reflects the psychotic symptoms of schizophrenia, along with the mood fluctuations seen in bipolar disorder.

Learning Objective: 13.1: Describe the prevalence of schizophrenia and the time course of its development.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizophrenia Basics: Prevalence, Course, and Symptoms Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Distinguish between the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Provide two brief (1-2 sentence) vignettes, each describing a hypothetical person with schizophrenia who displays one positive and one negative symptom of schizophrenia.

Choose different positive and negative symptoms for each vignette.

Ans: Positive symptoms reflect the presence of disordered thought or behavior, such as delusions, whereas negative symptoms reflect behavioral deficits, such as the absence of appropriate emotions.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Inez has been diagnosed with schizophrenia. She experiences auditory hallucinations and displays little or no emotions even in extremely joyous or extremely sad situations.

Mort has been diagnosed with schizophrenia. He expresses delusions of persecution and has become withdrawn and isolated socially.

Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Positive and Negative Symptoms Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Select two of the three subtypes of schizophrenia described in the textbook. For each subtype that you select, suggest at least one way that one might identify the type of schizophrenia that a patient is presenting.

Ans: Two of the following types of schizophrenia should be illustrated: Paranoid schizophrenia: One should note the presence of delusions of persecution or of grandeur.

Catatonic schizophrenia: One should observe the patient’s posture and activity, looking for periods of immobility. One should also be alert for echolalia.

Disorganized schizophrenia: One should listen for word salad in the patient’s speech. In addition, one might probe for inappropriate, silly, or childlike emotional reactions in situations that do not call for such responses.

Learning Objective: 13.2: Identify the positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Are There Subtypes of Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 4. In what way does schizophrenia represent a paradox from an evolutionary standpoint? Briefly distinguish between the evolutionary theory of schizophrenia offered

by Tim Crow and that proposed by Johnathon Burns.

Ans: People with schizophrenia have fewer children than do those without the disorder.

Over time, the disorder should have died out, but, paradoxically, it has persisted for tens of thousands of years and is found across the world with roughly the same prevalence.

Evolutionary theorists therefore believe that schizophrenia is closely related to developments in the evolution of the human brain that have been adaptive for the species. Tim Crow believes that the disorder along with developments in the brain’s ability to process language. The universal symptom of hearing voices and the prevalence of disordered speech is consistent with this view. Johnathon Burns argues that schizophrenia arose during the evolution of the complex brain connections required to support human social life.

Learning Objective: 13.3: Discuss the historical and evolutionary contexts of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizophrenia from an Evolutionary Perspective Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Outline the neurodevelopmental hypothesis of the etiology of schizophrenia.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: According to the neurodevelopmental hypothesis, an insult or negative event in the second trimester of pregnancy sets the stage for the incomplete development of the frontal lobe when the brain undergoes a period of reorganization during adolescence.

Potential negative events during prenatal development that might contribute to schizophrenia include maternal infection or malnutrition; Vitamin D deficiency, for example, has been implicated in the eventual development of schizophrenia. During adolescence, these prenatal risk factors may be associated with enlarged ventricles and a loss of gray matter, especially in frontal and parietal areas of the brain.

Learning Objective: 13.4: Identify genetic and environmental factors in the development of schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizophrenia and Brain Function Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Briefly review the differences between individuals with schizophrenia and those without the disorder in the brain’s (a) gray matter, (b) white matter, and (c) ventricles.

Ans: • Gray matter: Gray matter volume is reduced among individuals with schizophrenia, especially in the brain’s frontal, parietal, and temporal lobes. The loss of gray matter reflects not the death of neurons but rather a reduction in neuropil, the substance between the neurons in the brain.

• White matter: White matter is also reduced among individuals with schizophrenia.

It is reduced in the four lobes of the brain but not the cerebellum or the brain stem. Reduced white matter density results in weaker connections in the brain’s networks.

• Ventricles: The ventricles are enlarged in individuals with schizophrenia, reflecting a loss in brain volume outside the ventricles. This volume loss is not a side effect of the medications prescribed to individuals with schizophrenia.

Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Brain Changes Are Seen in Schizophrenia?

Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Explain the dopamine imbalance hypothesis. Cite at least one piece of empirical evidence in support of the hypothesis. Finally, explain why the dopamine and glutamate hypotheses may be seen as complementary rather than competing proposals.

Ans: The dopamine imbalance hypothesis is the idea that dopamine neurons are overactive in schizophrenia in midbrain areas and underactive in higher cortical areas.

Supporting this hypothesis, drugs treat schizophrenia effectively to the extent that they bind to dopamine receptors in the brain. Further, stress not only increases symptoms in schizophrenia but also causes an increase in dopamine activity. Finally, creative ability in humans has been associated with a decreased density of dopamine receptors in the thalamus.

The dopamine and glutamate hypotheses may be seen as complementary because psychotic symptoms may be produced in healthy controls by providing substances that

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 modify the activity of either glutamate or dopamine. The type of psychotic presentation differed, though, depending on which neurotransmitter was affected. The dopamine and glutamate hypotheses therefore explain different pieces of the psychosis puzzle.

Learning Objective: 13.5: Describe the brain changes seen in individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurotransmitters Involved in Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Complete the following table to produce a side-by-side comparison of first-generation and second-generation antipsychotic medications.

First-Generation Antipsychotics

Second-Generation (Atypical) Antipsychotics

First-Generation Antipsychotics

Second-Generation (Atypical) Antipsychotics

Examples (Provide two)

Trialfon, Haldol

Seroquel, Risperdal

Mechanism of Action

Influence dopamine (D2) receptors

Influence dopamine receptors differently

Side Effects

Motor side effects, such as tardive dyskinesia

Intended to have fewer motor side effects

Effectiveness

Effective at treating positive Thought to be more symptoms effective at treating negative as well as positive symptoms, though recent research casts doubt on this

Cost

Less expensive

Examples (Provide two) Mechanism of Action Side Effects Effectiveness Cost Ans:

More expensive

Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Antipsychotic Medications Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 9. The newest psychosocial treatments for schizophrenia aim to intervene at the disorder’s earliest stages, or even before it has developed. Briefly describe the earlyintervention and NAVIGATE treatments for schizophrenia.

Ans: Early intervention targets those who are at high risk for developing schizophrenia.

The basic approach is to help these individuals develop cognitive skills as a way to increase attention, memory, executive control, and other cognitive processes. In addition, cognitive therapy is being used to reduce the reactivity to stress seen in the period prior to the development of psychosis and to better understand their thoughts and feelings.

NAVIGATE is designed for the treatment of first episode psychosis. NAVIGATE is a multidisciplinary, team-based approach that emphasizes low-dose antipsychotic medications, cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy, family education and support, and vocational and educational support. The program also helps the person to engage in his or her community.

Learning Objective: 13.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with schizophrenia.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Psychosocial Interventions for Schizophrenia Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 14: Personality Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. A ______ disorder reflects an enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture. a. dissociative b. psychotic c. personality d. anxiety Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Which statement is NOT true concerning personality disorders? a. They tend to come and go. b. They last a long time. c. They are usually apparent in adolescence. d. They impair an individual’s life.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Hard 3. Cluster ______ contains dramatic, emotional, or erratic personality disorders. a. A b. B c. C d. D Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Table 14.2: Three Clusters of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. Chloe feels that she is nothing without a partner to take care of her. She has been described as “needy” and “clingy.” Based on this information, Chloe BEST illustrates ______ personality disorder. a. dependent b. narcissistic c. histrionic d. schizotypal Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Table 14.2: Three Clusters of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 5. With respect to personality disorders, eccentric is to erratic as ______ is to ______. a. dependent; paranoid b. Cluster A; Cluster B c. histrionic; schizotypal d. Cluster B; Cluster C Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Table 14.2: Three Clusters of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 6. Cluster A personality disorders do NOT include ______ personality disorder. a. paranoid b. schizotypal c. schizoid d. borderline Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Table 14.2: Three Clusters of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Which figure is MOST likely a valid estimate of the prevalence of personality disorders in the United States? a. 0.1% b. 1% c. 11% d. 21% Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Of the broad categories of personality disorders, Cluster ______ is the LEAST common. a. A b. B c. C d. D Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Hard 9. An individual who is diagnosed with a personality disorder is also fairly likely to be diagnosed with any of the following types of disorders EXCEPT ______. a. schizophrenia b. substance use disorders c. mood disorders d. anxiety disorders Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Comorbidity of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 10. “Extraversion may become maladaptive and cause an individual to value herself only when she is in a relationship.” This statement brings ______ personality disorder MOST immediately to mind. a. paranoid b. narcissistic c. dependent d. schizoid Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Personality Disorders and Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Hard 11. Anhedonia and withdrawal are ______ versions of ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. adaptive; extraversion b. adaptive; introversion c. maladaptive; extraversion d. maladaptive; introversion Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Personality Disorders and Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Hard 12. Kelly is thinking about her life and considering the changes she’d like to make in the coming year. With respect to the aspects of a healthy self, Kelly’s contemplation BEST reflects ______ a. empathy b. intimacy c. self-direction d. identity Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Characteristics of a Healthy Self Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Which trait is NOT a personality dimension in the five-factor model? a. neuroticism b. conscientiousness c. agreeableness d. sensation-seeking Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Britta is easily “rattled,” and she handles stress very poorly. Based on this information, Britta probably scores highly on measures of the five-factor dimension of ______. a. neuroticism b. conscientiousness c. agreeableness d. openness Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Michelle describes herself as undisciplined and disorganized. Michelle is likely to score low on a measure of ______. a. neuroticism b. conscientiousness c. agreeableness d. openness Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Chris describes herself as curious and imaginative. Chris is likely to score high on a measure of ______. a. neuroticism b. conscientiousness c. agreeableness d. openness Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 17. With respect to the five-factor model of personality, “antagonistic” and “cooperative” might be appropriate labels for opposite ends of the ______ dimension. a. neuroticism b. conscientiousness c. agreeableness d. openness Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Which of the following five-factor personality traits generally increases during the transition into adulthood?

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. agreeableness b. neuroticism c. extraversion d. openness Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 19. ______ personality disorder seems to increase in severity over the course of the lifespan. a. Borderline b. Schizoid c. Antisocial d. Avoidant Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2: Discuss the five-factor model in relation to personality disorders Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Maladaptive Traits and Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Chryssie has been diagnosed with obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. She is MOST likely to score highly on every facet of the five-factor trait of ______. a. conscientiousness b. neuroticism c. extraversion d. openness Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.2: Discuss the five-factor model in relation to personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Maladaptive Traits and Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 21. The five-factor model uses a ______ approach to describe personality. Personality disorders are described using a ______. a. categorical; categorical approach, too b. categorical; dimensional approach c. dimensional; categorical approach d. dimensional; dimensional approach, too Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2: Discuss the five-factor model in relation to personality disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Categories and Dimensions Difficulty Level: Medium 22. ______ does NOT appear to be a risk factor for the development of personality disorders. a. Emotional abuse b. Sexual abuse c. Permissive parenting d. Neglect Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.2: Discuss the five-factor model in relation to personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Environmental and Genetic Studies of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Which choice is MOST likely a valid heritability estimate for a given personality disorder? a. 10% b. 25% c. 50% d. 75% Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.2: Discuss the five-factor model in relation to personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Environmental and Genetic Studies of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 24. The textbook suggests that the only personality disorder that is more nature than nurture is ______ personality disorder. a. histrionic b. borderline c. avoidant d. paranoid Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.2: Discuss the five-factor model in relation to personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Environmental and Genetic Studies of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 25. The interpersonal style of individuals with ______ personality disorder is often quarrelsome, stubborn, and rigid in their own beliefs. a. borderline

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. narcissistic c. paranoid d. defiant Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Paranoid Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 26. Michael reports concerns that other people are “out to get him.” His coworkers describe him as contentious, obstinate, and inflexible in his beliefs. Based on this information, Michael may be diagnosed with ______ personality disorder. a. schizotypal b. paranoid c. schizoid d. avoidant Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Paranoid Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 27. Tim appears aloof and displays little emotion. He reports than he doesn’t have any friendships because he does not enjoy being with other people. Based on this information, Tim might be diagnosed with ______ personality disorder. a. schizotypal b. paranoid c. schizoid d. avoidant Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Schizoid Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 28. ______ personality disorder is NOT characterized by coldness. a. Dependent b. Paranoid c. Schizoid d. Schizotypal Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Characterized by odd beliefs and behaviors, individuals with ______ personality disorder have a tendency toward magical thinking. a. narcissistic b. borderline c. paranoid d. schizotypal Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 30. What is the primary difference between schizophrenia and schizotypal personality disorders ? a. Schizophrenia is less severe than schizotypal personality disorder. b. Schizotypal personality disorder is less severe schizophrenia. c. Positive symptoms are more pronounced in schizotypal personality disorder. d. Negative symptoms are more pronounced in schizotypal personality disorder.

Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 31. Which of these is NOT a diagnostic criteria for schizotypal personality disorder? a. Magical thinking b. Unintelligible speech c. Unusual perceptions d. Inappropriate affect Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 32. With respect to the brain, both schizophrenia and schizotypal personality disorder show a(n) ______ in ______ matter. a. decrease; gray b. decrease; white

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. increase; gray d. increase; white Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 33. Which of the following is characteristic of schizotypal personality disorder? a. superficial charm b. impulsivity c. social anxiety d. clinginess Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 34. A person appears at your practice for treatment. The person describes a longstanding history of believing in omens and telepathy; reports having few friends; and shows odd, inappropriate affect, such as laughing when saying something serious.

What personality disorder does this patient most likely have? a. schizotypal b. schizoid c. paranoid d. histrionic Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 35. ______ personality disorder is classed as a dramatic emotional personality disorder. a. Avoidant b. Narcissistic c. Obsessive-compulsive d. Paranoid Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dramatic Emotional Personality Disorders

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 36. People with narcissistic, histrionic, borderline, or antisocial personality disorder may be described as ______. a. antagonistic or contentious b. anxious or fearful c. odd or erratic d. dramatic or emotional Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dramatic Emotional Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 37. ______ personality disorder is closely related to psychopathy. a. Antisocial b. Schizotypal c. Obsessive-compulsive d. Dependent Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder and Psychopathy Difficulty Level: Easy 38. Antisocial personality disorder is to psychopathy as ______ is to ______. a. internal; severe b. chronic; acute c. external; internal d. acute; chronic Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder and Psychopathy Difficulty Level: Medium 39. What is a defining feature that distinguishes antisocial personality disorder from psychopathy? a. The criteria for antisocial personality disorder emphasize breaking societal rules with a focus on observable behaviors. b. There are specific diagnostic tests for psychopathy, which do not exist for antisocial personality disorder. c. To qualify for psychopathy, someone needs to have a history of conduct disorder in

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 childhood. d. People with antisocial personality disorder always feel remorse for their bad actions, whereas psychopaths do not.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder and Psychopathy Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Thirteen-year-old David meets the criteria for antisocial personality disorder.

Because he is under 15, David is MOST likely to be diagnosed with ______. a. Narcissistic disorder b. conduct disorder c. developmental disorder d. attention deficit disorder Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 41. Although antisocial personality disorder is relatively rare in the general population, it is seen in as many as ______% of those in a correctional setting. a. 10–16 b. 20–45 c. 50–80 d. 80–100 Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Research on physical characteristics of the brain of people with psychopathy indicates a critical period of brain development ending around ______ of age. a. 25 years b. 18 months c. 7 years d. 6 months Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Psychopathy Difficulty Level: Medium 43. ______ many other psychological disorders, psychopathy is associated with a ______ amygdala. a. Like; larger b. Like; smaller c. Unlike; larger d. Unlike; smaller Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Brain Involvement in Psychopathy Difficulty Level: Medium 44. Kyle reports dramatic fluctuations in his mood and an underlying sense of emptiness. He also describes unstable interpersonal relationships and chronic fears of abandonment. Based on this information, the MOST appropriate diagnosis for Kyle is ______ personality disorder. a. histrionic b. narcissistic c. borderline d. dependent Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 45. The phrase “fearful preoccupation” is sometimes used to describe people with ______ personality disorder. a. schizoid b. borderline c. obsessive-compulsive d. histrionic Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 46. Of those with borderline personality disorder, approximately _____ engage in selfinjurious behavior.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. one quarter b. one half c. two thirds d. three quarters Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Fearless is to fearful preoccupation as ______ personality disorder is to ______ personality disorder. a. narcissistic; histrionic b. narcissistic; borderline c. antisocial; borderline d. antisocial; histrionic Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 48. Approximately 65% of those without a mental disorder are securely attached. The corresponding proportion among those with borderline personality disorder is ______%. a. 5 to 10 b. 15 to 20 c. 25 to 30 d. 35 to 40 Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 49. People with ______ personality disorder tend to form intense relationships with another individual. When the relationship doesn’t work out, they lash out in anger and may injure themselves to get attention from their person of interest. a. borderline b. depressive c. paranoid d. narcissistic Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 50. Approximately ______% of individuals with borderline personality disorder will show a reduction in their symptoms over a 10-year period. a. 5 b. 25 c. 50 d. 85 Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 51. Several computer game-based research studies have indicated that people with borderline personality disorder have a hard time ______ other people. a. trusting b. swindling c. helping d. shaming Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Trust and Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 52. Among people with borderline personality disorder, Eisenberger and colleagues (2003) found that activity in the ______ was positively related to self-reported distress during the Cyberball game, whereas activity in the ______ was negatively related to self-reported distress. a. anterior cingulate cortex; ventral prefrontal cortex b. ventral prefrontal cortex; anterior cingulate cortex c. anterior insula; orbitofrontal cortex d. orbitofrontal cortex; anterior insula Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Trust and Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Difficult

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 53. Attention-seeking and exaggerated emotionality are the essence of ______ personality disorder. a. narcissistic b. histrionic c. antisocial d. schizotypal Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Histrionic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 54. Ariana dresses provocatively and is always flirtatious. She likes to be the center of attention and considers everyone her closest friend. She is highly emotional; some find her shallow. Ariana displays some of the characteristics of ______ personality disorder. a. narcissistic b. antisocial c. histrionic d. schizotypal Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Histrionic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 55. ______ personality disorder is characterized by grandiosity, a need for admiration, and a lack of empathy. a. Narcissistic b. Histrionic c. Borderline d. Schizoid Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Narcissistic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 56. Which of these is not a diagnostic criterion for narcissistic personality disorder? a. excessive generosity b. needing excessive admiration c. lacking empathy d. a sense of entitlement Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Answer Location: Knowledge Answer Location: Narcissistic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 57. Which figure offers the BEST ballpark estimate of the prevalence of narcissistic personality disorder? a. 1% b. 3% c. 6% d. 10% Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Answer Location: Comprehension Answer Location: Narcissistic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 58. Fearfulness and avoidance define the behavior of people with personality disorders in Cluster ______. a. A b. B c. C d. D Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anxious Fearful Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 59. One “Cluster C” personality disorder is ______ personality disorder. a. schizotypal b. narcissistic c. avoidant d. histrionic Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Anxious Fearful Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 60. ______ personality disorder is marked by social inhibition, feelings of inadequacy, and oversensitivity to negative evaluation. a. Avoidant b. Narcissistic

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. Schizotypal d. Dependent Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Avoidant Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 61. Which personality disorder may lead a person only associating with people they can trust not to criticize them? a. narcissistic b. dependent c. avoidant d. borderline Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Avoidant Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 62. Helplessness, a need to be cared for, and “clinginess” are typical of ______ personality disorder. a. avoidant b. schizotypal c. borderline d. dependent Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dependent Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Impulsivity is probably LEAST often seen among people with ______ personality disorder. a. antisocial b. obsessive-compulsive c. borderline d. histrionic Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 64. Cluster C contains one of the most common of any of the personality disorders. This disorder is ______ personality disorder.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. avoidant b. dependent c. obsessive-compulsive d. schizotypal Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 65. Loosely, obsessive-compulsive disorder is to obsessive-compulsive personality disorder as ______ is to ______. a. external; internal b. compulsion; obsession c. obsession; compulsion d. internal; external Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 66. With respect to the treatment of personality disorders, medication is MOST often used for ______ personality disorder. a. antisocial b. paranoid c. borderline d. dependent Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dialectical Behavior Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 67. Dialectical behavioral therapy is an effective treatment for ______ personality disorder. a. antisocial b. paranoid c. borderline d. dependent Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dialectical Behavior Therapy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Easy 68. Dialectical behavioral therapy was developed by ______. a. Melanie Klein b. Hans Strupp c. Otto Kernberg d. Marsha Linehan Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dialectical Behavior Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 69. With respect to the treatment of borderline personality disorder, Zen practice is an element of ______. a. dialectical behavioral therapy b. transference-focused psychotherapy c. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy d. treatment alliance therapy Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Dialectical Behavior Therapy Difficulty Level: Easy 70. “I help people with borderline accept and be okay with whatever emotions they’re feeling at the moment,” explains a therapist. This therapist MOST likely practices ______. a. transference-focused psychotherapy b. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy c. treatment alliance therapy d. dialectical behavioral therapy Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Dialectical Behavior Therapy Difficulty Level: Hard 71. ______ is an especially appropriate therapy for instances of borderline personality disorder with comorbid substance use disorder. a. Dialectical behavioral therapy b. Transference-focused psychotherapy c. Dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. Treatment alliance therapy Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 72. “I draw on insight from contemporary neuroscience to help people with borderline personality disorder build stronger self-systems,” explains a therapist. This therapist MOST likely practices ______. a. transference-focused psychotherapy b. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy c. treatment alliance therapy d. dialectical behavioral therapy Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 73. Deb has been diagnosed not only with borderline personality disorder but also alcohol use disorder. Deb might benefit MOST from a treatment called ______. a. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy b. transference-focused psychotherapy c. treatment alliance therapy d. dialectical behavioral therapy Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 74. In the treatment of borderline personality disorder, ______ is rooted in objectrelations theory. a. dialectical behavioral therapy b. transference-focused psychotherapy c. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy d. client-centered therapy Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 75. Of the treatments for borderline personality disorder, ______ is targeted MOST directly at the treatment of self-injurious behavior. a. dialectical behavioral therapy b. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy c. client-centered therapy d. transference-focused psychotherapy Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 76. Kerri is a “cutter.” She has thin scars running lengthwise from the tips of several fingers on her left hand down almost to first knuckle. She has been diagnosed recently with borderline personality disorder. Based on this information, ______ may be an especially appropriate form of treatment for Kerri. a. dialectical behavioral therapy b. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy c. transference-focused psychotherapy d. client-centered therapy Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 77. Empirically supported treatments for borderline personality disorder do NOT include ______. a. dialectical behavioral therapy b. transference-focused psychotherapy c. dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy d. eye movement desensitization therapy Ans: D Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 78. A healthy, productive relationship between a client and the therapist is often called the treatment ______. a. contract

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. compact c. alliance d. liaison Ans: C Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatments for the Other Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 79. Professionals working in the criminal justice system are often responsible for the initial treatment of people with ______ personality disorder. a. antisocial b. schizoid c. paranoid d. narcissistic Ans: A Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatments for the Other Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium

80. Individuals with Cluster ______ personality disorders are MOST likely to push the boundaries and test the limits of the therapeutic relationship. a. A b. B c. C d. D Ans: B Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatments for the Other Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. An individual with a personality disorder cannot be diagnosed with an additional personality disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Maladaptive personality traits can be viewed as extreme versions of adaptive personality traits.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Personality Disorders and Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The five-factor model of personality is generally applicable across cultures.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Typical Personality Traits Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Understanding the relationship between normal and disordered personality would be simplified if a dimensional approach were taken to personality disorders.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Maladaptive Traits and Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Schizoid personality disorder is one of the MOST studied personality disorders.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizoid Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Antisocial personality disorder is diagnosed equally often among males and females.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 7. Only a minority number of those with antisocial personality disorder are psychopathic.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder and Psychopathy Difficulty Level: Medium 8. The great majority of those with borderline personality disorder have an anxiousambivalent attachment style.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 9. Individuals with borderline personality disorder show less arousal when performing emotional empathy tasks.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Brain Studies of Those With Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 10. A fear of criticism is one characteristic of histrionic personality disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Narcissistic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 11. Data from community samples suggest that as many as 1 in 5 people have narcissistic personality disorder.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Narcissistic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 12. An individual must experience both obsessions and compulsions to meet criteria for obsessive-compulsive personality disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Personality disorders respond well to medication.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 14. MOST research on the treatment of personality disorders has focused on dependent personality disorder.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 15. One of the primary goals of therapy for borderline personality is to reduce selfdestructive behaviors.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium Short Answer 1. Paranoid personality disorder, schizotypal personality disorder, and schizoid personality disorder are all examples of Cluster A disorders; that is, ______ disorders.

Ans: odd, eccentric Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Medium 2. The DSM-5 recognizes a total of ______ distinct personality disorders.

Ans: ten Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Easy 3. Individuals with ______ personality disorder show high scores on each of the facets of the Big Five factor of neuroticism.

Ans: borderline Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Maladaptive Traits and Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Schizotypal personality disorder was introduced to the DSM relatively recently, in the year ______.

Ans: 1980 Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 5. An individual under the age of 15 who meets the criteria for antisocial personality disorder is likely to be diagnosed with child ______ disorder.

Ans: conduct Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 6. It is estimated that ______% of those with borderline personality disorder engage in self-injurious behavior.

Ans: 75 Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 7. ______ personality disorder is named after the Greek figure who fell in love with his own reflection.

Ans: Narcissistic Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Narcisstistic Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 8. One hallmark of ______ personality disorder is a fear of being criticized or evaluated negatively by others.

Ans: avoidant Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Avoidant Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Dialectical behavior therapy is described by its developer, ______, as a blend of behavioral science, dialectical philosophy, and Zen practice.

Ans: Marsha Linehan Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Dialectical Behavior Therapy Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Object-relations theory forms the basis of a treatment for borderline personality disorder called ______ psychotherapy.

Ans: transference-focused Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Distinguish among the three clusters of personality disorders: Clusters A, B, and C. For each cluster, provide an identifying label for the cluster; a brief one-sentence description of how the disorders influence an individual’s relationships with others; and, finally, the name of one personality disorder within the cluster.

Ans: Cluster A: Odd or eccentric disorders. People with these disorders feel uncomfortable around or distrustful of others and therefore restrict their relationships.

One Cluster A disorder is schizotypal personality disorder.

Cluster B: Dramatic, emotional, or erratic disorders. These disorders are characterized by an array of exaggerated interpersonal styles, from exploitative, to dramatic, to grandiose. Narcissistic personality disorder falls within Cluster B. Cluster C: Anxious or fearful disorders. People with these disorders relate to others in a fearful way. One example is dependent personality disorder.

Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: What Is a Personality Disorder?

Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Describe the characteristics of a “healthy self.”

Ans: A healthy self is defined by a robust identity, a sense of self-direction, and positive relationships that include intimacy. A person with a healthy self understands that they are a unique person separate from other people. The self has a unique history that the person understands. The person has an accurate sense of who he or she is and what he or she can accomplish. The person appreciates his or her abilities. With a sense of self-direction, the individual has meaningful short-term and long-term goals consistent with his or her identity. Finally, the person can empathize with others and develop close relationships based on mutual self-disclosure.

Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Characteristics of a Healthy Self Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Discuss the adaptive advantages and disadvantages of each of the “Big 5” personality traits.

Ans: The big five are extraversion, neuroticism, openness, conscientiousness, and agreeableness. According to work from Nettle, each of these five traits may be well and/or poorly suited to the environment depending on current conditions. Most people are a mix of many if not all of these traits. Extraversion advantages: Social allies, mating success, greater exploration of the environment; Disadvantages: Risky behavior, family instability. Neuroticism advantages: Vigilance to danger, competitiveness, striving for success; Disadvantages: Stress and depression, often with profound interpersonal and health consequences. Openness advantages: Creativity, greater perceived attractiveness; Disadvantages: Unusual beliefs, greater propensity for psychosis.

Conscientiousness advantages: Attention to long-term survival benefits, patient, and detail oriented, attention to beneficial social characteristics; Disadvantages: Obsessiveness, rigidity, often misses immediate survival advantages. Agreeableness advantages: Attentiveness to the mental states of others (high empathy) and easy interpersonal relationships; Disadvantages: Often cheated or taken advantage of, failure to act in own best interest.

Learning Objective: Learning Objective: 14.1: Identify personality disorders, personality traits, and the characteristics of a healthy self.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Evolution and Different Personality Characteristics Difficulty Level: Hard 4. Briefly outline the evidence for genetic and environmental contributions to personality disorders. Identify the specific experiences that seem to underlie personality disorders.

Which personality disorder seems the MOST genetic?

Ans: Heritability estimates for the personality disorders range from about 0.40 to about

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 0.60, suggesting both genetic and environmental contributions to the disorders.

Borderline personality disorder seems to be the only one that is more genetic than environmental. Emotional abuse, sexual abuse, and neglect are related to the later development of personality disorders. In one study (Battle et al., 2004), three quarters or more of a sample of participants with personality disorders had experienced childhood abuse or neglect.

Learning Objective: 14.2: Discuss the five-factor model in relation to personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Environmental and Genetic Studies of Personality Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Compare and contrast schizotypal personality disorder with schizophrenia.

Ans: Like people with schizophrenia, people with schizotypal personality disorder have unusual ideas and make connections between unrelated ideas or events. They also may be similarly odd, socially detached, and prone to unusual perceptual experiences.

In contrast to people with schizophrenia, however, people with schizotypal personality disorder do not demonstrate as severe a loss of gray matter in the brain. Although their thought and speech may be odd, people with schizotypal personality disorder are understandable and are not out of touch with reality, as is the case with people suffering from schizophrenia.

Learning Objective: 14.3: Distinguish among the paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Distinguish between psychopathy and antisocial personality disorder.

Ans: While psychopathy and antisocial personality disorder have often been used interchangeably, the terms differ in emphasis. Psychopathy is seen as an internal pathology of personality, defined by callousness, emotional detachment, and impulsivity. Antisocial personality disorder is better defined with reference to such external behaviors as law breaking and problematic interactions with other people.

Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Antisocial Personality Disorder and Psychopathy Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Where did borderline personality disorder get its name? Explain the origins of the term.

Ans: Historically, the term borderline was used to denote individuals who were neither neurotic nor psychotic: the “border,” therefore, has been neurosis and psychosis.

Although not normally out of touch with reality, as is implied by the term psychosis, people with borderline personality disorder can experience a “break” and become disorganized in their view of self and others when they are under stress. The

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 experiences of those with borderline personality disorder go beyond those seen in the traditional “neurotic” disorders, such as anxiety or depression; individuals with these disorders do not experience a break but tend to withdraw when experiencing psychological distress.

Learning Objective: 14.4: Distinguish among the antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Borderline Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Hard 8. Provide a brief three to four sentence character sketch of an individual with obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. How does obsessive-compulsive personality differ from obsessive-compulsive disorder?

Ans: Bette is a true workaholic. She views all activities and relationships outside work as “frivolous.” Her perfectionism means that she rarely delegates tasks to her subordinates. Her perfectionism also means that she refuses to compromise quality.

Combined with her perfectionism, her rigidity with respect to deadlines means that she spends evenings and weekends working. Her work ethic means that she is successful and well-paid; however, she has trouble parting with a dollar, hoarding her money in savings and investment accounts. Interpersonally, while she is pleasant and polite, she has little sympathy or patience for people caught in difficult situations; she tends to be inflexible with respect to the morals and values she believes people should hold.

Obsessive-compulsive personality disorder differs from obsessive-compulsive disorder in that the objects of control are internal rather than external. Rather than wash one’s hands or check locks, a person with obsessive-compulsive personality disorder will try to control their adherence to internal rules or standards.

Learning Objective: 14.5: Distinguish among the anxious fearful personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Identify and distinguish among three types of psychological therapy that appear to be effective for patients with borderline personality disorder. For each type of therapy, identify its theoretical basis and therapeutic emphases in two or three sentences. Where applicable, identify the specific type of patient for whom the therapy is especially intended. Do not worry about describing the specific stages of each type of therapy.

Ans: (1) Dialectical behavior therapy (DBT). Based on the idea that people with borderline personality disorder have extreme emotional reactions and have trouble accepting changes. DBT aims to help people with borderline personality disorder accept their experience of the moment. DBT is a blend of behavioral science, dialectical philosophy, and Zen practice. It may be especially appropriate for suicidal patients as it is effective in reducing suicide.

(2) Dynamic deconstructive psychotherapy (DDT). DDP was developed for clients who find therapy difficult as well as for those who may also have substance abuse problems.

It is partly based on neuroscience research and is designed to help individuals with BPD develop a coherent sense of self.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 (3) Transference-focused psychotherapy (TFP). TFP is based on object-relations theory and therefore reflects a psychodynamic perspective. It aims to help patients develop a stable sense of self and is especially appropriate for self-destructive patients.

Learning Objective: 14.6: Identify the treatments available to individuals with personality disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Other Proven Therapies for Treating Borderline Personality Disorder.

Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 15: Neurocognitive Disorders Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. In the vignette at the beginning of the textbook’s chapter on neurocognitive disorders, Ronald Regan speaks to the American people about his diagnosis of ______. a. Pick’s disease b. reduplicative paramnesia c. Alzheimer’s disease d. delirium tremens Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 2. Which of these is NOT an aging-related choice we all make in regard to our health? a. diet b. travel c. exercise d. type of work Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 3. The characteristics of “successful aging” do NOT include ______. a. freedom from disability or disease b. high cognitive and physical functioning c. ability to engage in extreme sports d. social activity, including having friends and being productive Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 4. People who remain productive well into their 80s and even 90s exemplify ______ aging. a. normative b. neurocognitive c. optimal d. successful Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 5. In February 2017, Debbie Harry announced that her band Blondie had released a new full-length album of original material. Blondie has been releasing new material every few years since their heyday at the turn of the 1980s. Having turned 70 in 2016, Debbie Harry exemplifies ______ aging. a. successful b. normative c. neurocognitive d. optimal Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 6. According to the text, life expectancies have risen over the last century due to ______. a. advances in medicine, sanitation, and clean water b. decreasing animal populations that carry diseases c. decreased levels of global armed conflict d. genetically modified food availability Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Normal Cognitive Changes Related to Aging Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Worldwide, the proportion of the population over the age of 65 has ______ since 1900. a. decreased b. remained constant c. increased slightly

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. increased greatly Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Cognitive Changes Related to Aging Difficulty Level: Medium 8. According to the text, which continent has the youngest average age? a. North America b. South America c. Eurasia d. Africa Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Cognitive Changes Related to Aging Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Which of Salthouse’s categories, dealing with perception of two-dimensional and three-dimensional objects, is best in a person’s twenties and thirties? It decreases but remains stable through a person’s forties to sixties. It then decreases rapidly. a. spatial visualization b. reasoning c. episodic memory d. processing speed Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Do Cognitive Abilities Change With Age? Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Unlike other cognitive abilities such as memory and attention, vocabulary ability tends to ______ as we age. a. improve dramatically b. improve slightly c. deteriorate slightly d. deteriorate dramatically Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Do Cognitive Abilities Change With Age? Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 11. As we age, perceptual speed (i.e., processing speed) tends to ______. a. increase b. decrease c. remain constant d. decrease sharply until age 75, then remain constant Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Do Cognitive Abilities Change With Age? Difficulty Level: Medium 12. As we age, episodic memory (i.e., the ability to remember information from stories or events in one’s life) tends to ______. a. deteriorate steadily b. improve steadily c. improve dramatically d. remain constant until age 60 and then decline Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Do Cognitive Abilities Change With Age? Difficulty Level: Medium 13. Noreen is 42. She is interested in how her memory might change as she progresses from middle to later adulthood. A cognitive gerontologist might tell her that her episodic memory should ______. a. remain constant until she is at least 80 years of age b. remain relatively constant until about age 60 and then decline c. improve slightly until she is about 70, then plateau d. decline steadily from her middle-40s onward Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Do Cognitive Abilities Change With Age? Difficulty Level: Medium 14. As people age, the ______ in the brain shows a noticeable reduction in volume. a. hippocampus b. entorhinal cortex c. visual cortex d. striate cortex Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: How the Brain Changes With Age Difficulty Level: Easy 15. One of the first brain regions affected by Alzheimer’s disease is the ______ cortex, located in the ______ lobe. a. entorhinal; occipital b. entorhinal; temporal c. visual; occipital d. visual; temporal Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How the Brain Changes With Age Difficulty Level: Medium 16. Suppose you are a neuroscientist, and you are studying brain activation differences between younger adults and older adults. You notice that while performing the same set of tasks, the older adults tend to use more of their brains than the younger adults. This phenomenon is known as ______ among older adults. a. compensation b. deletion c. addition d. neural subtraction Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How the Brain Changes with Age Difficulty Level: Medium 17. Why do older adults tend to use more brain areas to solve a given problem than younger adults do? a. Older adults are not as intelligent when compared with as younger adults. b. Older adults have declining IQs compared with younger adults. c. Older adults need additional executive resources to perform the same task. d. Older adults have shorter attention spans than younger adults.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How the Brain Changes with Age Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 18. When Elsie sits quietly, doing nothing in particular, the ______ network is active in her brain. a. prion b. frontal c. default d. occipital Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: How the Brain Changes With Age Difficulty Level: Medium 19. In a study cited in the text (Deary et al., 2015), a cohort of individuals was given an IQ test at age 11 and again at age 79. The authors of this study reported that individuals with a certain variant of the APOE gene showed a decrease in IQ scores between ages 11 and 79, whereas individuals with another variant of this gene showed no change in IQ scores between ages 11 and 79. These results suggest that ______. a. diet and exercise are solely responsible for staving off neurocognitive impairment b. everyone will show at least some impairment in cognitive by age 79 c. genetics plays a role in how IQ is maintained across the lifespan d. there is no obvious role for genetics in neurocognitive functioning Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How the Brain Changes With Age Difficulty Level: Medium 20. Low levels of the five-factor personality trait of ______ are associated with better cognitive aging. a. conscientiousness b. openness c. agreeableness d. neuroticism Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: How the Brain Changes With Age Difficulty Level: Easy 21. Dorothy is an 80-year-old patient in general medical-surgical ward in a large hospital. Shortly after her admission, she becomes confused and displays memory loss and difficulty focusing her attention. These symptoms dissipate within 2 days. Dorothy is

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 MOST likely experiencing ______. a. Alzheimer’s disease b. frontotemporal neurocognitive disorder c. delirium d. Pick’s disease Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Delirium Difficulty Level: Medium 22. Delirium MOST often reflects ______. a. medical conditions or medical treatment b. the normal aging of the brain c. neuronal loss in the frontal lobe d. the presence of plaques and tangles in the brain Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium.

Difficulty Level: Medium 23. ______ is usually observed to occur suddenly and quickly resolve, whereas ______ is usually observed to occur gradually and does not resolve. a. Dementia; delirium b. Delirium; dementia c. Dementia; Alzheimer’s disease d. Alzheimer’s disease; delirium Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium.

Difficulty Level: Medium 24. Unlike dementia, delirium frequently occurs in older populations ______. a. following a drug overdose b. before the death of a loved one c. following a spiritual awakening d. as a complication of hospitalization Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium.

Difficulty Level: Medium 25. Although a variety of cognitive impairments are seen in delirium, delirium is primarily seen as a disorder of ______. a. language comprehension and production b. decision making and problem solving c. memory production and retrieval d. attention and awareness Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium.

Difficulty Level: Medium 26. Of the patients in intensive care units in hospitals, delirium is seen in ______. a. a few b. some c. about half. d. most.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium.

Difficulty Level: Medium 27. Delirium usually begins ______ and generally lasts for ______. a. gradually; weeks or months b. gradually; months or years c. suddenly; hours or days d. suddenly; weeks or months Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium Difficulty Level: Medium 28. The incidence of mild and moderate neurocognitive disorders tends to ______ as we age. a. decrease b. increase c. remain constant d. vary erratically

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Neurocognitive Disorders.

Difficulty Level: Easy 29. A decline in cognitive abilities beyond what would be expected from normal aging would be termed ______. a. Alzheimer’s disease b. delirium c. Parkinson’s disease d. mild neurocognitive disorder Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Neurocognitive Disorders.

Difficulty Level: Easy 30. A primary difference between mild neurocognitive disorder and major neurocognitive disorder is that individuals with ______. a. minor neurocognitive disorder are still able to function independently b. major neurocognitive disorder tend to be older c. major neurocognitive disorder tend to have more medical issues d. minor neurocognitive disorder have never experienced a delirium Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Neurocognitive Disorders.

Difficulty Level: Medium 31. According to your text, depressed individuals over the age of 85 ______. a. rarely experience delirium, even during hospitalization b. show impaired memory and executive functioning c. tend to have depressed adult children caring for them d. are at an increased risk of falls and serious injury Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Neurocognitive

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 32. The MOST common form of neurocognitive disorder is ______. a. Alzheimer’s disease b. Frontotemporal dementia c. Lewy Body dementia d. Huntington’s dementia Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 33. Alzheimer’s disease is believed to affect about ______% of people in their 90s. a. 25 b. 35 c. 40 d. 60 Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 34. The full course of Alzheimer’s disease usually lasts ______ years. a. 1–2 b. 5–10 c. 10–20 d. 40–50 Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 35. The two major markers of Alzheimer’s disease in the brains of Alzheimer’s patients are ______. a. neuritic plaques and neurofibrillary tangles b. ventriculomegaly and midline shift c. cerebral atrophy and tumor d. memory loss and unusual behavior Ans: A

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Medium 36. Another name for neuritic plaque is ______. a. ventricular adenoma. b. neurofibrillary tangle. c. tau protein. d. beta-amyloid plaque.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Easy 37. What is the core protein of neurofibrillary tangles? a. eta b. tau c. kinesin d. neuronin Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Medium 38. Which statement is true about plaques and tangles in the brains of older adults? a. They are present only among older adults with Alzheimer’s disease. b. They are present only during the final stages of Alzheimer’s disease. c. They are also observed in the brains of healthy older adults. d. They are always reflective of some neurodegenerative disease process.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Medium 39. Which conclusion is implied by the fact that immediate family members of people with Alzheimer’s disease have a threefold higher risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease than does the general population? a. There is no known cause of Alzheimer’s disease.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. Alzheimer’s disease is likely caused by toxins in the environment. c. There is likely a genetic component to Alzheimer’s disease. d. Alzheimer’s disease has a tendency to “skip” generations.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genes and Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 40. Neuroimaging research has allowed us to learn that, compared to the brains of healthy elderly controls, the brains of individuals with Alzheimer’s disease ______. a. show increases in default network activity b. show decreases in default network activity c. are surprisingly similar despite the disease d. are larger and more convoluted than normal Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroimaging of Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 41. The second-most common type of neurocognitive disorders is ______. a. Alzheimer’s disease b. HIV-related dementia c. vascular disease d. Pick’s disease Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Vascular Neurocognitive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 42. What is one important difference between vascular neurocognitive disorder and Alzheimer’s disease? a. Alzheimer’s disease is more deadly than vascular neurocognitive disorder. b. Vascular neurocognitive disorder is more deadly than Alzheimer’s disease. c. Vascular neurocognitive disorder symptoms usually appear more gradually. d. The symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease usually appear more gradually.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Vascular Neurocognitive Disorder

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 43. A concussion results when ______. a. a sharp object penetrates the skull b. the brain impacts against the inside of the skull c. a football player takes a direct hit to the head d. a field hockey player is struck in the head with a stick Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Traumatic Brain Injury Difficulty Level: Medium 44. The syndrome known as “punch-drunk” is often seen among ______. a. motorcross riders b. rodeo cowboys c. NFL wide receivers d. aging boxers Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Traumatic Brain Injury Difficulty Level: Easy 45. Approximately how many traumatic brain injuries occur in the United States each year? a. 500,000 b. 1 million c. 1.7 million d. 3.6 million Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Traumatic Brain Injury Difficulty Level: Medium 46. A person is MOST susceptible to a second concussion for approximately ______ days after having a first concussion. a. 2 b. 7 c. 10 d. 14 Ans: C

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Silent Epidemic of Concussion in Sports Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Which statement is true regarding Lewy body dementia? a. Lewy bodies are never observed in the neurons of healthy older adults. b. Lewy body dementia is not associated with memory impairments. c. Lewy body dementia affects up to 25% of older adults over age 75. d. Patients with Lewy body dementia often experience hallucinations.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Lewy Body Dementia Difficulty Level: Medium 48. The substantia nigra is located in the ______. a. basal ganglia b. cerebral cortex c. brain stem d. spinal cord Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 49. Parkinson’s disease results from a degeneration of neurons in the ______. a. paraventricular nucleus b. substantia nigra c. hippocampus d. entorhinal cortex Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 50. Neurons that project from the substantia nigra to the basal ganglia use the neurotransmitter ______. a. acetylcholine b. serotonin

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. dopamine d. norepinephrine Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 51. One way of treating the symptoms of Parkinson’s disease involves ______. a. lesioning inhibitory circuits in the reticular activating system b. proper diet and exercise in accordance with physical ability c. taking drugs that replace lost dopamine levels d. taking drugs that replace lost serotonin levels Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 52. Which of the following is NOT recognized as a symptom of Parkinson’s disease? a. resting tremor b. slowness of movement c. poor balance and coordination d. hypersexuality Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 53. Surprisingly, the symptoms of Parkinson’s disease do not typically emerge until ______% of the neurons in the substantia nigra are lost. a. 5 b. 10 c. 25 d. 60 Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 54. The cognitive features of neurocognitive disorder due to Parkinson’s disease are similar to those of ______. a. Alzheimer’s disease b. Huntington’s disease c. Lewy body dementia d. HIV-related dementia Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 55. Unlike many neurocognitive disorders, Huntington’s disease is caused by ______. a. a single gene mutation b. a single environmental toxin c. genetic and environmental factors d. bacterial infection Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 56. A child born to a parent with Huntington’s disease has a ______% chance of developing the disorder. a. 15 b. 25 c. 50 d. 100 Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 57. The symptoms of Huntington’s disease usually emerge around age ______. a. 40 b. 55 c. 65 d. 85 Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 58. Unlike frontotemporal neurocognitive disorder, in Huntington’s disease there are relatively few problems with ______. a. spatial ability b. language ability c. memory ability d. divided attention Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s Disease Difficulty Level: Hard 59. The medical name for “mad cow disease” is ______. a. bovine spongiform encephalopathy b. feline immunodeficiency virus c. Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease d. arachnoform myopathy Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s disease Difficulty Level: Medium 60. Prion disease is spread by ______. a. coming into contact with the body fluids of an infected person b. eating the brain tissue of an infected organism c. infected individuals passing on their genes to their children d. coming into contact with environmental toxins like lead and mercury Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s disease Difficulty Level: Medium 61. Imagine you are a coroner tasked with identifying the cause of death of an elderly person who recently passed away. When examining the person’s brain tissue, you notice that it is full of tiny holes and resembles Swiss cheese or bread. This person most likely had ______. a. Alzheimer’s disease

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. Parkinson’s disease c. frontotemporal dementia d. prion disease Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s disease Difficulty Level: Hard 62. Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease is considered a(n) ______. a. autoimmune disease b. prion disease c. bacterial infection d. congenital birth defect Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s disease Difficulty Level: Medium 63. Why is Prion disease is common among certain isolated tribes in Papua New Guinea ? a. It is common during the tribes’ religious rituals to eat the brains of the deceased. b. These individuals have a genetic susceptibility to the disease. c. These individuals are exposed to toxins in their environment. d. Certain kinds of brain injuries are more common among these tribes.

Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s disease Difficulty Level: Medium 64. Prion diseases affect roughly one in ______ people. a. 10,000 b. 100,000 c. 1,000,000 d. 10,000,000 Ans: c Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s disease Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 65. According to the textbook, about ______% of all neurocognitive disorders are preventable through such lifestyle choices as proper diet, exercise, and abstaining from tobacco use. a. 15 b. 25 c. 35 d. 50 Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Prevention of Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 66. Based on the textbook’s discussion, ______ would NOT be expected to reduce one’s risk of developing a neurocognitive disorder. a. proper diet b. physical exercise c. social interaction d. financial success Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Prevention of Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 67. High blood pressure in midlife is MOST likely associated with ______ neurocognitive disorder in later adulthood. a. vascular b. frontotemporal c. Lewy body d. substance-induced Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Prevention of Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 68. Individuals higher in intelligence may experience less decline in cognitive abilities than do individuals lower in intelligence. This BEST reflects the concept of ______. a. buffering b. reserve c. protection

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. executive function Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 69. With respect to its effect on cognitive abilities, physical exercise may be especially beneficial for ______. a. processing speed b. memory retrieval c. executive functioning d. attention deficit Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 70. Exercise is believed to slow cognitive decline by ______. a. improving immune functioning in the brain b. increasing the availability of glutamate in the synapse c. decreasing the availability of glutamate in the synapse d. increasing blood flow to the whole brain Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 71. ______ protects against neurocognitive disorders as one moves into older adulthood. a. Being financially successful b. Being the middle child c. Being male d. Good diet and exercise Ans: D Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 72. The STRONGEST evidence supporting a relationship between physical exercise and successful cognitive aging is BEST described as ______. a. experimental b. anecdotal c. observation d. correlational Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Hard 73. The textbook states that, “Following more than 700 older individuals without neurocognitive disorders for several years, Aaron Buchman and his colleagues (2012) found that daily physical activity slowed cognitive decline.” Buchman et al.’s study is an example of a(n) ______ study. a. linkage b. longitudinal c. cross-sectional d. observational Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Hard 74. Scores on a measure of social integration are ______ associated with the extent of cognitive losses in adulthood. Assume that higher scores on the measure indicate greater social integration. a. negatively b. not c. positively d. perfectly Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Hard 75. People who drink moderate amounts of ______ live longer than those who abstain. a. alcohol but not coffee b. coffee but not alcohol c. either coffee or alcohol

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 d. neither alcohol nor coffee Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 76. Which phrase BEST captures the proportion of those over 90 who suffer from dementia? a. a small minority b. close to half c. a majority d. almost all Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 77. The textbook notes that eye contact, reducing distractions, and paraphrasing what was said can improve the ability of people with neurocognitive disorders to hold conversations with others. These strategies BEST reflect the idea of ______. a. reserve capacity b. compensation c. working capacity d. executive function Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment of and Support for Those with Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 78. The ONLY neurocognitive disorder that can be cured is ______. a. delirium b. Alzheimer’s disease c. Lewy body disease d. Parkinson’s disease Ans: A Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Treatment of and Support for Those with Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 79. Considerations informing the potential use of medication to treat neurocognitive disorders do NOT include that fact that ______. a. it is difficult to distinguish dementia from depression. b. medications may have more adverse side effects among older adults. c. the most common neurocognitive disorders do NOT respond to medication. d. the bodies of older adults respond differently to medication.

Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treatment of and Support for Those with Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 80. Acetylcholinergic drugs are to dopaminergic drugs as ______ disease is to ______ disease. a. Parkinson’s; Alzheimer’s b. Alzheimer’s; Parkinson’s c. Alzheimer’s; Lewy body d. Lewy body; Parkinson’s Ans: B Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treatment of and Support for Those with Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Hard 81. Marvin has Parkinson’s disease but is not responding well to the pharmaceutical dopamine replacement therapy he has been prescribed. Marvin might consider ______ as an alternative biomedical therapy. a. electroencephalography (EEG) b. transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) c. deep brain stimulation (DBS) d. electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) Ans: C Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Treatment of and Support for Those with Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium True/False 1. Neurocognitive disorders are a part of normal aging.

Ans: F

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. The proportion of the population that is over 65 has increased more than fivefold since 1900.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Normal Cognitive Changes Related to Aging Difficulty Level: Medium 3. All cognitive abilities decline steadily as we age.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Do Cognitive Abilities Change With Age? Difficulty Level: Medium 4. With age, brain volumes decrease in areas related to executive control memory.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: How the Brain Changes With Age Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Delirium is observed only among older adults.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium Difficulty Level: Easy 6. Alzheimer’s disease is associated with widespread synaptic overgrowth.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 7. The development of tangles follows a fixed pattern, starting in the entorhinal cortex.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Early onset Alzheimer’s disease has a stronger genetic component than does late onset Alzheimer’s disease.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genes and Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Amyloid plaques and neurofibrillary tangles are absent from the brains of healthy older adults.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Genes and Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Falls in the elderly are the most common cause of traumatic brain injury in the United States.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Traumatic Brain Injury Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Loss of dopamine neurons in the substantia nigra is one factor contributing to the development of Parkinson’s disease.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Spongiform encephalopathy gets its name from the sponge-like appearance of

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 affected brain tissue.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Huntington’s disease Difficulty Level: Medium 13. About half of all neurocognitive disorders can be prevented.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Prevention of Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Easy 14. Assertions that exercise can reduce the risk of developing neurocognitive disorders are based largely on pseudoscience.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 15. Effective medications exist for Lewy body disease.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Treatment of and Support for Those with Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium Short Answer 1. Neurocognitive disorders were once called ______.

Ans: dementia, dementias Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Easy 2. The ______ cortex is located in the temporal lobe and serves as a hub that connects the hippocampus and the neocortex.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: entorhinal Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: How the Brain Changes with Age Difficulty Level: Medium 3. The brain’s ______ network is active when one sits and does nothing.

Ans: default Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: How the Brain Changes With Age Difficulty Level: Easy 4. Steven, a 75-year-old, suddenly develops symptoms of confusion, impaired memory, and impaired attention, which go away a few days later. Steven is MOST likely experiencing ______.

Ans: delirium Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Delirium Difficulty Level: Medium 5. A decline in cognitive abilities that is greater than might be expected from normal aging but that does not impair an individual’s life is called ______ disorder.

Ans: mild neurocognitive Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Neurofibrillary tangle is to tau as neuritic plaque is to ______.

Ans: beta amyloid, B-amyloid Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Hard 7. First-degree relatives of individuals with Alzheimer’s disease have about ______ times the risk of developing the disorder than do those without relatives with Alzheimer’s disease.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Ans: three Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Genes and Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 8. A stroke may lead to the second-most prevalent type of neurocognitive disorder, namely, ______ neurocognitive disorder.

Ans: vascular Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Vascular Neurocognitive Disorder Difficulty Level: Easy 9. ______ disease is a neurological condition that primarily affects the motor system.

Ans: Parkinson’s Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Parkinson’s Disease Difficulty Level: Easy 10. ______ is the idea that the brain can compensate for neurocognitive declines or impairments by taking advantage of high intelligence or high functioning in other areas.

Ans: Reserve Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Explain what it means to age successfully by (a) identifying the three broad characteristics of successful aging and (b) providing concrete example of how a single day in your life at age 70 might illustrate all three aspects.

Ans: One characteristic of successful aging is freedom from disability and disease.

Leaving a routine physical checkup one summer afternoon when I am 70, I am fully mobile; my physician assures me that she sees no health problems for me. High cognitive and physical functioning is another characteristic of successful aging. Earlier that morning, I completed my usual exercise routine of 10 minutes of cardio on the exercise bike and a 45-minute walk. I continue to work as a partner at a law firm, providing plenty of cognitive challenge and illustrating the third aspect of successful

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 aging, that of social activity and productivity. I return to the office to work for a few hours after the appointment with my physician.

Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorders (Chapter Introduction) Difficulty Level: Medium 2. Review the changes a typical 20-year-old might experience across the adult lifespan with respect to the five major areas of cognition described in the textbook.

Ans: (1) Vocabulary: Generally consistent across the lifespan, some individuals experience an increase in vocabulary in their 60s. (2) Perceptual speed: The ability to quickly compare basic, usually symbolic information such as letters, numbers, and patterns declines slowly from age 30 onward. (3) Episodic memory: The ability to recall information, usually presented in the form of a story or anecdote, is generally stable until around age 60 and then gradually drops off. (4) Spatial visualization: Spatial visualization is the ability to manipulate figures in one’s mind to solve problems, such as imagining the three-dimensional form of a two-dimensional representation, using small shapes to fill in a large shape, or imagining and describing how a pattern would look on a piece of paper. Spatial visualization is best in one’s 20s through 30s, then stable from 40 through the 60s. Like most other cognitive abilities, spatial visualization begins to drop off in one’s 60s. Reasoning: Reasoning skills peak in one’s 20s and 30s and remain intact into one’s 90s.

Learning Objective: 15.1: Summarize the major cognitive and brain changes in older adulthood.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Do Cognitive Abilities Change With Age? Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Define delirium, and compare and contrast it with neurocognitive disorder.

Ans: Delirium is a short-term state of mental confusion. Like neurocognitive disorder, it often involves problems in memory and language. Delirium often involves difficulty in focusing attention. Delirium, however, is a shorter-term, fluctuating state, as opposed to the more stable, longer-term neurocognitive disorders. While delirium is rare in community samples, as are the neurocognitive disorders, delirium may be seen in a majority of general hospital and, especially, intensive care populations.

Learning Objective: 15.2: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and causes of delirium.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Causes of Delirium Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Helen has just been diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease. She is in the very beginning stages of the disorder. Outline the progression of symptoms Helen and her family will experience as the disease progress over the next 10 to 20 years.

Ans: Alzheimer’s disease is a progressive disorder characterized primarily by problems

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 with memory. At first, Helen’s memory problems may include forgetting names, misplacing household items, and forgetting the task she was about to undertake. As the disorder progresses, Helen may experience additional, more severe cognitive symptoms. She will experience more difficulty finding words and may not be able to follow a familiar path from one location to another. She may withdraw socially and fail to undertake new tasks. Helen may begin to lose autobiographical memory and knowledge of her own life. In the later stages of the disorder, motor problems become apparent.

This includes urinary incontinence. Helen may also spend time in bed without acknowledging or speaking to other people, including family. Delusions and hallucinations are seen in some individuals.

Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Characteristics, Prevalence, and Diagnosis of Alzheimer’s Disease Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Distinguish between the plaques and tangles seen in Alzheimer’s disease with respect to their composition, location, development, and association with cognitive decline.

Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Ans: Composition: Plaques: Beta-amyloid is the core protein; Tangles: Tau is the core protein Location: Plaques: extracellular; Tangles: within the neuron Development: Plaques: development does not follow a fixed pattern; Tangles: begin to develop in entorhinal cortex, a temporal lobe area that connects the hippocampus and the neocortex. Development progresses to the hippocampus and then to other cortical areas along anatomical connections.

Association with cognitive decline: The tangles are more strongly associated with cognitive decline than are the plaques.

Learning Objective: 15.3: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neurofibrillary Tangles and Neuritic Plaques Difficulty Level: Medium 6. Contrast the symptoms of frontotemporal neurocognitive disorder with those of Alzheimer’s disease.

Ans: Originally known as Pick’s disease, frontotemporal neurocognitive disorder is characterized by a reduction of the anterior lobes of the frontal and temporal areas. In contrast to Alzheimer’s disease, frontotemporal neurocognitive disorder may be seen as early as the third decade of life. The disorder takes on different forms depending on the brain areas involved. Unlike Alzheimer’s disease, frontotemporal neurocognitive disorder is marked by social and behavioral abnormalities rather than cognitive deficits.

These include a lack of social awareness, a lack of insight, indifference, inappropriate behaviors, stereotyped behaviors, aggression, and a loss of inhibition. Some of these

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 characteristics may be manifested in terms of eating. That is, the person will eat indiscriminately and may even take food from others’ plates. The person may also show repetitive motor behaviors such as hand rubbing or foot tapping. They may also repeat the same phrase or do the same activity at the same time each day. Visuospatial skills tend not to be impaired.

Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Frontotemporal Neurocognitive Disorder Difficulty Level: Medium 7. What is Lewy body dementia? Describe the symptoms, cause, and course of the disorder.

Ans: Lewy bodies are substances found in the neuron. When these Lewy bodies build up, they cause damage consistent with a neurocognitive disorder. The symptoms include changes in alertness and attention resulting in drowsiness or staring into space.

Other symptoms include visual hallucinations and Parkinson’s-like symptoms roughly 1 year after the cognitive impairment begins.

Learning Objective: 15.4: Describe the characteristics, prevalence, and diagnosis of other mild and major neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Lewy Body Dementia Difficulty Level: Medium 8. Highlight the beneficial effects of physical exercise not only on preventing cognitive impairment among older adults without neurocognitive disorders but also on reversing decline among those with mild neurocognitive impairment.

Ans: Exercise is thought to play an important role in aging by promoting healthy cardiovascular function. That is, exercise increases blood flow to the entire brain.

Exercise reduces disease risk and improves the molecular and cellular structures of the brain. Exercise slows cognitive declines, affecting executive function more than other cognitive processes. Exercise has also been associated with lowering the risk for both Parkinson’s disease and Alzheimer’s disease.

Nagamatsu et al. (2013) found that both resistance (strength) training and aerobic exercise may improve memory performance among adults showing mild cognitive declines. This was especially true for spatial memory.

Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Can an Individual’s Activities Be Protective in Brain Changes?

Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Review the biomedical treatments that appear to reduce the symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease on the one hand and Parkinson’s disease on the other. Highlight both the successes and the limitations of the treatments you describe.

Ans: Alzheimer’s disease: Drugs such as cholinesterase inhibitors are used to increase

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 memory and other cognitive functions by increasing concentrations of ACH in the hippocampus. However, these effects are modest.

Parkinson’s disease: The treatment of Parkinson’s disease involves drugs that replace the lost dopamine such as L-dopa. However, dopamine replacement drugs are not always effective. A different approach for Parkinson’s disease is deep brain stimulation (DBS). DBS involves placing an electrode in the areas of the brain related to movement, usually the basal ganglia. This in turn is connected to a pulse generator that is placed under the person’s skin, usually near the collarbone. The pulse generator can be programmed to stimulate the brain in a number of ways related to the individual. This treatment approach is effective for some patients but is not recommended for all patients with Parkinson’s disease.

Learning Objective: 15.5: Identify methods of prevention, treatment, and support for individuals with neurocognitive disorders.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Treatment of and Support for Those With Neurocognitive Disorders Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021

Chapter 16: The Law and Mental Health Test Bank Multiple Choice 1. The legal term for mental illness is ______. a. psychopathology b. insanity c. mental disorder d. grave disability Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Easy 2. An individual who believes that the members of a political party are conspiring against him is experiencing a(n) ______. a. illusion b. obsession. c. hallucination d. delusion Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Daniel M’Naghten was a ______-schizophrenic experiencing delusions of ______. a. catatonic; grandeur b. catatonic; persecution c. paranoid; grandeur d. paranoid; persecution Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Hard 4. The two basic conditions of the M’Naghten rule are (1) the presence of a mental disorder and (2) ______. a. the act was the product of the mental disorder, such as a fugue

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. the person was not able to control himself/herself due to illness c. not knowing the wrongfulness of the act at the time of the act d. not knowing the wrongfulness of the act at the time of the trial Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 5. Based on the textbook’s discussion, the insanity defense is probably LEAST likely to be used by an individual diagnosed with ______. a. major depressive disorder b. bipolar disorder. c. substance use disorder d. schizophrenia Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 6. John Hinkley was famous for ______. a. trying to assassinate U.S. president Ronald Reagan b. pushing a young woman in front of a subway train c. stalking and eventually stabbing a fellow college student d. seducing, assaulting, and killing 17 men in Brooklyn Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 7. The Durham rule was based on a case that occurred in ______. a. England b. New Hampshire c. Louisiana d. France Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 8. By the ______, a person may be found not guilty by reason of insanity if they cannot control themselves, even if they know the difference between right and wrong. a. M’Naghten rule

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. Durham rule c. Comprehensive Crime Control Act d. volitional test Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 9. By some insanity test criteria, an individual could be found not guilty by reason of insanity even if he or she knew he or she was committing a crime at the time he or she committed it. This is a shortcoming of ______. a. the product test but not the volitional test b. the volitional test but the product test c. both the product and the volitional tests d. neither the product test nor the volitional test Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 10. The MOST recent legal criteria for determining insanity are specified in the ______. a. Comprehensive Crime Control Act b. M’Naghten rule c. Durham rule d. volitional test Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 11. Over the past 75 years, the criteria for the insanity defense have ______. a. remained constant b. fluctuated wildly c. become more stringent d. become less stringent Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Hard 12. After the Hinckley trial, several states made all of the following changes to insanity defenses EXCEPT

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. Some state abolished the insanity defense b. Expert witness testimony was limited c. The burden of proof was increased d. Twenty states added the insanity defense Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Hard 13. Which choice is the BEST estimate of how often the insanity defense is used in our legal system? a. less than 1% of the time b. about 5% of the time c. almost 10% of the time d. just over 15% of the time Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 14. Shelvin is found not guilty by reason of insanity. He will ______. a. be released without parole under his own recognizance b. be released with parole and required to report monthly c. face a predetermined confinement in an institution d. face an indeterminate confinement in an institution Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 15. As compared to the usual guilty verdict, the verdict of guilty but mentally ill ______. a. precludes incarceration b. specifies shorter sentences c. specifies longer sentences d. specifies mandatory treatment Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Hard.

16. Andrea Yates ______. a. attempted to assassinate Ronald Reagan

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. drowned her children in a bathtub c. pushed a young woman in front of a subway train d. stalked and stabbed a fellow college student Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Public Case: Andrea Yates Difficulty Level: Easy 17. The first step in a trial in which the defendant is believed to be mentally ill is to determine if the defendant ______. a. can afford an attorney b. is competent to stand trial c. is guilty of the crime d. is a psychopath Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 18. Which type of information is NOT considered when determining whether a person is competent to stand trial? a. information from cognitive tests b. family mental health history c. medical history for physical illness d. interviews with the person’s family and friends Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 19. The factors that are used to determine whether or not a person is competent to make a decision about his or her own treatment prior to standing trial do NOT include an evaluation of the individual’s ability to ______. a. communicate a choice b. understand relevant information c. understand the consequences d. afford other types of treatment Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 20. For a person to be able to appreciate the nature of the situation he or she is in and its consequences, he or she must be able to do all of the following EXCEPT ______. a. remember committing the crime b. know what a trial is and its purpose c. understand potential results of a trial in court d. be aware of what the specific trial could mean Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 21. Individuals with mental health problems are often sent to jail, released, and reappeared in court for repeat offenses. This is referred to as the ______ phenomenon. a. turnaround b. recidivism c. revolving door d. mental health Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Easy 22. Mental health and drug courts use all of the following to motivate mentally ill and addicted offenders to engage in treatment EXCEPT ______. a. rewards such as gift cards b. forced treatment c. sanctions such as more frequent meetings with court officials d. the threat of potential incarceration Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 23. Rick is a recovering addict. He has been clean for many years and traces his success to his participation in the nation’s very first drug court program, initiated in ______ in the year ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. Indianapolis; 1989 b. Indianapolis; 1993 c. Minneapolis; 1989 d. Minneapolis; 1993 Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 24. The ______ states that therapists have a duty to protect individuals whom they believe their patients may harm. a. Tarasoff decision b. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act c. American Law Institute criterion d. Comprehensive Crime Control Act Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Ethical and Legal Issues in Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 25. The ______ made it mandatory for therapists to warn anyone who might be in foreseeable danger as result of their clients’ conditions. a. Tarasoff I decision b. Tarasoff II decision c. Comprehensive Crime Control Act d. American Law Institute criterion Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Ethical and Legal Issues in Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 26. The Tarasoff II decision made it mandatory for therapists to ______. a. warn by telephone persons who are threatened by their clients b. notify the police when their patients are a harm to themselves c. use reasonable care to protect persons who are threatened by their clients d. notify the police when their patients are a harm to others Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Answer Location: Ethical and Legal Issues in Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 27. The duty to protect overrides the ethical principle of ______ in professional therapist-client relationships. a. informed consent b. beneficence c. confidentiality d. competence Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 28. By the principle of ______, the client has the right to know what will take place in the therapy sessions and what sort of relationship with the therapist the treatment will entail. a. informed consent b. confidentiality c. privileged communication d. reasonable care Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 29. Which of these is NOT one of the legal and ethical protections provided to those seeking treatment for psychological disorders? a. informed consent b. confidentiality c. reasonable care d. the protection of healthcare records Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 30. ______ is the principle that the health care professionals cannot discuss information learned in a therapy session in any other context. a. Informed consent b. Confidentiality

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 c. Privileged communication d. Duty to warn Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 31. The legal term for confidentiality is ______. a. privacy b. protected information c. privileged communication d. accountability Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 32. By the principle of informed consent, the client does NOT have a right to know ______. a. what will take place in the therapy session b. whether the therapist has a mental health disorder c. what they will be expected to do in therapy d. the potential outcomes of therapy and side effects Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Hard 33. A court can compel a therapist to reveal what was discussed in therapy ______. a. in a murder trial when it is likely the accused is guilty b. in a divorce trial when custody of children is involved c. if a client wants the therapist to reveal the information d. if the judge deems the information is necessary Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 34. Confidentiality and informed consent should be discussed with the client ______. a. at the beginning of the process, before services are rendered b. when a client discloses information that falls under mandated reporting c. when a client discloses information that suggests they might harm someone d. at the end of therapy, along with insurance and billing information Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 35. In session, a client tells a therapist that he has been thinking about killing his exgirlfriend. The therapist can take all of the following steps to ensure the ex-girlfriend’s safety according to the Tarasoff II decision EXCEPT ______. a. warning the intended victim to flee b. notifying the police as soon as possible c. restraining the client until the police arrive d. any reasonable steps according to the situation Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 36. The exception to confidentiality that requires health care professionals to report firsthand knowledge of child abuse or neglect is known as ______. a. the duty to protect b. the duty to warn c. mandated reporting d. psychiatric advance directives Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 37. The first action a mental health professional should take when he or she believes the client is a risk to himself or herself is to ______. a. involve the courts to compel the client to be admitted to a mental health facility b. encourage the client to voluntarily place him or herself in a mental health facility c. involve the police to compel the client to be admitted to a mental health facility d. encourage the client to start sedative or antipsychotic medication immediately Ans: B

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 38. Therapists MUST consider emergency commitment for ______ clients. a. addicted b. abused c. sexually violent d. suicidal Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emergency Commitment Difficulty Level: Easy 39. Parens patriae is a legal principal that holds that rulers have the authority to ______. a. ensure public health in all cases b. ensure public safety and welfare c. care for those who cannot care for themselves d. compel treatment for those who need it Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emergency Commitment Difficulty Level: Medium 40. In a landmark 1972 decision known as ______, a federal court ruled that mentally ill individuals needed to display both a need for treatment and a danger to self or others to be committed. a. Kansas v. Hendricks b. Lessard v. Schmidt c. Roper v. Simpson d. Jackson v. Hobbs Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emergency Commitment Difficulty Level: Medium 41. The Patient Self-Determination Act of 1991 is a set of federal requirements intended to implement advanced directive policies at all ______.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 a. health care facilities that receive federal funding b. inpatient psychiatric hospitals c. health care facilities that receive state funding d. outpatient psychiatric hospitals Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emergency Commitment Difficulty Level: Medium 42. Which high-profile individual is infamous for sexual crimes? a. John Hinckley b. Andrew Goldstein c. Andrea Yates d. Jeffrey Dahmer Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Public Case: Jeffrey Dahmer Difficulty Level: Easy 43. Which is NOT a piece of legislation that provides protection for the public against sexual offenders? a. Jeffrey Dahmer Act b. Jacob Wetterling Act c. Adam Walsh Act d. Megan’s Law Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Medium 44. ______ statutes allow for the ongoing civil commitment of individuals who have committed sexual crimes and who are believed to pose a continued threat if they are released. a. Sexually violent predator b. Sexual crime prevention c. Detention of sexual criminals d. Detention of sexual deviancy Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Easy

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 45. ______ refers to the imprisonment of an individual imprisoned for a crime he or she has yet to commit. a. Unnecessary imprisonment b. Preventative detention c. Illegal jailing d. Premature imprisonment Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Medium 46. One argument against sexually violent predator statutes is that such laws ______. a. provide sexual predators too many rights b. take away the rights of victims of sexual predators c. represent a form of preventative detention d. unfairly mandate treatment for individuals who may not need it Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Medium 47. Which statement is NOT among the arguments made by the American Psychological Association against sexually violent predator statutes? a. These laws represent a form or preventative detention. b. These laws do not allow a person to have due process. c. These laws may invalidate earlier plea bargains by which a person was sentenced. d. These laws unfairly mandate treatment for individuals who may not need it.

Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Hard 48. Research on the effectiveness of laws aimed at making the identities of known sexual predators public show that these laws ______. a. reduce all sexual crimes in the community by these offenders b. reduce sexual crimes in those who know the sexual predator personally c. reduce sexual crimes in those who do not know the sexual predator personally d. deter sexual predators from repeat offenses eighty percent of the time Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Medium 49. Allie receives a postcard in the mail identifying a registered sexual offender who lives in the next block. This postcard reflects a policy established by ______. a. the Comprehensive Crime Control Act b. the Jacob Wetterling Act c. the Adam Walsh Act d. Megan’s Law Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Medium 50. The field of study that involves using neuroscience to arrive at answers to legal questions is referred to as ______. a. bioforensics b. forensic biology c. neuroforensics d. forensic neuroscience Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 51. Dr. Shah uses diffusion tensor imaging to map connections between the fusiform face area and other parts of the brain. She then uses this data to understand the limitations on eyewitnesses’ performance when they try to identify a perpetrator in a lineup. Dr. Shah is BEST described as a ______. a. bioforensic specialist b. forensic neuroscientist c. forensic biologist d. neuroforensic specialist Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 52. The textbook mentions that Charles Whitman, the 1966 University of Texas gunman, had a tumor pressing on his amygdala. This tumor would MOST likely have an

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 impact on Whitman’s ______. a. memory retrieval process b. basic sensory processing c. emotions and impulses d. coordinated movement Ans: C Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Hard 53. Which Supreme Court case abolished the death penalty for dependents under the age of eighteen? a. Roper v. Simmons b. Miller v. Alabama c. Jackson v. Hobbs d. Montgomery v. Louisiana Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 54. The text suggests that the legal system holds adolescents less responsible for their actions than it does adults because the adolescent brain is different than an adult’s. As compared to adult brains, adolescent brains are deficient in ______ because the ______ has yet to mature. a. emotional processing; limbic system b. emotional processing; prefrontal cortex c. executive control; limbic system d. executive control; prefrontal cortex Ans: D Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Hard 55. It is ______ to use brain imaging techniques to predict whether a given individual will commit a crime. a. impossible

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 b. extremely difficult c. quite challenging d. rather straightforward Ans: A Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy 56. Individuals with ______ personality disorder are MORE likely to commit crimes than are other people. a. paranoid b. antisocial c. dependent d. histrionic Ans: B Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Easy True/False 1. Insanity is a psychological term.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 2. With respect to criteria for the insanity defense, the 1962 American Law Institute (ALI) rule is based on an expansion of the Durham rule.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Individuals found not guilty by reason of insanity serve as much or more time in an institution than those who are found guilty of the crime.

Ans: T

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense.

Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Andrea Yates was eventually found guilty but mentally ill by the courts.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: A Public Case: Andrea Yates Difficulty Level: Easy 5. One of the main differences between mental health courts and drug courts is that mental health courts focus on recovery, whereas drug courts focus on abstinence.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 6. The Tarasoff decisions mandate mental health professionals to report information about child abuse or neglect to the appropriate state agency.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Ethical and Legal Issues in Treatment Difficulty Level: Medium 7. Confidentially is legally required for those who are legally licensed to practice psychotherapy.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 8. Since the 1970s, legislation has strengthened the principle of parens patriae.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Emergency Commitment

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Difficulty Level: Hard 9. An individual who has committed a sexual crime may be held after his or her sentence has been committed if he or she is believed to pose a continued threat to public safety.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Medium 10. Adolescents can receive a sentence of life without parole.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 11. A witness’s memory for a crime can be manipulated by subsequent questioning by police officers and lawyers.

Ans: T Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 12. Forensic neuroscience is to categorical answer as legal system is to probabilistic answer.

Ans: F Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Hard Short Answer 1. ______ is the legal term for mental illness.

Ans: Insanity Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 2. The insanity defense is used approximately ______% of the time in our criminal justice system.

Ans: 1 Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Individuals with mental health problems are often sent to jail, released, and reappeared in court for repeat offenses. This is referred to as the ______ phenomenon.

Ans: revolving door Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 4. The ______ decision determined that therapists have a duty to protect individuals who they believe their patients may harm.

Ans: Tarasoff, Tarasoff II Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Ethical and Legal Issues in Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 5. Privileged communication is a legal term for ______.

Ans: confidentiality Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Easy 6. The notion that the state has the authority to care for those who cannot care for themselves is enshrined in the principle of ______.

Ans: parens patriae Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Emergency Commitment Difficulty Level: Medium

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 7. Also called sexually dangerous person statutes, ______ laws allow for an individual who committed a sexual crime to be held after his or her sentence has been completed.

Ans: sexually violent predator Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Easy 8. In a field called ______, professionals use neuroscience to answer legal questions.

Ans: forensic neuroscience Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Knowledge Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium 9. Although brain research cannot tell us whether a specific individual will commit a crime, it can suggest which groups of people may be more likely to commit crimes. One such group is people with ______ personality disorder.

Ans: antisocial Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Comprehension Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology Difficulty Level: Medium Essay 1. Create a timeline illustrating the evolution of the legal criteria for the insanity defense in the American legal system. Be sure to note how the criteria have fluctuated between becoming broader and becoming more restrictive over time. Suggest some of the difficulties inherent in applying the criteria for the insanity defense.

Ans: The timelines will vary in appearance, but they should contain the following elements: 1843

1880s

1950s

1962

1984

M’Naghten Rule

Volitional test

Durham rule

ALI rule

Crime Control Act

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 Insanity defense only if there is a mental disorder and there is a lack of understanding of the wrongfulness of the act

Insanity defense if mental illness made individual unable to control himself or herself, even if he or she knew the act was wrong; broadened or loosened the criteria

Insanity Insanity defense if the defense if the unlawful act is a individual product of cannot as a mental defect result of mental or illness; disorder further understand the broadened the wrongfulness of criteria the act or conform his or her behavior to the law; began tightening the criteria

Insanity defense only if as a result of mental disorder the individual is unable to appreciate the wrongfulness of the act; further tightened the criteria

Difficulties inherent in applying the criteria for the insanity defense might include the difficulty of determining whether a mental illness made it impossible for the defendant to appreciate the wrongfulness of his or her actions. Traditionally, this has been operationalized as having a psychotic disorder, but one could argue that other disorders such as bipolar disorder, PTSD, or substance use disorder might have a similar effect.

Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Hard 2. Contrast the consequences of these two verdicts: (a) not guilty by reason of insanity and (b) guilty but mentally ill.

Ans: A verdict of not guilty by reason of insanity results in indeterminate institutionalization, which may be longer than the incarceration the defendant would have faced under a guilty verdict. The guilty but mentally ill sentence specifies the same sentence as the guilty verdict for the same crime. However, it also specifies mandatory treatment.

Learning Objective: 16.1: Discuss the meaning and history of the insanity defense.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: The American Legal System and the Insanity Defense Difficulty Level: Medium 3. Outline the four factors that have been used for determining an individual’s decisionmaking competence when his or her ability to consent to mental health treatment is being evaluated.

Ans: The first factor is the individual’s ability to communicate a choice. This is the simplest of the requirements in that simple communication does not necessarily require understanding. The second is the ability to understand relevant information. This requirement is that the client understands what he or she is being told. This requirement was initially developed in contract law to determine if the person knew the

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 consequences of signing a contract. The third factor is the ability to appreciate the nature of the situation and its consequences. In terms of legal proceedings, this requirement emphasizes that the client understands what a trial is and what its outcomes could mean. Finally, the fourth is the ability to rationally manipulate information. That is, can the person understand and consider alternatives to the information available to him or her? This requirement seeks to determine whether the client can logically and rationally reason in terms of the information he or she has.

Learning Objective: 16.2: Identify the criteria used to determine competency to stand trial.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Competency to Stand Trial Difficulty Level: Medium 4. Define the principle of confidentiality. To which legal concept does this principle correspond? Outline two distinct limitations on the principle of confidentiality, using at LEAST three of these concepts in your answer: (a) Tarasoff I decision; (b) Tarasoff II decision; (c) duty to warn; (d) duty to protect; and (e) mandated reporting.

Ans: Confidentiality means that a therapist cannot discuss information revealed in a therapy session in any other context. Confidentiality corresponds to the legal principle of privileged communication. However, the principle of confidentiality is not absolute. One distinct limitation is that mental health professionals have a duty to give people who may become threatened by a client sufficient warning so that they may avert potential harm.

This is the Tarasoff I decision. Depending on the state, the decision may be interpreted to specify a duty to protect, or both a duty to protect and a duty to warn. Another limitation is represented by mandated reporting, in which therapists must report instances of child abuse or neglect that they may learn about during sessions with clients.

Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Hard 5. Marti’s friend is considering psychological therapy for depression. Marti would like her friend to take full advantage of her right to informed consent. List the things that Marti’s friend is entitled to know upon entering therapy.

Ans: Marti’s friend is entitled to know what will happen during the therapy sessions; what is expected of her; the potential outcomes of therapy; the experience and expertise of the therapist with a anxiety disorders; and finally, alternative choices to treatment.

Learning Objective: 16.3: Discuss the ethical and legal considerations for mental health professionals and individuals seeking psychological treatment.

Cognitive Domain: Application Answer Location: The Ethical and Legal Aspects of the Initial Contract for Treatment Difficulty Level: Hard

Instructor Resource Ray, Abnormal Psychology, 3e SAGE Publishing, 2021 6. Making reference to three specific pieces of legislation, explain how sexually violent predator (SVP) and sexually dangerous person (SDP) laws have become increasingly restrictive since the early 1990s.

Ans: In 1994, the Jacob Wetterling Act directed states to create registries of sex offenders to be used by law enforcement. In 1996, Megan’s Law required that states provide public notification of the identities of sex offenders. Finally, in 2006, the Adam Walsh Act added more categories of sex offenders to the registry requirement.

Learning Objective: 16.4: Explain how sexual predator laws work.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Sexual Predator Laws Difficulty Level: Hard 7. Describe two ways in which neuroscience research has been used to influence legal decisions and, therefore, the law.

Ans: Neuroscience research shows that the adolescent brain is different from that of an adult; thus, adolescents should be held responsible for their actions to a different degree than should adults. As a result, adolescents cannot receive the sentences of life without parole or the death penalty. Second, neuroscience research shows that memory is not like a video recording, and it can be influenced by a number of factors. For example, individuals of a different race may be harder to identify than a person of your own race. Also, use of drugs and alcohol can influence memory recall. As a result, jurors are instructed to account for these factors when weighing evidence.

Learning Objective: 16.5: Discuss neuroscience and evolutionary perspectives on the legal aspects of psychopathology.

Cognitive Domain: Analysis Answer Location: Neuroscience and Evolutionary Perspectives on the Legal Aspects of Psychopathology.

Difficulty Level: Medium